STEEL DYNAMICS INC
10-K405, 1998-03-27
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: CONSOLIDATED FREIGHTWAYS CORP, 10-K, 1998-03-27
Next: CARDINAL BANKSHARES CORP, 10KSB, 1998-03-27



<PAGE>   1

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K

  X   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
      Act of 1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997

____  Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
      Exchange Act of 1934

                         Commission File Number 0-21719

                              Steel Dynamics, Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

          Indiana                                                35-1929476
(State or other jurisdiction of                                (IRS employer
incorporation or organization)                              Identification No.)

    4500 County Road 59,  Butler, IN                             46721
(Address of principal executive offices)                       (Zip code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (219) 868-8000

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

      Title of each class             Name of each exchange on which registered
      -------------------             -----------------------------------------
           None                                         None

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                          Common Stock, $0.01 par value

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days

                                   Yes X    No ____

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. X

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant, based upon the closing sale price of Common Stock on March 26, 1998
as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, was approximately, $1,035,160,997.

As of March 26, 1998, Registrant had outstanding 49,001,704 shares of Common
Stock.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required to be furnished pursuant to Item 10, Item 11 and Item
12 of Part III will be set forth in, and incorporated by reference from, the
Company's definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to
be held May 27, 1998, (the "1997 Proxy Statement"), which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
<PAGE>   2

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.

                                Table of Contents

Part I                                                                      Page
                                                                            ----

      Item 1.   Business................................................       1
      Item 2.   Properties..............................................       7
      Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.......................................       7
      Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders ....       7

Part II
      Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
                     Stockholder Matters................................       7
      Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.................................       9
      Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                     Condition and Results of Operations................      11
      Item 8.   Consolidated Financial Statements.......................      16
      Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
                     Accounting and Financial Disclosures...............      31

Part III
      Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant......      31
      Item 11.  Executive Compensation..................................      31
      Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                     and Management.....................................      31
      Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..........      31

Part IV
      Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and
                     Reports on Form 8-K................................      35
<PAGE>   3

                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

(a) General

Steel Dynamics, Inc. (the "Company" or "SDI") is a corporation organized in 1993
under the laws of the State of Indiana. Steel Dynamics' principal executive
offices are located at 4500 County Road 59, Butler, Indiana 46721.

The Company owns and operates a new, state-of-the-art flat-rolled steel
mini-mill, which commenced commercial operations in January 1996. The Company
was founded in September 1993 by Keith E. Busse, Mark D. Millett and Richard P.
Teets, Jr. These individuals pioneered the development of thin-slab/flat-rolled
compact strip production ("CSP") technology and directed the construction and
operation of the world's first thin-slab/flat-rolled mini-mill. Steel Dynamics'
goal is to become the low cost producer of a broad range of flat-rolled steel
products, including hot-rolled, cold-rolled and galvanized sheet, and to serve
more markets than any other flat-rolled mini-mill. In addition, the Company
intends to participate in the development and use of new technologies to produce
a broad range of steel products. Steel Dynamics commenced construction of the
mini-mill in October 1994 and commissioned it in December 1995. Actual
production of commercial grade steel commenced on January 2, 1996.

The Company completed construction of its 1.0 million ton ("ton" equals 2,000
pounds) Cold Mill Project during 1997. As a result, the Company is now able to
produce further value-added steel products including hot-rolled galvanized,
cold-rolled galvanized and cold-rolled products. Steel Dynamics is also in the
process of constructing a second melting furnace, a second caster and tunnel
furnace, and an additional coiler to expand its annual production capacity of
hot-rolled steel from 1.4 million tons to approximately 2.4 million tons (the
"Caster Project"). This project is expected to be completed in 1998. Through its
wholly-owned subsidiary, Iron Dynamics, Inc. ("IDI"), the Company is also in the
process of constructing a 520,000 metric tonne ( "tonne" equals 2,204.6 pounds)
annual capacity plant for the manufacture of direct reduced iron ("DRI"). The
DRI, after further processing into 470,000 tonnes of liquid pig iron, will be
used in SDI's mini-mill as a steel scrap substitute. The Company expects this
project to be completed in 1998. IDI is an Indiana corporation.

In addition to the projects under construction at December 31, 1997, the Company
was authorized by the Board of Directors to proceed with plans to build a
structural mill. The facility is anticipated to have an annual capacity of
900,000 tons, cost approximately $250 million and employ as many as 300 people.
Equipment for this mill is currently being procured and construction is expected
to begin no later than the fourth quarter of 1998.

(b) Industry Segments.

Steel Dynamics operates in the production and sale of hot-rolled and cold-rolled
steel coils.

(c) Description of Business.

Industry Overview

The steel industry has historically been, and continues to be, highly cyclical
in nature, influenced by a combination of factors including periods of economic
growth or recession, strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar, worldwide
production capacity, levels of steel imports and tariffs. The industry has also
been affected by other company-specific factors such as failure to adapt to
technological change, plant inefficiency, and high labor costs. The Company is
particularly sensitive to trends in the automotive, oil and gas, gas
transmission, construction, commercial equipment, rail transportation,
agriculture and durable goods industries, because these industries are
significant markets for the Company's products and are highly cyclical. Steel,
regardless of product type, is a commodity affected by supply and demand, and
prices have been volatile and have fluctuated in reaction to general and
industry- specific economic conditions. Under such conditions, to be successful,
a steel company must be a low cost efficient producer and a quality
manufacturer.

There are generally two kinds of primary steel producers, "integrated" and
"mini-mill." Steel manufacturing by an "integrated" producer involves a series
of distinct but related processes, often separated in time and in plant
geography. This process generally involves ironmaking followed by steelmaking,
followed by billet or slab making, followed by reheating and further rolling
into steel plate or bar, or flat-rolling into sheet steel or coil. These
processes may, in turn, be followed by various finishing processes (including
cold-rolling) or various coating processes (including galvanizing). With
integrated producer steelmaking, coal is converted to coke in a coke oven, then
combined in a blast furnace with iron ore (or pellets) and limestone to produce
pig iron, and then combined with scrap in a "basic oxygen" or other furnace to
produce raw or liquid steel. Once produced, the liquid steel is metallurgically
refined and then transported to a continuous caster for casting into a billet or
slab, which is then further shaped or rolled into its final form.


                                       1
<PAGE>   4

Typically, though not always, and whether by design or as a result of downsizing
or re-configuration, many of these processes take place in separate and remote
facilities.

In contrast, a mini-mill employs an electric arc furnace ("EAF") to directly
melt scrap steel or steel scrap substitute, thus entirely eliminating the
energy-intensive blast furnace. A mini-mill incorporates the melt shop, ladle
metallurgical station, casting, and rolling into a unified continuous flow. The
melting process begins with the charging of a furnace vessel with scrap steel,
carbon, and lime, following which the vessel's top is swung into place and
electrodes lowered into the scrap through holes in the top of the furnace.
Electricity is then applied to melt the scrap. The liquid steel is then checked
for chemistry and the necessary metallurgical adjustments are made while the
steel is still in the melting furnace or, if the plant has a separate staging
area for that process (as the Company does), the material is transported by a
ladle to a ladle metallurgy station. From there, the liquid steel is transported
by ladle to a turret at the continuous caster, wherein it is then transferred
into a tundish, a kind of reservoir, which controls the flow of the liquid steel
into a water-cooled copper-lined mold (collectively, the "caster") from which it
exits as an externally solid billet or slab. After a billet is cast, it is then
cut to length and either shipped as billets or stored until needed for further
rolling or processing (which would involve reheating) or it may be sent directly
into the rolling process, after which it may then be cut to length,
straightened, or stacked and bundled. In the case of thin-slab casting, however,
the slabs proceed directly into a tunnel furnace, which maintains and equalizes
the slab's temperature and then, after descaling, into the first stand of the
rolling mill operation. In this rolling process, the steel is progressively
reduced in thickness. In the case of sheet steel, it is wound into coil and may
be sold either directly to end users or to intermediate steel processors or
service centers, where it may be pickled, cold-rolled, annealed, tempered, or
galvanized.

As a group, mini-mills are generally characterized by lower costs of production
and higher productivity than the integrated steelmakers. This is due, in part,
to the mini-mills' lower capital costs and to their lower operating costs
resulting from their streamlined melting process and smaller, more efficient
plant layouts. Moreover, mini-mills have tended to employ a management culture
that emphasizes worker empowerment and flexible, incentive-oriented non-union
labor practices. The smaller plant size of the mini-mill operation also permits
greater flexibility in locating the facility to optimize access to scrap supply,
attractive energy costs, infrastructure and markets. Furthermore, the
mini-mill's more efficient plant size and layout, which incorporates the melt
shop, metallurgical station and casting and rolling in a unified continuous flow
under the same roof, have reduced or eliminated costly re-handling and
re-heating of partially finished product. Mini-mills, moreover, have tended to
be more willing to adapt to newer, more innovative and aggressive management
styles, featuring decentralized decision-making. They have also adapted more
quickly to the use of newer, more cost effective and efficient machinery and
equipment, translating technological advances in the industry into more
efficient production more quickly than the integrated mills.

The Company's Products and Applications

The Company's current array of hot-rolled products includes a variety of high
quality mild and medium carbon and high strength low alloy hot-rolled bands in
40" to 62" widths and in thicknesses from .500" down to .040" (1 mm). These
products are suitable for mechanical and structural tubing, gas and fluid
transmission piping, metal building systems, parts and components for
automobiles, trucks, trailers, and recreational vehicles, rail cars, ships,
barges, and other marine equipment, agricultural equipment and farm implements,
lawn, garden, and recreational equipment, industrial machinery and shipping
containers. The Company is also able to further process hot-rolled steel coils
in its Cold Mill. The Cold Mill products that are produced include hot-rolled
galvanized, cold-rolled galvanized and cold-rolled products.

The Company's customers currently consist of intermediate steel processors,
steel service centers and end users including manufacturers of cold-rolled
strip, oil and gas transmission pipe, and mechanical and structural tubing. Of
Steel Dynamics' total net sales for 1997 and 1996, approximately 63% and 71%,
respectively, were to steel processors or service centers. These steel
processors and service centers typically act as intermediaries between primary
steel producers, such as SDI, and the various end user manufacturers that
require further processing of hot bands. The additional processing performed by
the intermediate steel processors and service centers include pickling,
galvanizing, cutting to length, slitting to size, leveling, blanking, shape
correcting, edge rolling, shearing and stamping. The Company expects, even with
the completion of the Cold Mill Project, that its intermediate steel processor
and service center customers will remain an integral part of its future customer
base and plans to continue to sell its hot bands and other products to these
customers.

New Product Status

The IDI Project

The IDI Project consists of the design, construction and operation of a facility
for the manufacture of DRI and subsequent conversion to liquid pig iron for use
by the Company (or, when desired, for resale to others) as a steel scrap
substitute. The Company will use the IDI Process (which includes several pending
patent applications) which uses low cost iron ore fines that are ultimately
reduced to DRI in a rotary hearth furnace using coal as the reductant. The DRI
will then be charged into a submerged arc furnace yielding liquid pig iron. Site
preparation work on a tract of land contiguous to the Company's Butler Indiana
mill site began in the summer of 1997 and


                                       2
<PAGE>   5

foundation work began in September 1997. Subject to any unforeseen events,
construction is scheduled to be completed in the third quarter of 1998 at a
budgeted cost of approximately $85.0 million. Start-up is scheduled for the
fourth quarter of 1998.

New Project Status

The Caster Project

The Caster Project, which the Company believes will enable it to increase its
annual production capacity of hot-rolled steel from 1.4 million tons to
approximately 2.4 million tons, primarily involves the design and construction
of an additional hybrid electric arc furnace, a second thin-slab caster, a
second tunnel furnace, a second coiler and minor modifications to the meltshop
building. The equipment that has been purchased as a part of the Caster Project
is similar in design and use to the equipment that constitutes the existing
mini-mill facility. The total cost of the Caster Project is estimated to be
approximately $85.0 million and the Company expects start-up in the second
quarter of 1998. All significant components of this project have been ordered.

The necessary foundations and infrastructure to house and support this project
were pre-planned into the existing plant at the time of its design and
construction. The Company believes that these additional tons will allow it to
maximize its rolling and finishing capacity in its Cold Mill.

The Structural Mill Project

The Structural Mill Project consists of the design, construction and operation
of a greenfield mini-mill which is expected to produce a broad range of
structural products dedicated to the construction market. The facility is
anticipated to have an annual capacity of 900,000 tons, cost approximately $250
million and employ as many as 300 people. The contract for the first major piece
of equipment, consisting of the supply and commissioning of a heavy section
structural steel rolling mill, was awarded in early 1998. Other major contracts
including the electric arc furnace, ladle metallurgy facility, caster, reheat
furnace, mill electrics and overhead cranes are expected to be placed in the
first or second quarter of 1998. A mill site has not yet been selected, but
construction on this project is expected to begin in 1998.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

The Company's principal raw material is scrap metal derived from, among other
sources, junked automobiles, industrial scrap, railroad cars and railroad track
materials, agricultural machinery and demolition scrap from obsolete structures,
containers and machines. The prices for scrap are subject to market conditions
beyond the control of the Company, including demand by U.S. and international
steel producers, freight costs and speculation. The prices for scrap have varied
significantly and may vary significantly in the future. In addition, the
Company's operations require substantial amounts of other raw materials,
including various types of pig iron, alloys, refractories, oxygen, natural gas
and electricity, the price and availability of which are also subject to market
conditions. The Company may not be able to adjust its product prices, especially
in the short-term, to recover the costs of increases in scrap and other raw
material prices. The Company's future profitability may be adversely affected to
the extent it is unable to pass on higher raw material and energy costs to its
customers.

Steel scrap is the single most important raw material used in the Company's
steelmaking process, typically representing approximately 45% to 60% of the
direct cost of a ton of hot-rolled steel coil. All steel scrap, however, is not
the same. As it relates to final product quality, EAF flat-rolled producers,
such as the Company, can only tolerate a maximum .2% level of "residuals" (i.e.
non-ferrous metallic contamination such as copper, nickel, tin, chromium, and
molybdenum, which, once having been dissolved into steel cannot be refined out).
In order for the scrap melt to provide this level of quality under present
circumstances (without the anticipated availability of future scrap substitute
products), the mill must use approximately 60% of "low residual" steel scrap or
an equivalent material. Such low residual scrap generally takes the form of No.
1 dealer bundles, No. 1 factory bundles, busheling, and clips. The Company uses
various grades of higher residual (and thus less expensive) scrap in its melt
mix, which it blends with its low residual scrap to keep within final
tolerances. Many variables impact scrap prices, the most critical of which is
U.S. steel production.

Generally, as steel demand increases, so does scrap demand (and resulting
prices). The Company believes that the demand for low residual steel scrap will
rise more rapidly than the supply in the coming years. This belief has prompted
the Company, as a means of maintaining a low metallics cost, to seek and secure
both a strong and dependable source through which to purchase steel scrap of all
grades, including low residual scrap, and a reliable source for lower cost steel
scrap substitute resources. The Company has accomplished this through a
long-term scrap purchase agreement with OmniSource Corporation ("OmniSource"),
and, in addition to its own IDI Project, through a long-term purchase contract
for iron carbide with Qualitech Steel Corporation ("Qualitech"). To the extent
that the Company will be able to introduce the relatively pure pig iron that it
expects to obtain from IDI's DRI (commencing in 1998) and from Qualitech's iron
carbide production facility, Steel Dynamics believes that it will be able to use
greater amounts of lower-priced higher residual scrap in its melt and still
remain within acceptable limits with the use of these scrap substitutes.


                                       3
<PAGE>   6

Steel Scrap

The Company has a long-term contract with OmniSource, an affiliate of Heavy
Metal, L.C., a stockholder of the Company. Pursuant to this agreement,
OmniSource has agreed to act as the Company's exclusive scrap purchasing agent
and to use its best efforts to locate and secure for the Company's mini-mill
such scrap supplies as the Company may from time-to-time wish to purchase, at
the lowest then available market prices for material of like grade, quantity and
delivery dates. The cost to the Company of OmniSource-owned scrap is the price
at which OmniSource, in bona fide market transactions, can actually sell
material of like grade, quality and quantity. With respect to general market
scrap, the cost to the Company is the price at which OmniSource can actually
purchase that scrap in the market (without mark-up or any other additional
cost). For its services, OmniSource receives a commission per gross ton of scrap
received by Steel Dynamics at its mini-mill. All final decisions regarding scrap
purchases belong to the Company, and the Company maintains the sole right to
determine its periodic scrap needs, including the extent to which it may employ
steel scrap substitutes in lieu of or in addition to steel scrap. No commission
is payable to OmniSource for scrap substitutes purchased or manufactured by the
Company.

During 1997 and 1996, the Company purchased approximately 933,000 and 1,069,000
tons, respectively, of steel scrap from OmniSource. Although SDI expects that
its total output in tons of flat-rolled steel coil will increase from 1.4
million to approximately 2.4 million after the completion of the Caster Project,
the Company expects that its receipt of substantial quantities of steel scrap
substitute material, both iron carbide from Qualitech and liquid pig iron from
the IDI Project, will mitigate its continued dependency on low residual steel
scrap. Steel Dynamics believes that its scrap purchasing relationship with
OmniSource, provides the Company with excellent access to available steel scrap
within its primary scrap generation area.

Steel Scrap Substitutes

In June 1996, the Company entered into an Iron Carbide Off-Take Agreement (the
"Iron Carbide Agreement") with Qualitech, in whose parent SDI is a 4%
stockholder. The Iron Carbide Agreement is for five years, running from the time
that Qualitech begins commercial production of iron carbide, and is subject to
renewal. Qualitech is building a 660,000 tonne annual capacity iron carbide
facility in Corpus Christi, Texas, of which 300,000 tonnes annually is expected
to be sold to Steel Dynamics at a formula purchase price based on various
components of Qualitech's costs of production, which the Company believes is
favorable, and with a ceiling price which SDI believes will be favorable
relative to the price of steel scrap. The Company will purchase iron carbide
from Qualitech during Qualitech's ramp-up commencing in 1998, although the
amount of iron carbide that SDI can anticipate receiving during that period is
unknown. In addition to the Iron Carbide Agreement, the Company has formed IDI,
which is designing and constructing a 520,000 tonne capacity rotary hearth-based
DRI production facility.

Energy Resources

Electricity

The plant has an electric service contract with American Electric Power ("AEP")
that extends through 2005. The contract designates a portion of the Company's
load as "firm," which is billed under the applicable AEP retail tariff. All of
the rest of the Company's load is designated as "interruptible service," which
allows customers the option of accepting varying levels of risk of power
interruption as a trade-off for discounted energy prices. With interruptible
service, the Company is subject to risk of interruption at any time in the
operation of the AEP System, as a result of an AEP annual peak demand, or even
when AEP can receive a higher market price from an alternate buyer. Under such
circumstances, the Company has the option of matching the spot market price of
the alternate buyer in order to avoid interruption.

Gas

The Company uses approximately 4,700 decatherms ( a decatherm is equivalent to 1
million BTUs or 1,000 cubic feet) of natural gas per day. The Company has a
"Primary Firm" delivery contract on the Panhandle Eastern Pipeline that extends
through April 2008. The Company is also currently negotiating a "Primary Firm"
delivery contract with NIPSCO/NIFL/Crossroads ("LDC") that extends through
October 2005.

The Company maintains a liquid propane tank farm on site with sufficient
reserves to sustain operations for approximately four days in the event of an
interruption in the natural gas supply.


                                       4
<PAGE>   7

Oxygen

Steel Dynamics uses oxygen, as well as nitrogen and argon for production
purposes, which it purchases from Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. ("Air
Products"), which built a plant on land adjacent to the Butler, Indiana mill
site. Air Products uses its plant not only to supply the Company, but also to
provide oxygen and other gasses to other industrial customers. As a result, SDI
has been able to effect very favorable oxygen and other gas purchase prices on
the basis of Air Products' volume production.

Patents and Trademarks

The Company filed an application with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office to
register the mark "SDI" and an accompanying design of a steel coil. The mark was
published on September 3, 1996, in the Official Gazette and not opposed within
30 days. A notice of allowance was issued. The registration certificate will be
issued upon approval of the specimen of the trademark. IDI has filed three
patent applications with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office relating to its
methods of producing low sulfur DRI.

Key Customers

The Company's largest customers, Heidtman Steel Products, Inc. ("Heidtman") and
Preussag Stahl AG ("Preussag") are also related parties. They accounted, in the
aggregate, for approximately 41% and 48% of Steel Dynamics' total net sales in
1997 and 1996, respectively. While the loss of either Heidtman or Preussag as a
customer, or a significant reduction in the business generated by Heidtman or
Preussag, might have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of
operations, the Company believes its relationships with these two companies have
enabled it to baseload the mill, thus helping to ensure consistent and
sufficient plant utilization. Heidtman and Preussag are the only two customers
of SDI that have accounted, individually, for more than 10% of the Company's net
sales in 1997 or 1996.

Backlog

The Company's backlog for hot-rolled and cold-rolled products amounted to $90.5
million (255,600 tons) at December 31, 1997 and $78.8 million (222,800 tons) at
December 31, 1996. The 1997 backlog is believed to be generally firm, and 100%
of that amount is expected to be shipped during 1998.

Competitive Conditions

Competition within the steel industry can be intense. The Company competes
primarily on the basis of price, quality, and the ability to meet customers'
product specifications and delivery schedules. Many of the Company's competitors
are integrated steel producers which are larger, may have substantially greater
capital resources and experience, and, in some cases, have lower raw material
costs than the Company. The Company also competes with other mini-mills which
may have greater financial resources. The highly competitive nature of the
industry, combined with excess production capacity in some products, has, and
may in the future, exert downward pressure on prices for certain of the
Company's products. In addition, in the case of certain product applications,
steel competes with other materials, including plastics, aluminum, graphite
composites, ceramics, glass, wood and concrete.

U.S.

The Company's products compete with many integrated producers' hot-rolled coil
products, as well as a growing number of hot-rolled mini-mills. Despite
significant reductions in raw steel production capacity by major U.S. producers
over the last decade, the U.S. industry continues to be adversely affected, from
time to time, by excess world capacity. Recent improved production efficiencies
also have begun to increase overall production capacity in the United States.
Excess production capacity exists in certain product lines in U.S. markets and,
to a greater extent, worldwide. Increased industry overcapacity, coupled with
economic recession, would intensify an already competitive environment.

An increasing number of mini-mills have entered or are expected to enter the
EAF-based thin-slab/flat-rolled steel market in the next several years. These
mini-mills have cost structures and management cultures more closely akin to
those of the Company than to the integrated producers. The Company's penetration
into the total flat-rolled steel market is limited by geographic considerations,
to some extent by gauge and width of product specifications, and by
metallurgical and physical quality requirements.

Non-U.S.

U.S. steel producers face significant competition from certain non-U.S. steel
producers who may have lower labor costs. In addition, U.S. steel producers may
be adversely affected by fluctuations in the relationship between the U.S.
dollar and non-U.S. currencies. Furthermore, some non-U.S. steel producers have
been owned, controlled or subsidized by their governments, and their decisions
with respect to production and sales may be, or may have been in the past,
influenced more by political and economic policy considerations 


                                       5
<PAGE>   8

than by prevailing market conditions. Some non-U.S. producers of steel and steel
products have continued to ship into the U.S. market despite decreasing profit
margins or losses.

Environmental Matters

The Company's operations are subject to substantial and evolving environmental
laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air,
discharges to surface and ground water, noise control and the generation,
handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of toxic and hazardous
substances. SDI believes that its facilities are in material compliance with all
provisions of federal and state laws concerning the environment and does not
believe that future compliance with such provisions will have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations, cash flows or financial conditions. Since
environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly more stringent, the
Company's environmental capital expenditures and costs for environmental
compliance may increase in the future. In addition, due to the possibility of
unanticipated regulatory or other developments, the amount and timing of future
environmental expenditures may vary substantially from those currently
anticipated. The cost for current and future environmental compliance may also
place U.S. steel producers at a competitive disadvantage with respect to foreign
steel producers, which may not be required to undertake equivalent costs in
their operations.

Employees

SDI's work force consisted of 455 employees as of March 2, 1998. In addition,
IDI had eleven employees as of March 2, 1998. The Company's employees are not
represented by labor unions. The Company believes that its relationship with its
employees is good.

Performance Based Incentive Compensation Program

SDI has established certain incentive compensation programs for its employees,
designed to encourage them to be productive by paying bonuses to groups of
employees, based on various measures of productivity. The programs are designed
to reward employees for productivity efforts. It is not unusual for a
significant amount of an employee's total compensation to consist of such
bonuses.

The productivity of the employees is measured by focusing on groups of employees
and not individual performance. Three groups of employees participate in the
bonus program: production, administrative and clerical, and department managers
and officers. Each group of employees has its own bonus program or programs.

Production employees are eligible to participate in two cash bonus program, the
production bonus and the conversion cost bonus programs. The production bonus,
if any, is based upon the quantity of quality product produced that week. The
amount of the production bonus is determined for, and allocated to, each shift
of employees. Depending upon the amount of quality product produced, the bonus
may be equal to or greater than the base hourly wage paid to an employee. The
conversion cost bonus is determined and paid on a monthly basis based on the
costs for converting raw material into finished product. The program is intended
to encourage employees to be efficient in converting scrap and scrap substitutes
into finished steel, or, in the case of Cold Mill employees, converting
hot-rolled bands into value-added products. Costs of scrap and scrap
substitutes, over which the production employees have no control, are not
considered.

The Company has also established a cash bonus plan for non-production employees,
including accountants, engineers, secretaries, accounting clerks and
receptionists. Bonuses under the plan are based upon the Company's return on
assets.

Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales

Of the Company's total net sales in 1997 and 1996, sales outside the continental
United States accounted for less than 6%. Pursuant to the Preussag Purchasing
Agreement, the Company has appointed Preussag its preferred distributor for all
sales to customers outside the United States, Canada and Mexico. Under the
Preussag Purchasing Agreement, if the Company wishes to sell in the Export
Territory, it must notify Preussag of the products available for sale and the
price of these products. Preussag must then use its best efforts to solicit
these sales and to present the Company with any purchase orders for the product,
which the Company may then accept or reject. Sales within the Export Territory
are for Preussag's own account, regardless of whether Preussag is purchasing for
its use or for resale. If the Company receives an unsolicited offer to purchase
any products from a prospective customer in the Export Territory, the Company
must notify Preussag of the terms and Preussag has a right of first refusal to
effect the purchase. For sales in the Export Territory, Preussag is entitled to
a sales commission in addition to any other applicable discounts or rebates.

The Company has also entered into a "second look" export sales agreement for
such international sales with Sumitomo Corporation of America ("Sumitomo").
Sumitomo is also a stockholder in the Company. In addition, the Company's Iron
Dynamics subsidiary has entered into a license agreement with Sumitomo pursuant
to which Sumitomo is authorized, on an exclusive world-wide basis (except for
the U.S. and Canada), and subject to certain exception, to sub-license others or
to use any proprietary know-how or other intellectual property related to the
IDI Project. Such license rights contemplate that Sumitomo will build and
construct plants using 


                                       6
<PAGE>   9

this technology for itself or for others. Sumitomo has also entered into an
agreement with IDI under which IDI has agreed to sell to or through Sumitomo up
to 50% of any DRI that IDI manufactures starting in 1998 and which Steel
Dynamics, Inc. does not retain for its own consumption.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company's plant and administrative offices are located on a greenfield site,
which is approximately 840 acres, in DeKalb County, Indiana. The production
facilities consist of a series of contiguous buildings that represent distinct
production activities. The meltshop portion of the building consists of
approximately 140,000 square feet and houses the melting and casting operations.
The tunnel furnace consists of approximately 54,500 square feet, and the Hot
Mill building, that houses the rolling operations, consists of approximately
290,000 square feet. The continuous pickle line building, which connects the Hot
Mill building and the Cold Mill building consists of approximately 51,000 square
feet. The remaining portion of the Cold Mill building that houses two hot-dipped
galvanizing lines, a semi-tandem two-stand reversing mill, batch annealing
furnaces and a temper mill encompasses over 516,000 square feet. The new IDI
facility, presently under construction, will consist of a 150,000 square foot
plant and a 7,500 square foot administrative office building.

Office buildings on site consist of a general administrative office, a building
for hot-rolling, engineering and safety employees, a cold mill office building,
a melt/cast office building and a shipping office. An employee services building
that includes a shower and locker room, along with the plant cafeteria is also
part of this site.

Properties that are currently under construction at the Butler, Indiana site
include the Caster Project and the IDI Project, both of which are estimated to
be completed in 1998. The Caster Project involves the construction of a second
melting furnace, a second caster and tunnel furnace, and an additional coiler.
The equipment under construction is similar to the equipment already being used
by the company.

Other support facilities include a bag house and a water treatment system with
buildings located at various places in the plant. The bag house captures the
gasses from the melting operation and cleans them to comply with all federal
emission standards. The water treatment system cleans, cools and recirculates
the water used by the plant in various processes.

The Company considers its manufacturing and operating facilities adequate for
its needs for the foreseeable future.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is involved in no litigation which would have a material effect on
the results of operations, cash flows or on the financial condition of the
Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock trades on The Nasdaq Stock Market under symbol STLD.
The Company's Common Stock has been publicly traded since November 21, 1996, the
effective date of the initial public offering of its Common Stock. The Company's
Common Stock went public at $16.00 per share. The table below sets forth, for
the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales prices of the
Common Stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     1997                                      High                       Low
     ----                                      -----                      ---
     <S>                                      <C>                       <C>   
       First Quarter                          25.375                    17.375
       Second Quarter                         26.375                    16.500
       Third Quarter                          28.750                    22.750
       Fourth Quarter                         24.250                    15.750

     1996                                      High                       Low
     ----                                      -----                      ---
       First Quarter                             *                         *
       Second Quarter                            *                         *
       Third Quarter                             *                         *
       Fourth Quarter                         21.000                    16.750
</TABLE>

*The Company was not publicly traded.


                                       7
<PAGE>   10

As of March 26, 1998, there were 49,001,704 shares of Common Stock outstanding
and held beneficially by approximately 13,500 stockholders. Because many of 
the shares were held by depositories, brokers and other nominees, the number of
registered holders (approximately 512) is not representative of the number of
beneficial holders.

On December 11, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to
repurchase up to 5% of its Common Stock. Under the program, shares may be
purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices. As of March 26, 1998,
the Company had repurchased 135,000 shares at an average price of $16.41 per
share.

The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock. The
Company currently anticipates that all of its future earnings will be retained
to finance the expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying cash
dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future. Any determination to
pay cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors, after taking into account various factors, including the
Company's financial condition, results of operations, outstanding indebtedness,
current and anticipated cash needs and plans for expansion. In addition,
pursuant to the Company's restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1997,
with Mellon Bank, N.A. and other participating banks, the Company may only pay
dividends in an aggregate cumulative amount not exceeding cumulative net income
for the period from January 1, 1997 through the then most recently completed
fiscal quarter.

In addition, Iron Dynamics, Inc., the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, is
restricted pursuant to its credit agreement from declaring or making any
dividends except in the event certain covenants are met, and then only in
certain amounts.


                                       8
<PAGE>   11

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following is selected audited consolidated financial data of the Company for
the period from September 7, 1993 (date of inception) through December 31, 1993
and as of and for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996 and 1997. The
data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial
Statements of Steel Dynamics, Inc. and notes thereto contained elsewhere in this
Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 September 7, 1993
                                                             Years Ended December 31,            (Date of Inception)
                                               ------------------------------------------------       through
                                                  1997         1996         1995         1994    December 31, 1993
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------  -----------------
                                                          (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>       
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales ..................................   $ 420,132    $ 252,617    $     137
Cost of goods sold .........................     330,529      220,563        3,169
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
  Gross profit (loss) ......................      89,603       32,054       (3,032)                
Selling, general and administrative expenses      24,449       13,838       13,580    $   4,192      $   1,159
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
  Income (loss) from operations ............      65,154       18,216      (16,612)      (4,192)        (1,159)
Foreign currency gain (loss) ...............         260          328       (3,272)      (4,952)   
Interest expense ...........................      (7,697)     (22,684)        (564)         (43)            (2)
Interest income ............................       1,654        1,581          560          307              1
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
  Income (loss) before income taxes                                                                
    and extraordinary loss .................      59,371       (2,559)     (19,888)      (8,880)        (1,160)
Income tax expense .........................       7,813                                           
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ..      51,558       (2,559)     (19,888)      (8,880)        (1,160)
Extraordinary loss, net of tax (1) .........      (7,624)      (7,271)                             
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
  Net Income (loss) ........................   $  43,934    $  (9,830)   $ (19,888)   $  (8,880)     $  (1,160)
                                               =========    =========    =========    =========      =========
                                                                                                   
Basic earnings per share:                                                                          
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss    $    1.07    $   (0.07)   $    (.62)   $    (.36)     $    (.07)
Extraordinary loss .........................       (0.16)       (0.21)                             
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
Net income (loss) ..........................   $    0.91    $   (0.28)   $    (.62)   $    (.36)     $    (.07)
                                               =========    =========    =========    =========      =========
                                                                                                   
Diluted earnings per share:                                                                        
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss    $    1.06    $   (0.07)   $    (.62)   $    (.36)     $    (.07)
Extraordinary loss .........................       (0.16)       (0.21)                             
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
Net income (loss) ..........................   $    0.90    $   (0.28)   $    (.62)   $    (.36)     $    (.07)
                                               =========    =========    =========    =========      =========
                                                                                                   
<CAPTION>                                                                                        
                                                                            December 31,
                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997         1996         1995         1994           1993
                                               ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------      ---------
                                                                   (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>       
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents ...................  $    8,618   $  57,460    $   6,884    $  28,108      $     117
Working capital .............................      58,774      95,873      (14,488)       8,230            (29)
Net property, plant and equipment ...........     491,859     339,263      274,197       54,566            200
Total assets ................................     640,882     522,291      320,679       94,618            521
Long-term debt (including current maturities)     219,541     207,343      223,054       11,949            800
Stockholders' equity (deficiency) ...........     337,595     264,566       62,972       62,536           (429)
                                                                                                        
Other Data:                                                                                             
Number of employees .........................         425         293          214           30              3
Shares outstanding at year end (000's) ......      49,056      47,803       28,645       28,060         13,436
Shipments (net tons) (2) ....................   1,205,247     793,848                                   
Hot band production (net tons) (2) ..........   1,181,983     814,561                                   
Prime ton percentage - hot band (2) .........        95.3        89.0
Yield percentage - hot band (2) .............        89.0        87.4
Effective capacity utilization - hot band (2)        84.4        58.2
Man-hours per hot band net ton produced (2) .         .56         .71
</TABLE>


                                       9
<PAGE>   12

(1)   The 1997 extraordinary loss of approximately $7.6 million (net of a tax
      benefit of approximately $5.1 million) relates to the write-off of
      financing costs related to the completion of an amendment to the Credit
      Agreement dated June 30, 1997. The 1996 extraordinary loss of
      approximately $7.3 million relates to the write-off of financing costs,
      the unamortized discount and a prepayment fee in connection with the
      prepayment of debt with proceeds from the initial public offering.

(2)   Commercial grade production began January 2, 1996.


                                       10
<PAGE>   13

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANAYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Steel Dynamics, Inc. owns and operates a new, state-of-the-art flat-rolled steel
mini-mill, which commenced commercial operations in January 1996. The Company
was founded in September 1993 by Keith E. Busse, Mark D. Millett and Richard P.
Teets, Jr. These individuals pioneered the development of thin-slab/flat-rolled
compact strip production technology and directed the construction and operation
of the world's first thin-slab/flat-rolled mini-mill. Building on their past
experience with CSP technology, management founded SDI to produce steel more
efficiently, at a lower cost and of higher quality. Steel Dynamics' goal is to
become the low cost producer of a broad range of flat-rolled steel products,
including hot-rolled, cold-rolled and galvanized sheet, and to serve more
markets than any other flat-rolled mini-mill. In addition, the Company intends
to participate in the development and use of new technologies to produce a broad
range of steel products. The Company commenced construction of the mini-mill in
October 1994 and commissioned it in December 1995.

Management strategically located the mini-mill within close proximity to its
natural customer base, steel service centers and other end users, abundant
supplies of automotive and other steel scrap, competitive sources of power, and
numerous rail and transportation routes. The Company believes that its strategic
location provides it with sales and marketing as well as production cost
advantages. The Company has secured a stable baseload of sales through long-term
"off-take" contracts with two major steel consumers. The Company has also sought
to assure itself of a secure supply of steel scrap and scrap substitutes. This
has been accomplished, in part, through a long-term scrap purchasing services
contract with OmniSource, one of the largest scrap dealers in the Midwest. In
addition, SDI has entered into a long-term 300,000 tonne per year "off-take"
contract to purchase iron carbide from Qualitech's iron carbide facility that is
under construction in Corpus Christi, Texas. This facility is expected to be
completed in 1998. Finally, the Company will produce scrap substitute material
through its wholly owned subsidiary, Iron Dynamics, Inc.

The Company, pursuant to plans to develop downstream processing facilities,
completed construction of its Cold Mill Project during 1997. The Cold Mill
Project, which began construction in 1996, enables the Company to produce
further value-added steel products including hot-rolled and cold-rolled
galvanized products along with cold-rolled products. This project has an annual
capacity of 1.0 million tons and includes a continuous pickle line, a 
semi-tandem two-stand reversing mill, two galvanizing lines, batch anneal 
furnaces and a temper mill. By the end of 1997, all lines were operating and 
were in the process of ramping up to full production.

In addition, during 1997, construction was started on the Caster Project that
entails the construction of a second melting furnace, a second caster and tunnel
furnace, and an additional coiler. This project, that is expected to be
completed during 1998, is expected to increase the production of hot-rolled
steel from the current expected capacity of 1.4 million tons to 2.4 million
tons.

During 1997, the Company, through it's wholly-owned subsidiary IDI, started
construction of a facility to produce 520,000 tonnes of direct reduced iron that
will subsequently be further processed into 470,000 tonnes of liquid pig iron.
SDI will use the liquid pig iron as a steel scrap substitute in its melt mix.
The facility is being constructed adjacent to SDI's melt shop. This project is
expected to be completed in 1998.

Results of Operations

Net Sales 1997, 1996 and 1995

The Company's net sales are a function of net tons shipped, prices and mix of
products. SDI has not entered into any fixed-price, long-term (exceeding one
calendar quarter) contracts for the sale of steel. Although fixed price
contracts may reduce the risk of price declines, these contracts also limit the
ability of the Company to take advantage of price increases. All of the
Company's orders are taken at its announced pricing levels with price discounts
for high volume purchases when appropriate. SDI is also able to charge premium
prices for certain grades of steel, dimensions of product, or certain smaller
volumes, based upon the cost of production. Beginning in 1997, the Company was
able to produce further value-added products in its Cold Mill that included
hot-rolled and cold-rolled galvanized products, along with cold rolled products.
These products allow the Company to charge premium prices.

Net sales increased to $420.1 million in 1997 from $252.6 million in 1996, a 66%
increase for the year. The Company shipped approximately 1,046,000 tons of hot
bands during 1997 compared to approximately 794,000 tons that were shipped in
1996. During 1997, the Company began producing and shipping Cold Mill products
including pickled and oiled coils, cold-rolled coils, hot-rolled galvanized
coils and cold-rolled galvanized coils. Approximately 159,000 tons of Cold Mill
product was shipped during 1997, the first year of operations of the Cold Mill.



                                       11
<PAGE>   14

During 1995, Steel Dynamics, Inc. had no net sales other than $137,000 that
occurred in December of 1995 from the sales of approximately 600 tons of
secondary grade steel.

The pricing for hot bands for 1997 increased to an average of approximately $353
per prime ton of steel as compared to approximately $336 per prime ton of steel
in 1996. Although there was an overall increase in hot band pricing for the 1997
calendar year, the pricing fluctuated quarterly based upon market pressures. As
a result, the pricing for hot bands declined in the third and fourth quarters of
1997 from the first and second quarters from an average price of approximately
$359 per ton to an average price of approximately $346 per ton. For the most
part, the products produced in the Cold Mill for 1997 reflected a price below
market price on a per ton basis as a result of the Company's desire to gain
market acceptance as well as a high ratio of non-prime versus prime
classification of steel due to the start-up of the new lines.

Of the Company' shipments for the calendar years 1997 and 1996, approximately
41% and 48%, have been purchased in aggregate, respectively, by Heidtman Steel
Products, Inc. (or affiliates thereof) and Preussag Stahl AG (or affiliates
thereof) pursuant to long-term "off-take" contracts based upon market pricing.

Cost of Goods Sold 1997, 1996 and 1995

All direct and indirect manufacturing costs are included in cost of goods sold.
The principal elements of the Company's cost of goods sold are steel scrap and
scrap substitutes, electricity, natural gas, oxygen, argon, electrodes, alloys,
depreciation, direct and indirect labor and benefits.

Steel scrap and scrap substitutes represent the most significant component of
the Company's cost of goods sold. Although SDI believes that there will be an
ample supply of high quality, low residual scrap in the future, the Company
recognizes that the construction of additional mini-mills have led to increased
demand for, and higher prices of, steel scrap. The Company believes that, over
the long-term, prices of steel scrap will continue to be volatile but its price
ranges will likely increase. To mitigate this, the Company has pursued a
three-part strategy to secure access to adequate supplies of steel scrap and low
cost scrap substitute materials. First, the Company entered into a long-term
steel scrap contract with OmniSource. Second, the Company entered into a
long-term "off-take" contract with Qualitech to provide iron carbide. Third, IDI
is constructing a facility to produce liquid pig iron.

The Company also has negotiated, or is in the process of renegotiating,
contracts for the supply of other significant raw materials. The Company
purchases its electricity from American Electric Power pursuant to a contract
that extends through 2005. The contract designates a portion of the Company's
load as "firm" with a majority of the load designated as "interruptible". The
Company has a "Primary Firm" delivery contract on the Panhandle Eastern Pipeline
that extends through April 2008. The Company is also negotiating a "Primary
Firm" delivery contract with NIPSCO/NIFL/Crossroads ("LDC") that would extend
through October 2005. SDI purchases all of its requirements for oxygen and argon
from Air Products which built a large plant adjacent to the SDI mini-mill. As a
result, the Company has been able to buy its oxygen and argon at prices SDI
believes to be favorable. SDI purchases its other raw materials such as
electrodes and alloys in the open market from various sources. Their
availability and price are subject to market conditions.

For the calendar years ended 1997 and 1996, total cost of goods sold was $330.5
million and $220.6 million, respectively. Gross margin for 1997 and 1996 was 
$89.6 million and $32.1 million, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, 
cost of goods sold was approximately 79% and 87%, respectively. The increase 
in gross margin for 1997 can be attributed to the increase in tons produced 
along with the resulting operating efficiencies during the second full year of 
production. For the calendar year 1995, cost of goods sold associated with the 
production of tons beginning in December was $3.2 million.

Scrap, as a percentage of direct hot band production costs, was 59% and 56% for
1997 and 1996, respectively. Scrap costs increased from 58% in the first half of
1997 to 60% in the second half of 1997.

The Company anticipates that cost of goods sold as a percentage of sales will
continue to improve as hot mill production nears capacity, the Cold Mill Project
continues its ramp up to capacity and the Caster Project begins production.

Selling, General and Administrative 1997, 1996 and 1995

Selling, general and administrative expenses ("SG&A") are comprised of all costs
associated with the sales, finance and accounting, materials and transportation,
and administrative departments. These costs include, among other items, labor
and benefits, professional services, property taxes, profit sharing expense and
start-up costs associated with new projects.

For the years ended 1997, 1996 and 1995, selling, general and administrative
expenses were $24.4 million, $13.8 million and $13.6 million, respectively. As a
percentage of net sales, SG&A represented approximately 5.8% and 5.5% for 1997
and 1996, 


                                       12
<PAGE>   15

respectively. Of the $24.4 million of SG&A expenses in 1997, approximately $6.9
million were start-up costs related to the Cold Mill Project, IDI and the Caster
Project.

Interest Expense 1997, 1996 and 1995

During construction of the mini-mill and the other projects, the costs related
to construction expenditures are considered assets qualifying for interest
capitalization. Capitalized interest for the years ended 1997, 1996 and 1995 was
approximately $8.1 million, $1.0 million and $10.1 million. Interest expense for
the same periods was approximately $7.8 million, $22.7 million and $564,000,
respectively. The low level of interest expense in 1995 reflects the effect of
capitalizing interest related to constructed assets. Interest costs for 1997
also reflect the effect of the amended credit agreement that was effective June
30, 1997 which provided lower effective interest rates on the senior debt. In
addition, the subordinated notes that carried higher effective rates were
prepaid in full in November 1996. See discussion in Liquidity and Capital
Resources.

Extraordinary Loss 1997 and 1996

The Company entered into a Credit Agreement with a group of banks (the "Credit
Agreement") on June 30, 1994. Effective June 30, 1997, the Company completed an
amendment to the Credit Agreement, which replaced its $345.0 million credit
facility with a new $450.0 million facility. In addition to an increase in the
outstanding facility available, the amended facility provided for lower LIBOR
borrowing margins, extended effective maturities and reduced covenants. As a
result of the substantial modifications, the Company incurred an extraordinary
loss of approximately $7.6 million (net of a tax benefit of approximately $5.1
million) related to prepayment penalties and the write off of the capitalized
financing costs associated with the originally negotiated credit facility.

During the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company prepaid its subordinated notes
with a portion of the proceeds from its initial public offering, which was
consummated in November 1996. The extraordinary loss of $7.3 million related to
prepayment costs and the write off of financing costs associated with the
procurement of this debt.

Taxes 1997, 1996 and 1995

The provision for income taxes for 1997 was $7.8 million. For 1996 and 1995, as
a result of the limited operating history, a valuation allowance for net
deferred tax assets was provided. During 1997, the valuation allowance was
eliminated, thereby reducing the effective tax rate for the year. The components
of income tax expense and the deferred tax assets and liabilities are described
in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Steel Dynamics' business is capital intensive and requires substantial
expenditures for, among other things, the purchase and maintenance of equipment
used in its steelmaking and finishing operations and compliance with
environmental laws. The Company's short-term and long-term liquidity needs arise
primarily from capital expenditures, working capital requirements and principal
and interest payments on its indebtedness. SDI has met these liquidity
requirements with cash provided by equity, long-term borrowings, state and local
grants and capital cost reimbursements.

At December 31, 1997, cash and cash equivalents totaled $8.6 million compared to
$57.5 million as of December 31, 1996. Cash generated from operating activities
during 1997 was $85.7 million, primarily due to the Company's net income,
depreciation, and increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses. During
1996, the Company used cash in operating activities of $51.6 million primarily
due to net losses incurred and the build-up of inventories and accounts
receivables as the Company began commercial production.

The Company has, and will continue to have, significant capital expenditures
relating to the various expansion projects. The Cold Mill Project, which was
completed in 1997, the Caster Project and the IDI Project used cash during 1997
of approximately $175.2 million. During 1996 capital expenditures of $83.7
million were incurred related to the original mill and for the Cold Mill
Project. Capital expenditures will be incurred during 1998 for the completion of
the Caster Project, the completion of the IDI Project and for the start of the
Structural Mill Project. The Structural Mill Project is expected to cost $250.0
million and is anticipated to be completed in the fourth quarter of 1999.

It is anticipated that the projects will be financed through cash provided by
operating activities and borrowings from the Company's Credit Agreement. In
anticipation of all the planned projects, the Company, effective June 30, 1997,
completed an amendment to the Credit Agreement, which replaced its previous
$345.0 million credit facility. The amended Credit Agreement consists of a
$450.0 million credit facility, composed of a $250.0 million five-year revolving
credit facility (which is subject to a borrowing base), a $100.0 million 364-day
revolving credit facility (subject to extension if approved by all the lenders,
or, if not, converted into a five-year term loan amortizable in equal quarterly
installments during the final two years of the five-year term

                                       13
<PAGE>   16

loan period) and a $100.0 million term loan amortizable in equal quarterly
installments during the final two years of the term loan period, commencing
September 30, 2002. Total debt as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 was $219.5
million and $207.3 million, respectively. The current maturities of long-term
debt as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 were $6.1 million and $11.2 million,
respectively.

The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount
of $100.0 million pursuant to which the Company has agreed to make fixed rate
payments at 6.935% and will receive LIBOR payments. The maturity date of the
interest rate swap agreement is July 2, 2001. A counterparty has the right to
extend the maturity date to July 2, 2004 at pre-determined interest rates.

Iron Dynamics, Inc. entered into a credit agreement with a group of banks as of
December 31, 1997 (the "IDI Credit Agreement"). The IDI Credit Agreement
consists of a $65.0 million credit facility, composed of a $10.0 million
three-year revolving credit facility (subject to a borrowing base) and a $55.0
million eight-year senior term loan facility. At December 31, 1997, there were
no amounts outstanding under the IDI Credit Agreement. IDI is required to pay a
commitment fee ranging from .125% to .375% annually depending upon the period of
time and the principal amount of the unused borrowing capacity. The IDI Credit
Agreement requires Iron Dynamics to maintain certain covenants, the most
restrictive of which are requirements to maintain a minimum tangible net worth,
a minimum fixed charge service coverage ratio, and a maximum negative earnings
before income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Additionally, the IDI
Credit Agreement limits the indebtedness of Iron Dynamics, limits capital
expenditures and restricts the payment of dividends by IDI.

In addition to the IDI Credit Agreement, Iron Dynamics signed a letter of intent
with American Electric Power Financial Services to provide a $6.5 million
seven-year loan. The electric utility loan will be secured by on-site power
distribution and related equipment. The interest rate for the loan will be tied
to 90 day commercial paper rates with an option to establish a fixed interest
rate based on an average of one, three, and five year U.S. Treasuries.

The Company believes that the liquidity provided from existing cash and cash
equivalents, cash from operating activities and the credit facilities will be
sufficient for the working capital and capital expenditure requirements for
1998. However, the Company may, if it believes that circumstances warrant,
increase its liquidity through the issuance of additional equity or debt to
finance additional growth or take advantage of other business opportunities.

During 1997, the Company raised approximately $29.6 million (net of expenses) in
a public offering by issuing 1,255,971 shares at a net offering price of $24.00
per share. This offering followed the Company's initial public offering that was
effective November 21, 1996 in which the Company received approximately $140.2
million in net proceeds. The Company issued 9,375,000 shares at a net offering
price of $15.08 per share. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from
the initial public offering to repay the $55.0 million principal amount
subordinated notes that were issued by the Company. The remaining proceeds were
used for capital expenditures and working capital purposes.

Also during 1996, the Company raised approximately $25.4 million of net proceeds
from the private placement of its common stock. Approximately $20.0 million of
the proceeds were dedicated to the IDI Project. The remaining proceeds were for
capital expenditure or working capital purposes.

During 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to
5% of its common stock. Under the program, shares may be purchased from time to
time at prevailing market prices. As of March 26, 1998, the Company had
repurchased 135,000 shares at an average price of $16.41 per share.

The Company has not paid any dividends on its common stock.

Environmental Expenditures and Other Contingencies

SDI has incurred, and in the future will continue to incur, capital expenditures
and operating expenses for matters relating to environmental control,
remediation, monitoring and compliance. SDI believes that compliance with
current environmental laws and regulations is not likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or
liquidity; however, environmental laws and regulations have changed rapidly in
recent years and SDI may become subject to more stringent environmental laws and
regulations in the future.

Inflation

SDI does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on its results of
operations.


                                       14
<PAGE>   17

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued Statements Nos. 130 and 131
that SDI will be required to adopt in future periods. (See Note 1 in the Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.)

Year 2000

The Company does not anticipate that expenditures to ensure that its
computerized systems are year 2000 compliant will have a material impact on its
financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Although the Company
does not anticipate that third-party non-compliance, if any, will have a
material impact on the Company, the Company's operations could be at risk if its
suppliers and other third-parties fail to adequately address the problem.


                                       15
<PAGE>   18

ITEM 8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

Independent Auditors' Report...........................................       17

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997and 1996............       18

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the
  three years in the period ended December 31, 1997....................       19

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
  for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997....       20

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for
  each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997........       21

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................       22


                                       16
<PAGE>   19

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Steel Dynamics, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Steel
Dynamics, Inc. (the "Company") as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Steel Dynamics, Inc. as of
December 31, 1997and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana
January 19, 1998


                                       17
<PAGE>   20

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              December 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                            1997         1996
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                     ASSETS
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>      
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents .........................   $   8,618    $  57,460
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
     doubtful accounts of $680 and $628 as of
     December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively ........      33,465       14,600
   Accounts receivable-related parties ...............      11,210       17,860
   Inventories .......................................      60,163       65,911
   Deferred income taxes .............................      19,688
   Other current assets ..............................       2,158        1,599
                                                         ---------    ---------
         Total current assets ........................     135,302      157,430

PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT, NET ..................     491,859      339,263

DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS, less accumulated
   amortization of $254 and $1,548 as of
   December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively ..........         957       12,405

RESTRICTED CASH ......................................       2,976        2,905

OTHER ASSETS .........................................       9,788       10,288
                                                         ---------    ---------

         TOTAL ASSETS ................................   $ 640,882    $ 522,291
                                                         =========    =========

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable ..................................   $  39,347    $  28,968
   Accounts payable-related parties ..................      15,352       12,218
   Accrued interest ..................................       2,319          338
   Other accrued expenses ............................      13,366        8,858
   Current maturities of long-term debt ..............       6,144       11,175
                                                         ---------    ---------
         Total current liabilities ...................      76,528       61,557

LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities ..............     213,397      196,168

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ................................      13,362

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
   Class A common stock voting, $.01 par value;
     100,000,000 shares authorized; 49,131,273 and
     47,803,341 shares issued and outstanding as of
     December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively ........         491          478
   Treasury stock, at cost; 75,000 shares ............      (1,236)
   Additional paid-in capital ........................     334,164      303,846
   Retained earnings (deficit) .......................       4,176      (39,758)
                                                         ---------    ---------
         Total stockholders' equity ..................     337,595      264,566
                                                         ---------    ---------

         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ..   $ 640,882    $ 522,291
                                                         =========    =========
</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       18
<PAGE>   21

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                                 -----------------------------------
                                                                   1997          1996         1995
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>      
Net sales:
     Unrelated parties .......................................   $ 246,465    $ 130,886    $     137
     Related parties .........................................     173,667      121,731
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Total net sales ...........................................     420,132      252,617          137
Cost of goods sold ...........................................     330,529      220,563        3,169
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Gross profit (loss) .......................................      89,603       32,054       (3,032)

Selling, general and administrative expenses .................      24,449       13,838       13,580
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Operating income (loss) ...................................      65,154       18,216      (16,612)
Foreign currency gain (loss) .................................         260          328       (3,272)
Interest expense .............................................      (7,697)     (22,684)        (564)
Interest income ..............................................       1,654        1,581          560
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary loss ..      59,371       (2,559)     (19,888)
Income tax expense ...........................................       7,813
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ...................      51,558       (2,559)     (19,888)
Extraordinary loss, net of $5,083 deferred tax benefit in 1997      (7,624)      (7,271)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net income (loss) .........................................   $  43,934    $  (9,830)   $ (19,888)
                                                                 =========    =========    =========

Basic earnings per share:
   Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ...................   $    1.07    $   (0.07)   $    (.62)
   Extraordinary loss ........................................       (0.16)       (0.21)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net income (loss) .........................................   $    0.91    $   (0.28)   $    (.62)
                                                                 =========    =========    =========

Diluted earnings per share:
   Income (loss) before extraordinary loss ...................   $    1.06    $   (0.07)   $    (.62)
   Extraordinary loss ........................................       (0.16)       (0.21)
                                                                 ---------    ---------    ---------
   Net income (loss) .........................................   $    0.90    $   (0.28)   $    (.62)
                                                                 =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       19
<PAGE>   22

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Common Stock     Treasury Stock    Additional    Amounts      Retained      Total
                                             ---------------  ----------------     Paid-in     Due From     Earnings   Stockholders'
                                             Shares   Amount  Shares    Amount     Capital   Stockholders   (Deficit)     Equity
                                             ------   ------  ------    ------     -------   ------------   ---------     ------
<S>                                          <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>      
Balances at January 1, 1995 ...............  28,060   $  280                     $  83,046   $ (10,750)   $ (10,040)   $  62,536

Issuance of shares ........................     585        6                         4,994                                 5,000
Issuance of common stock warrants .........                                          5,043                                 5,043
Collection of amounts due from stockholders                                                     10,000                    10,000
Amortization of amount due from officer ...                                                        281                       281
Net loss ..................................                                                                 (19,888)     (19,888)
                                            -------   ------                     ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------

Balances at December 31, 1995 .............  28,645      286                        93,083        (469)     (29,928)      62,972

Exercise of common stock warrants .........   1,791       18                           382                                   400
Issuance of shares, net of expenses .......  17,367      174                       210,381                               210,555
Amortization of amount due from officer ...                                                        469                       469
Net loss ..................................                                                                  (9,830)      (9,830)
                                            -------   ------  -----   --------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------

Balances at December 31, 1996 .............  47,803      478                       303,846                  (39,758)     264,566

Issuance of shares, net of expenses and
  tax effect of options exercised .........   1,328       13                        30,318                                30,331
Purchase of treasury stock ................                     (75)  $ (1,236)                                           (1,236)
Net income ................................                                                                  43,934       43,934
                                            -------   ------  -----   --------   ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------

Balances at December 31, 1997 .............  49,131   $  491    (75)  $ (1,236)  $ 334,164   $            $   4,176    $ 337,595
                                            =======   ======  =====   ========   =========   =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       20
<PAGE>   23

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Years Ended December 31,
                                                                -----------------------------------
                                                                   1997         1996         1995
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>       
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss) .........................................   $  43,934    $  (9,830)   $ (19,888)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
    used in operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization .........................      24,051       19,403          876
      Foreign currency loss (gain) ..........................        (260)        (328)       3,272
      Deferred income taxes .................................      (6,326)
      Extraordinary loss ....................................      11,019        7,271
      Changes in certain assets and liabilities:
        Accounts receivable .................................     (12,215)     (32,335)        (125)
        Inventories .........................................       5,748      (52,331)     (13,580)
        Other assets ........................................        (559)          35         (788)
        Accounts payable ....................................      13,513       13,284        6,441
        Accrued expenses ....................................       6,749        3,197        4,822
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities      85,654      (51,634)     (18,970)
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property, plant, and equipment ...............    (175,193)     (83,720)    (224,449)
  Proceeds from government grants ...........................                    1,558       21,188
  Purchase of short-term investments ........................                   (7,000)
  Maturities of short-term investments ......................                    7,000
  Other .....................................................          36         (984)      (1,602)
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net cash used in investing activities .............    (175,157)     (83,146)    (204,863)
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Issuance of long-term debt ................................      17,079       35,411      188,430
  Repayments of long-term debt ..............................      (5,030)     (57,927)
  Purchase of treasury stock ................................      (1,236)
  Issuance of common stock, net of expenses .................      30,331      211,424       15,281
  Debt issuance costs .......................................        (483)      (3,552)      (1,102)
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
          Net cash provided by financing activities .........      40,661      185,356      202,609
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ............     (48,842)      50,576      (21,224)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ..............      57,460        6,884       28,108
                                                                ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ....................   $   8,618    $  57,460    $   6,884
                                                                =========    =========    =========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest ....................................   $  13,809    $  26,030    $   8,000
                                                                =========    =========    =========
  Cash paid for taxes .......................................   $   8,675    $            $
                                                                =========    =========    =========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INFORMATION:
  Electric utility transmission facility loan
    and other equipment obligation ..........................   $            $            $  24,349
                                                                =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


                 See notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                       21
<PAGE>   24

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (dollars in thousands)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and Iron Dynamics, Inc., ("IDI") a wholly-owned subsidiary. All
significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The Company operated
on a four week, four week, five week accounting cycle for 1996. Accordingly, the
Company's interim periods ended on the last day of the fourth or fifth week
within the month. The Company, effective January 1997, operates on a calendar
month accounting cycle.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company records sales upon shipment and provides an allowance for estimated
costs associated with returns.

Business

The Company, formed on September 7, 1993, operates in one industry segment and
operates a thin-slab cast steel mini-mill in the Midwest, with the capacity to
produce 1.4 million tons annually of hot-rolled steel coils. In addition, with
the completion of the Cold Mill, the Company can further process hot-rolled
steel coils into galvanized and cold-rolled products. The Company's products are
sold primarily to the automotive, tubing, construction and commercial equipment
industries.

Cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash consists
of cash held by a trustee in a debt service fund for the repayment of principal
and interest on the Company's municipal bond.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31,
                                                   ------------------------
                                                     1997            1996
                                                   --------        --------
         <S>                                       <C>             <C>     
         Raw materials.........................    $ 22,851        $ 48,065
         Supplies..............................      17,861          11,854
         Work in progress......................       6,656
         Finished goods........................      12,795           5,992
                                                   --------        --------
                                                   $ 60,163        $ 65,911
                                                   ========        ========
</TABLE>

Derivatives

The Company has only limited involvement with derivative financial instruments
and does not use them for trading purposes. The Company entered into an interest
rate swap agreement as a means of hedging its interest rate exposure on certain
of its debt facilities. The interest rate swap is accounted for under the
accrual method. Under this method, the differential to be paid or received under
the interest rate swap agreement is recognized as interest expense over the term
of the hedged obligation. Changes in market value of the interest swap are
accounted for under the accrual method and are not reflected in the accompanying
financial statements.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost of acquisition which includes
capitalized interest on construction-in-progress of $8.1 million, $1.0 million
and $10.1 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Depreciation is provided
using the units-of-production method for manufacturing plant and equipment and
using the straight-line method for non-manufacturing equipment over the
estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from 12 years to 30 years. Repairs
and maintenance are expensed


                                       22
<PAGE>   25

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (dollars in thousands)

as incurred. The Company recorded proceeds received from state and local
government grants and other capital cost reimbursements as reductions of the
related capital assets.

The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment annually or whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be
recoverable.

Debt Issuance Costs

The costs related to the issuance of debt are deferred and amortized to interest
expense using an effective interest method over the terms of the related debt.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, short-term
investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash with high
quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure from any
one institution. Generally, the Company does not require collateral or other
security to support customer receivables.

Foreign Currency Transactions

Transaction gains and losses incurred by the Company for equipment purchases
denominated in a foreign currency are recorded in results of operations
currently.

Earnings (loss) Per Share

During 1997, the Company adopted SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share".
Accordingly, earnings per share for 1996 and 1995 have been restated to reflect
diluted as well as basic earnings per share amounts. The following is a
reconciliation of the weighted average common shares for the basic and diluted
earnings per share computations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                    1997       1996       1995
                                                  --------   --------   --------
                                                          (in thousands)

      <S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>   
      Basic weighted average common shares.....     48,343     34,571     31,975
      Dilutive effect of stock options.........        500
                                                  --------   --------   --------
      Diluted weighted average common shares...     48,843     34,571     31,975
                                                  ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

Options to purchase 106,628 shares of common stock at prices ranging from
approximately $23 to $27 per share were outstanding at December 31, 1997, but
were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options'
exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 1997, SFAS No. 130, "Comprehensive Income", was issued. It becomes
effective in 1998 and requires reclassification of earlier financial statements
for comparative purposes. SFAS No. 130 requires that changes in the amounts of
certain items, including foreign currency translation adjustments and gains and
losses on certain securities be shown in the financial statements. SFAS No. 130
does not require a specific format for the financial statement in which
comprehensive income is reported, but does require that an amount representing
total comprehensive income be reported in that statement. Management does not
believe SFAS No. 130 will have a material effect on the consolidated financial
statements.


                                       23
<PAGE>   26

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (dollars in thousands)

Also in June 1997, SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information", was issued. This statement will change the way public
companies report information about segments of their business in their annual
financial statements and requires them to report selected segment information in
their quarterly reports issued to shareholders. It also requires entity-wide
disclosures about the products and services an entity provides, the material
countries in which it holds assets and reports revenues, and its major
customers. SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1997. Management has not yet determined the effect, if any, of SFAS No. 131
on the consolidated financial statements.

2. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           December 31,
                                                    --------------------------
                                                       1997             1996
                                                    ---------        ---------
      <S>                                           <C>              <C>      
      Land and improvements.....................    $   9,266        $   4,757
      Buildings and improvements................       49,719           27,059
      Plant, machinery and equipment............      408,016          246,023
      Construction in progress..................       64,277           78,247
                                                    ---------        ---------
                                                      531,278          356,086
      Less accumulated depreciation.............       39,419           16,823
                                                    ---------        ---------
        Property, plant, and equipment, net.....    $ 491,859        $ 339,263
                                                    =========        =========
</TABLE>

3. DEBT

Debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31,
                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                        1997             1996
                                                                      ---------       ---------
      <S>                                                             <C>             <C>      
      Senior secured notes payable, interest is variable 
        (including the effect of the interest rate cap, the 
        weighted average rate was 7.1% and 8.6% as of 
        December 31, 1997 and 1996)................................   $ 167,079       $ 150,000
      8.01% municipal bond, principal and interest
        due monthly through 2015...................................      20,300          21,100
      Electric utility, transmission facility and other 
        equipment obligation at interest rates ranging from 
        7% to 8%, collateralized by on-site substation and 
        related equipment, principal and interest due monthly 
        or quarterly through 2015..................................      32,162          36,243
                                                                      ---------       ---------
          Total debt...............................................     219,541         207,343
      Less current maturities......................................       6,144          11,175
                                                                      ---------       ---------
          Long-term debt...........................................   $ 213,397       $ 196,168
                                                                      =========       =========
</TABLE>

The Company entered into a credit agreement with a group of banks (the "Credit
Agreement") on June 30, 1994. Effective June 30, 1997, the Company modified its
Credit Agreement, which replaced its previous credit facility. The Credit
Agreement consists of a $450.0 million credit facility, composed of a $250.0
million five-year revolving credit facility (subject to a borrowing base), a
$100.0 million 364-day revolving credit facility (subject to extension if
approved by all of the lenders, or, if not, converted into a five-year term loan
amortizable in equal quarterly installments during the final two years of the
five-year term loan period), and a $100.0 million term loan amortizable in equal
quarterly installments during the final two years of the term loan period,
commencing September 30, 2002. The Credit Agreement is secured by substantially
all of the Company's assets (other than as permitted to be excluded in order to
secure the financing for IDI).

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at floating rates. The
Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of
$100.0 million pursuant to which the Company has agreed to make fixed rate
payments at 6.935% and will receive LIBOR payments. The maturity date of the
interest rate swap agreement is July 2, 2001. The counterparty has the right to
extend the maturity date to July 2, 2004 at predetermined interest rates. The
fair value of the interest rate swap agreement was


                                       24
<PAGE>   27

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             (dollars in thousands)

estimated to be $6.2 million which represents the amount the Company would have
to pay to enter into an equivalent agreement at December 31, 1997.

Iron Dynamics, Inc. entered into a credit agreement with a group of banks as of
December 31, 1997 (the "IDI Credit Agreement"). The IDI Credit Agreement
consists of a $65.0 million credit facility, composed of a $10.0 million
three-year revolving credit facility (subject to a borrowing base) and a $55.0
million eight-year senior term loan facility. At December 31, 1997, there were
no amounts outstanding under the IDI Credit Agreement. IDI is required to pay a
commitment fee ranging from .125% to .375% annually depending upon the period of
time and the principal amount of the unused borrowing capacity. The IDI Credit
Agreement requires Iron Dynamics to maintain certain covenants, the most
restrictive of which are requirements to maintain a minimum tangible net worth,
a minimum fixed charge service coverage ratio, and a maximum negative earnings
before income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. Additionally, the IDI
Credit Agreement limits the indebtedness of Iron Dynamics, limits capital
expenditures and restricts the payment of dividends by IDI.

In 1995 the Company borrowed $21.4 million through a state government municipal
bond program, of which $3.0 million and $2.9 million, as of December 31, 1997
and 1996, respectively, are held by a trustee in a debt service reserve fund and
are recorded as restricted cash. At December 31, 1997, a stand-by letter of
credit of $22.0 million relating to the municipal bonds was outstanding.

The electric utility transmission facility loan of $7.5 million and $7.7 million
at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, represents the Company's portion of
the cost of the transmission facilities constructed and owned by the utility to
service the Company's site. The corresponding cost is included in other assets
and is being amortized over twenty years on the straight-line basis.

The electric utility loan of $12.8 million and $13.1 million at December 31,
1997 and 1996, respectively, represents the Company's portion of the cost of the
Company's substation constructed on site. Interest and principal payments are
made equally on a monthly basis in an amount necessary to repay the loan fifteen
years from the date of commencement of operations.

The Credit Agreement, electric utility loan and transmission facility loan
require the Company to maintain certain covenants, the most restrictive of which
are requirements to maintain tangible net worth of at least $187.0 million plus
50% of cumulative net income, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest
coverage ratio. The Credit Agreement also limits the indebtedness of the
Company, limits capital expenditures and investments and places restrictions on
the amount of dividends that can be paid.

The other equipment obligation represents deferred payments for the purchase of
certain equipment. The obligation is non-interest bearing and was discounted at
7% over a term of five years.

In June 1994 the Company entered into an agreement with respect to senior
subordinated promissory notes ("Subordinated Notes") in the aggregate principal
amount of $55 million and warrants to purchase up to 1,641,827 shares of Class A
common stock at an exercise price which was less than $0.01 per share. The
Subordinated Notes were repaid in November 1996 with a portion of the proceeds
from the initial public offering. An extraordinary loss on the prepayment of the
Subordinated Notes in the amount of $7.3 million was recorded in 1996 and was
comprised of the write off of the unamortized discount, write off of the
financing costs associated with the Subordinated Notes and a prepayment penalty.

As a result of the substantial modifications with the amendment to the Credit
Agreement in 1997 the Company incurred an extraordinary loss of approximately
$7.6 million (net of a tax benefit of approximately $5.1 million) related to
prepayment penalties and the write off of the capitalized financing costs
associated with the originally negotiated credit facility.


                                       25
<PAGE>   28

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
             (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

Maturities of outstanding debt as of December 31, 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Amount
                                                           ------

            <S>                                          <C>
            1998.................................        $   6,144
            1999.................................            6,955
            2000.................................            3,975
            2001.................................            2,100
            2002.................................           27,278
            Thereafter...........................          173,089
                                                         ---------
                                                         $ 219,541
                                                         =========
</TABLE>

4. INCOME TAXES

The Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary file consolidated income tax
returns. The effective income tax rate differs from the statutory income tax
rate for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1997 and 1996 because of the
valuation allowance. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets
and liabilities at December 31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     December 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996
                                                              ---------         --------
         <S>                                                  <C>               <C>     
         Deferred tax assets:
           Net operating loss and credit carryforwards.....   $  18,982         $ 23,592
           Alternative minimum tax carryforwards...........       8,675
           Tax assets expensed for books...................      17,559            8,628
           Other accrued expenses..........................       3,028            3,824
                                                              ---------         --------
         Total deferred tax assets.........................      48,244           36,044
           Less valuation allowance........................                      (15,777)
                                                              ---------         --------
         Net deferred tax assets...........................      48,244           20,267

         Deferred tax liabilities:
           Depreciable assets .............................     (40,812)         (19,348)
           Amortization of fees............................        (983)            (435)
           Other...........................................        (123)            (484)
                                                              ---------         --------
         Total deferred tax liabilities....................     (41,918)         (20,267)
                                                              ---------         --------

         Net deferred tax assets...........................   $   6,326         $
                                                              =========         ========
</TABLE>

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had available net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $47.3 million for federal income tax purposes.
The carryforward expires in 2011. The deferred tax assets and liabilities are
the result of temporary differences that are derived from the cumulative taxable
or deductible amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements in years
different from that of the income tax returns. The difference between the amount
of depreciation recorded for financial reporting purposes and the depreciation
recorded for income tax purposes results in a significant portion of the
deferred tax liability. The net operating loss carryforward for income tax
purposes, along with an alternative minimum tax ("AMT") credit carryforward
comprises the significant portion of the deferred tax asset.

The total federal and state provisions before extraordinary loss was $7.8
million consisting of $8.7 million in current expense (primarily alternative
minimum tax) offest by a deferred tax benefit of $.9 million.

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996
would have resulted in a net deferred tax benefit, however, this benefit was
offset entirely by the valuation allowance. The valuation allowance was
recognized during 1997, the result of which reduced the effective income tax
rate for the year. The reversal of the valuation allowance was due to the
Company's current profitability and future projected profitability.

For 1997, the combined federal and state tax provision at the statutory income
tax rates was $23.6 million. This provision was reduced as a result of the
recognition of the valuation allowance that was established in prior years of
$15.8 million, resulting in a net tax provision of $7.8 million.


                                       26
<PAGE>   29

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

5. COMMON STOCK

In August 1997, the Company raised approximately $29.6 million (net of expenses)
in a public offering by issuing 1,255,971 shares at a net offering price of
$24.00 per share. The offering was consummated as a result of registration
rights that were exercised by original shareholders. Existing shareholders sold
7,144,029 shares and the over-allotment was exercised by the underwriting group,
which allowed existing shareholders to sell an additional 369,000 shares.

On November 21, 1996, the Company completed its initial public offering. The
Company issued 9,375,000 shares at a net offering price of $15.08 per share. The
Company received approximately $140.2 million in net proceeds. Existing
shareholders sold 468,750 shares, and the over-allotment was exercised by the
underwriting group, which allowed existing shareholders to sell an additional
1,476,562 shares.

Warrants related to the Subordinated Notes for 1,641,827 shares of the Company's
Common Stock were exercised in the fourth quarter of 1996. In addition, other
warrants for 149,645 shares were exercised in the fourth quarter of 1996.

On October 28, 1996, the board of directors approved a 28.06-for-one stock
split. Share and per share data prior to that date have been restated to give
effect to the stock split for all periods presented.

On December 11, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to
repurchase up to 5% of its shares of Common Stock. Under the program, shares may
be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices.

1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan

The Company adopted the 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan ("1994 Plan") for
certain key employees who are responsible for management of the Company. A total
of 1,102,765 shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for issuance
under the 1994 Plan as of December 31, 1997. Eligible individuals under the 1994
Plan may be granted options to purchase the Company's Class A Common Stock at an
exercise price per share of at least 100% of fair market value at the date of
grant. Effective January 10, 1997, options under the 1994 Plan vest one third
six months after the date of grant and two-thirds five years after the date of
grant. The options have a maximum term of ten years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Years ended December 31,                
                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1997                        1996
                                              -------------------------   --------------------------
                                                       Weighted Average             Weighted Average
                                              Shares   Price Per Share    Shares    Price Per Share
                                              ------   ----------------   ------    ----------------
                 1994 Plan                   
      <S>                                     <C>          <C>            <C>            <C> 
      Outstanding at beginning of year ...    645,383      $   4          572,427        $  3
      Granted ............................    286,213         22           81,374          11
      Exercised ..........................     68,043          4                     
      Forfeited ..........................                                  8,418           3
      Outstanding at end of year .........    863,553         10          645,383           4
      Options exercisable at end of year..    203,213         10                     
</TABLE>                                  

The weighted average contractual life of the options under this plan is
approximately eight years for both 1997 and 1996. Exercise prices under this
plan range from approximately $3 per share to approximately $27 per share.

1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan

On October 28, 1996, the Company adopted the 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan
("1996 Plan") for all employees of the Company. A total of 1,403,000 shares of
common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1996 Plan. Eligible
employees under the 1996 Plan may be granted options to purchase the Company's
Common Stock at an exercise price per share of at least 100% of fair market
value at the grant of date. Options under the 1996 Plan vest 100% six months
after the date of grant and have a maximum term of five years.


                                       27
<PAGE>   30

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Years ended December 31,                
                                              ------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1997                        1996
                                              -------------------------   --------------------------
                                                       Weighted Average             Weighted Average
                                              Shares   Price Per Share    Shares    Price Per Share
                                              ------   ----------------   ------    ----------------
                 1996 Plan
      <S>                                     <C>         <C>            <C>            <C> 
      Outstanding at beginning of year ...     94,408     $  16           
      Granted ............................    204,625        20           94,408       $  16
      Exercised ..........................      3,918        16                     
      Forfeited ..........................      2,441        19           
      Outstanding at end of year .........    292,674        19           94,408          15
      Options exercisable at end of year..    180,685        18
</TABLE>

The weighted average contractual life of the options under this plan is
approximately four and one-half years and five years for 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Exercise prices under this plan range from $16 per share to
approximately $21 per share.

On October 28, 1996, the Company adopted the Officer and Manager Cash and Stock
Bonus Plan (the "Plan"). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan,
officers and certain managers receive cash bonuses based upon the formula
stipulated in the Plan, subject to a cap. In the event the cash portion of the
bonus reaches the cap, an additional bonus will be paid in Company stock. Any
Company stock received pursuant to this Plan will vest ratably over four years.
In addition to a cap on the cash portion of the bonus, an overall cap is applied
to the participants under this Plan. A total of 450,000 shares have been
reserved under this Plan. As of December 31, 1997, no shares have been issued
with respect to this Plan.

The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for the plans. No
compensation cost has been recognized for the plans because the stock option
price is equal to fair value at the grant date. Had compensation cost for the
plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards
under the plan consistent with the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation, the Company's pro forma net income (loss) and pro
forma net income (loss) per share would be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Years ended December 31,
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              1997          1996          1995
                                            --------      --------      --------
         <S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>      
         Net income (loss):
            As reported.................    $ 43,934      $ (9,830)    $(19,888)
            Pro forma...................      41,080       (10,274)     (19,972)
                                            
         Basic earnings per share:          
                                            
           As reported..................    $    .91      $   (.28)    $   (.62)
           Pro forma....................         .85          (.30)        (.63)
                                            
         Diluted earnings per share:        
                                            
           As reported..................    $    .90      $   (.28)    $   (.62)
           Pro forma....................         .85          (.30)        (.63)
</TABLE>

The fair value of the option grants are estimated on the date of grant using an
option pricing model with the following assumptions: No dividend yield,
risk-free interest rates of 5.7% to 7.1%, expected volatility of 30% and
expected lives of one and one-half to eight years. The pro forma amounts are not
representative of the effects on reported net income for future years.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company has executed a raw material supply contract with OmniSource
Corporation for the purchase of steel scrap resources (see Note 7). Under the
terms of the contract, OmniSource will locate and secure, at the lowest
then-available market price, steel scrap for the Company in grades and
quantities sufficient for the Company to meet substantially all of its
production requirements.


                                       28
<PAGE>   31

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

The initial term of the contract is through October 2001. The Company retains
the right to acquire scrap from other sources if certain business conditions are
present. The Company has executed finished goods off-take contracts with
Heidtman Steel Products ("Heidtman") and Preussag Stahl, AG ("Preussag") (see
Note 7). Under the terms of the contracts, the Company retains the right to sell
its hot-rolled coils in the open market; however, the Company is required to 
sell, and Heidtman and Preussag are required to purchase, a minimum of 30,000 
and 12,000 tons, respectively, each month at the then-current market price the 
Company is charging for similar products. The Company is required to provide
Heidtman and Preussag with a volume discount for all tons purchased each month
in which Heidtman and Preussag purchase the minimum tons from the Company. The
initial term of the contracts for Heidtman and Preussag are through December
2001.

The Company purchases its electricity pursuant to a contract which extends
through 2005. Under the contract the Company is subject to a monthly minimum
charge. At December 31, 1997, the Company's fixed and determinable purchase
obligations for electricity are $7.5 million annually from 1998 through 2001.

The Company has construction related commitments of $76.0 million and $40.8
million for the Caster Project and IDI, respectively.

The Company began construction of the Caster Project in July 1997. IDI has
executed raw material supply contracts with Quebec Cartier mining ("QCM") and
U.S. Steel Mining ("USM"). QCM will supply IDI with iron ore under a long-term
agreement for the requirements of IDI's first module at Butler, Indiana.
Similarly, USM will supply module one with coal under a long-term requirements
based contract.

7. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANIES

The Company sells hot-rolled coils to Heidtman and affiliates of Preussag and
purchases steel scrap resources from OmniSource. Heidtman, Preussag and
OmniSource are stockholders of the Company. During 1997, sales to Heidtman and
Preussag represented 31% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's total net
sales. During 1996, sales to Heidtman and Preussag represented 36% and 12%,
respectively, of the Company's total net sales. The Company had sales in 1997 of
$131.9 million and $41.8 million to Heidtman and affiliates of Preussag,
respectively. Sales to Heidtman and Preussag for 1996 were $91.8 million and
$29.9 million, respectively. The Company as of December 31, 1997, had
outstanding accounts receivable of $6.9 million and $4.3 million from Heidtman
and affiliates of Preussag, respectively. As of December 31, 1996, the Company
had outstanding accounts receivable from Heidtman and affiliates of Preussag of
$15.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

The Company had purchases (including fees) of $128.3 million, $145.5 million and
$7.2 million from OmniSource in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 had accounts payable to OmniSource of $15.2
million and $12.0 million, respectively, and owed to Heidtman and an affiliate
of Preussag $163,000 and $283,000, respectively.

8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts of financial instruments including cash and cash
equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximated fair value as
of December 31, 1997 and 1996, because of the relatively short maturity of these
instruments. The carrying value of long-term debt, including the current
portion, approximated fair value as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
The fair values of the Company's long-term debt are estimated using discounted
cash flow analyses, based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates.

9. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company sponsors a 401(k) retirement saving plan ("401(k) Plan") for all
eligible employees of the Company under which they may elect to contribute on a
pre-tax basis up to 8% of their eligible compensation. The Company provides
matching contributions equal to 5% of the participants' contributions. Employer
contributions are not significant for any periods presented. The 401(k) Plan was
amended effective in 1997 to provide for a matching contribution that will be
dependent upon the Company's return on assets. In no event will the match be
less than 5% or greater than 50% of employee contributions.

The Company has also established a Profit Sharing Plan ("Profit Sharing Plan"),
for eligible employees. The Profit Sharing Plan is a "qualified plan" for
federal income tax purposes. Each year, the Company allocates an amount equal to
5% of the Company's pre-tax profits to a "profit sharing pool". The profit
sharing pool is used to fund the Profit Sharing Plan as well as a separate cash
profit sharing bonus which is paid to employees in March of the following year.
The allocation between the Profit Sharing Plan contribution


                                       29
<PAGE>   32

                              STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

and the cash bonus amount is determined by the Board of Directors each year. The
amount allocated to the Profit Sharing Plan is subject to a maximum legally
established percentage of compensation paid to participants.

10.   Quarterly Financial Information   (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1st Quarter    2nd Quarter    3rd Quarter   4th Quarter   
                                                       -----------    -----------    -----------   -----------   
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>      
1997:                                                                                              
Net sales ............................................   $  98,059      $ 102,718      $ 104,702     $ 114,653
Gross profit .........................................      24,149         26,448         23,700        15,306
Income from operations ...............................      18,810         19,308         16,230        10,806
Extraordinary loss, net of taxes .....................                                    (7,624)
Net income ...........................................      14,585         15,569          5,413         8,367
Net income per share, basic ..........................         .30            .33            .11           .17
Net income per share, diluted ........................         .30            .32            .11           .17
                                                                                                   
1996:                                                                                              
Net sales ............................................      32,287         66,375         75,957        77,998
Gross profit (loss) ..................................      (2,898)         5,967         13,293        15,692
Income (loss) from operations ........................      (5,707)         2,883          9,839        11,200
Extraordinary loss ...................................                                                   7,271
Net income (loss) ....................................     (11,296)        (2,816)         4,295           (13)
Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted .......        (.35)          (.08)           .11            --
</TABLE>




                           [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       30
<PAGE>   33

ITEM 9: CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth
under the caption "Nominees (including all executive officers) for election of
Directors and alternate Directors" in the 1997 Proxy Statement, which will be
filed not later than 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth
under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the 1997 Proxy Statement, which
will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the Company's fiscal year
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The information required to be furnished for this item will be provided under
the caption "Security Ownership" of certain beneficial owners and management" in
the 1997 Proxy Statement, which will be filed not later than 120 days after the
end of the Company's fiscal year with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Company has sold 378,000 
tons and 279,000 tons, respectively, of its hot bands to Heidtman Steel 
Products, Inc. (and its affiliated companies) for $131.9 million and $91.8 
million, respectively, pursuant to a six-year Purchasing ("off-take") 
Agreement, dated October 29, 1993. John Bates is the President and Chief 
Executive Officer of Heidtman and is a member of Steel Dynamics' Board of 
Directors. Keylock Investments Limited was one of the Company's initial 
investors, becoming a stockholder in September 1993. Pursuant to the Company's 
agreement with Heidtman, Heidtman has a long-term obligation to purchase from 
the Company, and the Company is obligated to sell to Heidtman, at least 30,000 
tons of the Company's hot band products per month. Heidtman also has priority 
purchase rights to the Company's secondary and field claim material. The 
Company's pricing to Heidtman is determined by reference to the lowest prices 
charged by other thin-slab mini-mills or conventional mills for the same 
products, and the Company cannot charge Heidtman higher prices than the lowest 
prices at which it offers its products to any other customer. In addition, in 
1995 the Company sold approximately 32 unimproved acres of its plant site to 
Heidtman for $96,000, for the construction by Heidtman of a steel center 
processing and storage facility.

Pursuant to a long-term ("off-take") Agreement with Preussag Stahl AG, dated
December 14, 1995, the Company sold 117,800 tons of its steel coil to Preussag
(or to its affiliate company) for an aggregate of $41.8 million during 1996.
During 1997 the Company sold 85,800 tons of steel coils to Preussag (or its
affiliated company) for an aggregate of $29.9 million. Under this agreement, the
Company is obligated to sell to Preussag, and Preussag is required to purchase,
not less than 12,000 tons per month of the Company's available products, for
either domestic or export use or resale, at market prices determined by
reference to the Company's price sheet and by reference to prevailing
competitive market prices charged to large customers by other mills within the
Company's marketing area. In addition, Preussag has been appointed as the
Company's preferred distributor for all export sales to customers outside the
United States, Canada and Mexico. Dr. Jurgen Kolb, a director of the Company, is
a member of the Executive Board of Preussag Stahl AG.

Pursuant to a long-term contract with OmniSource, the Company purchased an
aggregate of 933,000 tons and 1,069,000 tons of steel scrap in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. OmniSource was paid $128.3 and $145.5 in 1997 and 1996 related to
the steel scrap purchases. Leonard Rifkin is the Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of OmniSource and is a member of Steel Dynamics' Board of
Directors. Pursuant to the OmniSource scrap purchasing agreement, OmniSource
acts as the exclusive scrap purchasing agent for the Company's steel scrap,
which may also entail use of OmniSource's own scrap, at the prevailing market
prices which OmniSource can get for the same product, or it may involve
brokering of general market scrap, for which the Company pays whatever is the
lowest market price at which OmniSource can purchase that product. OmniSource is
paid a commission per gross ton of scrap received by the Company at its
mini-mill. In addition, OmniSource maintains a scrap handling facility, with its
own equipment and staff, on the Company's plant site. OmniSource does not pay
rent for this facility.

The Company has also entered into a five-year Iron Carbide Off-Take Agreement
with Qualitech Steel Corporation, dated June 29, 1996, pursuant to which the
Company has agreed to purchase from Qualitech approximately 300,000 tonnes of
iron carbide that 


                                       31
<PAGE>   34

Qualitech intends to produce commencing in 1998. Steel Dynamics owns
approximately 4.3% of the common stock of Qualitech Steel Holdings, Inc.
("Holdings"), the parent company of Qualitech. In addition, Keith E. Busse,
Leonard Rifkin, and William Laverack, directors of the Company, also serve on
Holdings' 12-member board of directors. OmniSource and Leonard Rifkin,
affiliates of Heavy Metal, L.C., one of the Company's stockholders, own
approximately 6% of Holdings' common stock, and Whitney Equity Partners, L.P.,
an affiliate of J.H. Whitney & Co., a stockholder of the Company (of which Mr.
Laverack is a general partner) owns approximately 10% of Holdings' common stock.
The Company's iron carbide supply contact with Qualitech represents
approximately 45% of Qualitech's estimated plant capacity, and the contract was
considered vital to Qualitech's successful financing of its iron carbide
project, which is presently under construction. OmniSource also has an iron
carbide off-take contract with Qualitech for 120,000 tonnes of iron carbide
annually.

The Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, IDI, has also entered into an agreement
with Sumitomo, pursuant to which IDI has agreed to sell to or through Sumitomo
up to 50% of any DRI that IDI manufactures starting in 1998 and which Steel
Dynamics does not retain for its own consumption. Such sales would be at the
then prevailing market prices, either for Sumitomo's own account or on a sales
commission basis for sale to third parties. In addition, IDI entered into a
license agreement with Sumitomo pursuant to which Sumitomo would be authorized,
on an exclusive worldwide basis, except for the United States and Canada, and
subject to certain other exceptions, to sublicense others or to use any
proprietary know-how or other intellectual property that constitutes the "IDI
Process" (as defined) or is part of the "IDI Project" (as defined) and which may
be developed by IDI in connection with the manufacture of DRI, or by Steel
Dynamics either in connection with the conversion of DRI into liquid pig iron or
in connection with the use thereof in the steelmaking process. Such license
rights contemplate that Sumitomo will build and construct plants using this
technology for itself or for others within the licensed territory. IDI would be
entitled to receive a one-time license fee from Sumitomo, based upon each
plant's rated production capacity, plus a negotiated royalty fee for the use of
any IDI or SDI patents that may be acquired by IDI or SDI in connection with the
enterprise. Any underlying royalties or fees that might have to be paid to third
parties would be passed through to Sumitomo or to its sub-licensees. IDI has
also agreed to afford Sumitomo an opportunity to provide its proposed DRI plant
with its raw material and equipment supplies, on a competitive basis that is
intended to secure for IDI the lowest and best prices for the supplies and
products. Two representatives of Sumitomo serve as directors on IDI's five
person Board of Directors.

In May 1997, in connection with its Caster and IDI Projects, the Company entered
into an agreement with units of General Electric Corporation, of which General
Electric Capital Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary, for the purchase of
equipment for the Caster and IDI Projects in the aggregate amount of
approximately $1.0 million. This contract was entered into as a result of a
competitive bidding process conducted by the Company in the same manner that it
has used in connection with the letting of other equipment and supply agreements
for its existing mini-mill and for its Cold Mill, Caster and IDI Projects.


                                       32
<PAGE>   35

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, Steel Dynamics, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 23, 1998
                                                  STEEL DYNAMICS, INC.



                                       By:        /S/ KEITH E. BUSSE
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                    Keith E. Busse
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

      Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Keith
E. Busse and Tracy L. Shellabarger, either of whom may act without the joinder
of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full
power of substitution and resubstitution, for him, and in his name, place and
stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments, and supplements
to this 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents full power and authority to do and performs each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done, as full to all intents and purposes as he
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
1996 Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of Steel Dynamics, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.

     Signatures                         Title                             Date
     ----------                         -----                             ----



/S/ KEITH E. BUSSE             President & Chief Executive              03/23/98
- ---------------------------    Officer and Director
    Keith E. Busse             (Principal Executive Officer)


/S/ TRACY L. SHELLABARGER      Vice President & Chief Financial         03/23/98
- ---------------------------    Officer and Director (Principal 
    Tracy L. Shellabarger      Financial and Accounting Officer)


/S/ MARK D. MILLETT            
- ---------------------------    Vice President                           03/23/98
    Mark D. Millett


/S/ RICHARD P. TEETS, JR.      
- ---------------------------    Vice President                           03/23/98
    Richard P. Teets, Jr.      


                                       33
<PAGE>   36

/s/ Paul B. Edgerley
- ---------------------------
    Paul B. Edgerley           Director                   03/24/98


- ---------------------------
  William D. Strittmatter      Director

  /s/ Leonard Rifkin
- ---------------------------
      Leonard Rifkin           Director                   03/24/98


- ---------------------------
      John C. Bates            Director


- ---------------------------
   William Laverack, Jr.       Director


- ---------------------------
     Jurgen Kolb               Director


                                       34
<PAGE>   37

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a.)        The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

            I.    Financial Statements:

            See the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial 
            Statements Schedules of Steel Dynamics Inc. attached hereto and 
            described in the Index on page 15 of this Report.

            II.   Financial Statement Schedules:
                  None

            III.  Exhibits:

         Exhibit No.

            3.1a     Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Steel
                     Dynamics, Inc. 
                     Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration
                     Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-12521, effective
                     November 21, 1996 ("1996 Form S-1") and incorporated by
                     reference herein. 

            3.1b     Articles of Incorporation of Iron Dynamics, Inc. 
                     Filed as Exhibit 3.1b to Registrant's 1996 Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K, SEC File No. 0-21719 ("1996 Form 10-K"), filed
                     March 31, 1997, and incorporated by reference herein.

            3.2a     Bylaws of Steel Dynamics, Inc. 
                     Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's 1996 Form S-1 and
                     incorporated by reference herein.

            3.2b     Bylaws of Iron Dynamics, Inc.
                     Filed as Exhibit 3.1b to Registrant's 1996 Annual Report on
                     Form 10-K, SEC File No. 0-21719 ("1996 Form 10-K"), filed
                     March 31, 1997, and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.1a    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Steel 
                     Dynamics, Inc. and Mellon Bank, N.A., et al. dated July 9, 
                     1997. 
                     Filed as Exhibit 10.1a to the Company's Registration
                     Statement on Form S-1, SEC File No. 333-31735, effective
                     August 12, 1997, (the "1997 Form S-1") and incorporated by
                     reference herein.

            *10.1b   Credit Agreement between IDI and Mellon Bank, N.A., et al.,
                     dated December 31, 1997.

            10.2     Loan Agreement between Indiana Development Finance
                     Authority and Steel Dynamics, Inc. re Taxable Economic
                     Development Revenue bonds, Trust Indenture between Indiana
                     Development Finance Authority and NBD Bank, N.A., as
                     Trustee re Loan Agreement between Indiana Development
                     Finance Authority and Steel Dynamics, Inc. 
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.3     Contract for electric Service between Steel Dynamics, Inc.
                     and American Electric Power Company 
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.4     Industrial Gases Supply Agreement between Steel Dynamics,
                     Inc. and Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. dated August 5, 
                     1994 
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.


                                       35
<PAGE>   38

            10.5     Interruptible Gas Supply Contract between Steel Dynamics,
                     Inc. and Northern Indiana Trading Co. dated February 27,
                     1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.6     Gas Services Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Northern Indiana Fuel & Light Company, Inc. dated April 3,
                     1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.7     Gas Services Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Northern Indiana Trading Co. dated April 3, 1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.8     Gas Services Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Crossroads Pipeline Company dated April 3, 1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.9     Panhandle Eastern Pipeline Agreement dated July 22, 1996
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.10    Natural Gas Purchase Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc.
                     and PanEnergy Trading and Market Services, Inc. dated
                     August 8, 1996
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.11    Agreement for Wastewater Services between the City of
                     Butler, Indiana and Steel Dynamics, Inc. dated September 5,
                     1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.12    Slag Processing Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Butler Mill Service Company dated February 3, 1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.13    Agreement to provide Scrap Purchasing Services between
                     Steel Dynamics, Inc. and OmniSource Corporation dated
                     October 29, 1993
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.14    Purchasing Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Heidtman Steel Products, Inc. dated October 29, 1993
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.15    Iron Carbide Off Take Agreement between Steel Dynamics,
                     Inc. and Qualitech Steel Corporation dated June 29, 1996
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.16    Purchasing, Domestic Sales and Export Distribution
                     Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and Preussag Stahl
                     AG dated December 14, 1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.17    Reciprocal Patent and Technical Information Transfer and
                     License Agreement 


                                       36
<PAGE>   39

                     between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and Preussag Stahl AG dated 
                     December 14, 1995
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.18    1994 Incentive Stock Option Agreement, as needed
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.19    1996 Incentive Stock Option Agreement
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.20    Employment Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and 
                     Keith Busse
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.21    Employment Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and Mark
                     D. Millett
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.22    Employment Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and
                     Richard P. Teets, Jr.
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.23    1996 Officer and Manager Cash and Stock Bonus Plan
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.24    Employment Agreement between Steel Dynamics, Inc. and Tracy
                     L. Shellabarger Tracy L. Shellabarger Promissory Note and
                     Stock Pledge Agreement
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.25    "Second Look" Export Distribution Agreement between Steel
                     Dynamics, Inc. and Sumitomo Corporation of America
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.26    Sale of Excess Product Agreement between Iron Dynamics,
                     Inc. and Sumitomo Corporation of America
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.31    Registration Agreement dated June 30, 1994
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.32    Amendment No. 1 to Registration Agreement
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.33    Amendment No. 2 to Registration Agreement
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.34    Amendment No. 3 to Registration Agreement
                     Filed as the identically numbered exhibit to the Company's
                     1996 Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.38    Employment Agreement between Iron Dynamics, Inc. and Larry
                     Lehtinen.


                                       37
<PAGE>   40

                     Filed as Exhibit 10.38 to the Registrant's 1996 Form 10-K
                     and incorporated by reference herein.

            10.39    License Agreement between Iron Dynamics, Inc. and Sumitomo
                     Corporation and Sumitomo Corporation dated June 5, 1997.
                     Filed as Exhibit 10.39 to Registrant's 1997 Form S-1 and
                     incorporated by reference herein.

            *21.1    List of Registrants' Subsidiaries

            *23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

            *24.1    Power of Attorney (included in Signature pages)

            *27.1    Financial Data Schedule


- ----------
*     Filed herewith


                                       38

<PAGE>   1

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                  by and among

                              IRON DYNAMICS, INC.,

                  THE LENDERS PARTIES HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

                                       and

                  MELLON BANK, N.A., as Issuing Bank and Agent,



                          Dated as of December 31, 1997
<PAGE>   2

                                Table of Contents

Section                                Title                                Page
- -------                                -----                                ----

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTIONS
             
      1.01   Certain Definitions........................................      1
             
      1.02   Construction...............................................      19
             
      1.03   Accounting Principles......................................      20
             
ARTICLE II   THE CREDITS
             
      2.01   Revolving Credit Loans.....................................      20
             
      2.02   Revolving Credit Commitment Fee; Reduction  of the 
             Revolving Credit Committed Amounts.........................      21
             
      2.03   Term Loans.................................................      22
             
      2.04   Term Loan Commitment Fees..................................      23
             
      2.05   Making of Loans ...........................................      23
             
      2.06   Interest Rates.............................................      24
             
      2.07   Conversion or Renewal of Interest Rate Options ............      27
             
      2.08   Prepayments Generally; Refinancing Fee.....................      28
             
      2.09   Optional Prepayments.......................................      29
             
      2.10   Mandatory Prepayments......................................      29
             
      2.11   Interest Payment Dates.....................................      30
             
      2.12   Pro Rata Treatment; Payments Generally; Interest on 
             Overdue Amounts ...........................................      30
             
      2.13   Additional Compensation in Certain Circumstances ..........      32
             
      2.14   Taxes......................................................      33
             
      2.15   Funding by Branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate.................      35
             
      2.16   Borrowing Base.............................................      35


                                      -i-
<PAGE>   3
             
      2.17   The Letter of Credit Subfacility...........................      38
             
      2.18   Procedure for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of 
             Credit ....................................................      39
             
      2.19   Letter of Credit Participating Interests...................      41
             
      2.20   Letter of Credit Drawings and Reimbursements...............      41
             
      2.21   Obligations Absolute.......................................      42
             
      2.22   Additional Compensation in Certain Circumstances ..........      43
             
      2.23   Further Assurances.........................................      43
             
      2.24   Letter of Credit Applications..............................      43
             
      2.25   Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit......................      43
             
      2.26   Certain Provisions Relating to the Issuing Bank ...........      44
             
ARTICLE III  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
             
      3.01   Corporate Status...........................................      45
             
      3.02   Corporate Power and Authorization..........................      45
             
      3.03   Execution and Binding Effect...............................      45
             
      3.04   Governmental Approvals and Filings.........................      45
             
      3.05   Absence of Conflicts.......................................      46
             
      3.06   Projections................................................      46
             
      3.07   Labor Matters..............................................      47
             
      3.08   Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.........................      47
             
      3.09   Accurate and Complete Disclosure...........................      47
             
      3.10   Commitments................................................      47
             
      3.11   Solvency...................................................      47
             
      3.12   Margin Regulations.........................................      47
             
      3.13   Subsidiaries...............................................      47
             
      3.14   Partnerships, etc..........................................      47
             
      3.15   Ownership and Control......................................      48
             
             
                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4
             
      3.16   Litigation.................................................      48
             
      3.17   Absence of Events of Default...............................      48
             
      3.18   Absence of Other Conflicts.................................      48
             
      3.19   Insurance..................................................      48
             
      3.20   Title to Property..........................................      48
             
      3.21   Intellectual and Other Property............................      48
             
      3.22   Taxes......................................................      49
             
      3.23   Employee Benefits..........................................      49
             
      3.24   Environmental Matters......................................      49
             
      3.25   Utility Loan...............................................      49
             
      3.26   Project Compliance With Laws; Permits......................      49
             
      3.27   Sufficiency of Project Agreements..........................      50
             
      3.28   Subdivision; Separate Assessment...........................      50
             
      3.29   Utility Services...........................................      50
             
      3.30   Potential Conflicts of Interest............................      51
             
      3.31   Flood Area; Filled Land....................................      51
             
      3.32   Survey and Other Documents.................................      51
             
ARTICLE IV   CONDITIONS OF LENDING
             
      4.01   Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit .........      51
             
      4.02   Conditions to Term Loan Commitment Period Loans ...........      56
             
      4.03   Conditions to All Loans or Letters of Credit...............      58
             
ARTICLE V    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
             
      5.01   Basic Reporting Requirements...............................      59
             
      5.02   Insurance..................................................      64
             
             
                                      -iii-
<PAGE>   5
             
      5.03   Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Charges 
             and Priority Claims .......................................      64
             
      5.04   Preservation of Corporate Status...........................      64
             
      5.05   Governmental Approvals and Filings.........................      64
             
      5.06   Maintenance of Properties..................................      65
             
      5.07   Avoidance of Other Conflicts...............................      65
             
      5.08   Financial Accounting Practices.............................      65
             
      5.09   Use of Proceeds............................................      65
             
      5.10   Continuation of or Change in Business......................      65
             
      5.11   Consolidated Tax Return....................................      65
             
      5.12   Fiscal Year................................................      65
             
      5.13   Tax Sharing Agreement......................................      65
             
      5.14   Construction of the Project................................      65
             
      5.15   Future Project Agreements..................................      66
             
      5.16   Consents to Assignment of Contract.........................      66
             
      5.17   Debt Service Reserve Account...............................      66
             
ARTICLE VI   NEGATIVE COVENANTS
             
      6.01   Financial Covenants........................................      67
             
      6.02   Liens......................................................      67
             
      6.03   Indebtedness...............................................      68
             
      6.04   Guarantees, Indemnities, etc...............................      69
             
      6.05   Loans, Advances and Investments............................      69
             
      6.06   Dividends and Related Distributions........................      69
             
      6.07   Sale-Leasebacks............................................      70
             
      6.08   Leases.....................................................      70
             
      6.09   Merger, Acquisitions, etc..................................      70
             
      6.10   Dispositions of Properties.................................      70

            
                                      -iv-
<PAGE>   6

      6.11   No Plans...................................................      71

      6.12   Dealings with Affiliates...................................      71

      6.13   Capital Expenditures.......................................      71

      6.14   Limitations on Modification of Certain Agreements 
             and Instruments ...........................................      72

      6.15   Limitation on Other Restrictions on Liens..................      72

      6.16   Limitation on Other Restrictions on Amendment of 
             the Loan Documents, etc. ..................................      72

      6.17   Maintenance of Business....................................      72

      6.18   Subsidiaries...............................................      72

      6.19   Change Orders..............................................      72

ARTICLE VII  DEFAULTS

      7.01   Events of Default..........................................      73

      7.02   Consequences of an Event of Default........................      75

ARTICLE VIII THE AGENT

      8.01   Appointment................................................      77
            
      8.02   General Nature of Agent's Duties...........................      77
            
      8.03   Exercise of Powers.........................................      77
            
      8.04   General Exculpatory Provisions.............................      78
            
      8.05   Administration by the Agent................................      78
            
      8.06   Lender Not Relying on Agent or Other Lenders...............      79
            
      8.07   Indemnification............................................      79
            
      8.08   Agent in its Individual Capacity...........................      80
            
      8.09   Holders of Notes...........................................      80
            
      8.10   Successor Agent............................................      80
            
      8.11   Additional Agents..........................................      80
            
      8.12   Calculations...............................................      81
            
                                       -v-
<PAGE>   7
            
            
      8.13   Agent's Fee................................................      81
            
      8.14   Funding by Agent...........................................      81
            
ARTICLE IX   MISCELLANEOUS
            
            
      9.01   Holidays...................................................      81
            
      9.02   Records....................................................      81
            
      9.03   Amendments and Waivers.....................................      81
            
      9.04   No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.....................      82
            
      9.05   Notices....................................................      83
            
      9.06   Expenses; Taxes; Indemnity.................................      83
            
      9.07   Severability...............................................      84
            
      9.08   Prior Understandings.......................................      84
            
      9.09   Duration; Survival.........................................      84
            
      9.10   Counterparts...............................................      85
            
      9.11   Limitation on Payments.....................................      85
            
      9.12   Set-Off....................................................      85
            
      9.13   Sharing of Collections.....................................      85
            
      9.14   Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments........      86
            
      9.15   Confidentiality............................................      88
            
      9.16   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction;  Waiver 
             of Jury Trial; Limitation of Liability.....................      88
           

Exhibit A         Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B         Form of Term Loan Note
Exhibit C         Form of Transfer Supplement
Exhibit D         Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit E         Form of Annual Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F         Form of Quarterly Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G         Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit J         Form of Mortgage
Exhibit K         Form of Standard Contract


                                      -vi-
<PAGE>   8

Exhibit L         Form of Letter of Credit Agreement
Exhibit M         Form of Assignment of Contracts
Exhibit N         Form of Consent to Assignment of Contracts
Exhibit O         Form of Use of Advance Certificate
Exhibit P         Form of Project Status Certificate
Exhibit Q         Form of Adequacy of Funds Certificate
Exhibit V         Form of Consent to Assignment of Future Project Agreements
Exhibit W         Form of Project Monitor's Preliminary Acceptance Certificate
Exhibit W-2       Form of Project Monitor's Completion Certificate
Exhibit W-3       Form of Borrower's Final Acceptance Certificate
Exhibit X         Form of Borrower's Preliminary Acceptance Certificate
Exhibit X-2       Form of Borrower's Completion Certificate
Exhibit X-3       Form of Project Monitor's Final Acceptance Certificate
Exhibit Y         Form of Construction Progress Reports
Exhibit Z         Form of Project Monitor Certificate
Exhibit AA        Form of Future Project Agreements
Exhibit BB        Form of Agreed Upon Procedures Report
Exhibit CC        Form of Assignment of Future Project Agreements
Exhibit DD        Title Commitment
Exhibit EE        Terms of Replacement Revolver Facility

Schedule 1.01B    Project Agreements

Schedule 1.01C    Schedule of Project Costs constituting the Project Budget

Schedule 1.01D    List of Specifications of the Project

Schedule 1.01E    Future Project Agreements

Schedule 1.01F    Assets Subject to Lien of Utility Loan

Schedule 1.01G    Mannesmann Documents

Schedule 1.01H    Mitsubishi Documents

Schedule 1.01I    Tax Sharing Agreement

Schedule 3.04     Matters (other than Required Project Permits) in connection
                  with the execution and delivery of any Loan Document for which
                  Governmental Action is required

Schedule 3.05     Matters in connection with the execution of any Loan Document
                  as to which a consent or waiver is required and has been
                  obtained

Schedule 3.09     Listing of applicable Project Monitor firms, law firms,
                  appraisal firms, etc. to which IDI may provide information in
                  connection with any Loan Document and to whom IDI must make an
                  accurate and complete disclosure

Schedule 3.10     Other Commitments for financing (other than the Revolving
                  Credit Commitments, and the Term Loan and the Utility Loan
                  Commitments) received


                                      -vii-
<PAGE>   9

                  by IDI

Schedule 3.15     Authorized capitalization of IDI and certain information re:
                  IDI's capital stock

Schedule 3.16     Pending litigation

Schedule 3.23     Liability of IDI in connection with any Pension-Related Event

Schedule 3.26     Required Project Permits

Schedule 3.27     Listing of services, materials and equipment that are
                  necessary to construct, operate and maintain the Project but
                  not to be performed for or supplied to IDI pursuant to the
                  Project Agreements in effect on the Closing Date

Schedule 3.28     Exceptions to the Project Site being a single parcel from and
                  after the Recording Date

Schedule 3.29     Exceptions to the availability of all utility services
                  necessary for the construction, operation and maintenance of
                  the Project at the boundaries of the Project Site from and
                  after the Recording Date

Schedule 3.30     Potential Conflicts of Interest

Schedule 4.01(b)  Contracts for which assignments of contracts and consents
                  thereto are required

Schedule 4.01(k)  Counsel for other parties to certain contracts with IDI

Schedule 4.01(n)  Contracts re: construction, engineering, equipment, etc.

Schedule 4.02(a)  Proceeds that are receivable on or before the date of such
                  Loan or Letter of Credit

Schedule 4.02(e)  Procedure for obtaining draw-related certificates

Schedule 5.02     Certain insurance required by the Required Lenders to be
                  maintained by IDI

Schedule 5.14(b)  Contracts for which the delivery of the complete release of
                  liens may be delayed until final payment

Schedule 5.16     Contracts for which consents to assignment of contract will be
                  delivered

Schedule 6.02(f)  Permitted liens

Schedule 6.04     Guaranty Equivalents to which Borrower is permitted to be or
                  to become subject

Schedule 6.05     Loans and investments existing on the date of the Credit
                  Agreement which are permitted to remain outstanding

Schedule 6.12     Contracts existing on the date of the Credit Agreement between
                  Borrower and 


                                     -viii-
<PAGE>   10

                  any of its Affiliates

Schedule 6.14     Certain sections of Borrower's articles of incorporation and
                  bylaws that Borrower may amend

Schedule 7.01(d)  Security Documents for which a default of any of the covenants
                  therein constitutes an immediate Event of Default

Schedule 9.15     Contracts containing information to be treated as confidential

Schedule Q        [See Schedule Q to Adequacy of Funds Certificate]


                                      -ix-
<PAGE>   11

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

            THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 1997, is made by and among
IRON DYNAMICS, INC., an Indiana corporation (the "Borrower"), the lenders
parties hereto from time to time (the "Lenders", as defined further below),
MELLON BANK, N.A., a national banking association, as issuing bank (in such
capacity, the "Issuing Bank", as defined further below) and MELLON BANK, N.A., a
national banking association, as agent for the Lenders hereunder (in such
capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the "Agent").

                                    Recitals:

            WHEREAS, the Borrower wishes to borrow an aggregate amount of
$65,000,000, and this Agreement provides for (i) Term Loans in an aggregate
principal amount of up to $55,000,000 to be used to fund the construction and
operation of a reduced iron pellet and pig iron producing facility in Butler,
Indiana to produce approximately 600,000 metric tons per year of direct reduced
iron pellets yielding approximately 523,000 metric tons per year of liquid pig
iron (the "Project"), and (ii) Revolving Credit Loans or letters of credit in an
aggregate principal (or stated) amount of up to $10,000,000 to be used by
Borrower for working capital purposes.

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                            DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

            1.01. Certain Definitions. In addition to other words and terms
defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used herein the following words and
terms shall have the following meanings, respectively, unless the context hereof
otherwise clearly requires:

            "Adequacy of Funds End Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (i)
      the last day of the Term Loan Commitment Period and (ii) the Final
      Acceptance Date.

            "Adjusted Fixed Charges" for any period, with respect to the
      Borrower, shall mean the sum of (a) Interest Expense for such period and
      (b) principal payments which would have been scheduled to be made with
      respect to any outstanding Indebtedness for such period if the initial
      amount of Term Loans had been equal to the actual initial amount of Term
      Loans minus the amount on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account on
      the last day of such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

            "Administration Agreement" shall mean the agreement between Borrower
      and SDI dated on or prior to the Closing Date.

            "Affected Lender" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.06(e) hereof.

            "Affiliate" of a Person (the "Specified Person") shall mean (a) any
      Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is
      under common control with, the Specified Person, (b) any director or
      officer (or, in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, any
      individual having analogous powers) of the Specified Person or of a Person
      who is an Affiliate of the Specified Person within the meaning of the
      preceding clause (a), and (c) for each individual who is an Affiliate of
      the Specified Person within the meaning of the foregoing clauses (a) or
      (b), any other individual related to such Affiliate by consanguinity
      within the third degree or in a step or adoptive relationship within such
      third degree or related by affinity with such Affiliate or any such
      individual. For purposes of the preceding sentence, "control" of a Person
      means (a) the 


                                      -1-
<PAGE>   12

      possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
      direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through
      the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and (b) in
      any case shall include direct or indirect ownership (beneficially or of
      record) of, or direct or indirect power to vote, 5% or more of the
      outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of such Person (or in the
      case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of any class of
      equity interest).

            "Applicable Margin" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.06(b) hereof.

            "Assignment of Contracts" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 4.01(b)(i)(B) hereof.

            "Base Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)
      hereof.

            "Base Rate Option" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.06(a) hereof.

            "Base Rate Portion" of any Loan or Loans shall mean at any time the
      portion, including the whole, of such Loan or Loans bearing interest at
      such time (i) under the Base Rate Option or (ii) in accordance with
      Section 2.12(c)(ii) hereof. If no Loan or Loans is specified, "Base Rate
      Portion" shall refer to the Base Rate Portion of all Loans outstanding at
      such time.

            "Borrowing Base" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16
      hereof.

            "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.16(e) hereof.

            "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday,
      public holiday under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania or of
      the State of New York or other day on which banking institutions generally
      are authorized or obligated to close in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania or in New
      York, New York.

            "Capital Expenditures" of any Person shall mean, for any period, all
      expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities during such
      period) of such Person during such period which would be classified as
      capital expenditures for purposes of GAAP (including, without limitation,
      expenditures for maintenance and repairs which are capitalized, and
      Capitalized Leases to the extent an asset is recorded in connection
      therewith in accordance with GAAP).

            "Capitalized Lease" shall mean at any time any lease which is, or is
      required under GAAP to be, capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee
      at such time, and "Capitalized Lease Obligation" of any Person at any time
      shall mean the aggregate amount which is, or is required under GAAP to be,
      reported as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person at such time
      as lessee under a Capitalized Lease.

            "Cash Equivalent Investments" shall mean any of the following, to
      the extent acquired for investment and not with a view to achieving
      trading profits: (a) obligations fully backed by the full faith and credit
      of the United States of America maturing not in excess of nine months from
      the date of acquisition, (b) commercial paper maturing not in excess of
      nine months from the date of acquisition and rated "P-2" by Moody's
      Investors Service or "A-2" by Standard & Poor's Corporation on the date of
      acquisition, (c) the following obligations of any domestic commercial bank
      having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, which has, or the
      holding company of which has, a commercial paper rating meeting the
      requirements specified in clause (b) above: (i) time deposits,
      certificates of deposit and acceptances maturing not in excess of nine
      months from the date of acquisition, or (ii) repurchase obligations with a
      term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the type
      referred to in clause (a) above and (d) 


                                      -2-
<PAGE>   13

      mutual funds investing solely in obligations described in clauses (a), (b)
      or (c) of this definition.

            "CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
      Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, and any successor statute of
      similar import, and regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from
      time to time.

            "CERCLIS" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
      Compensation and Liability Information System List, as the same may be
      amended from time to time.

            "Change of Control" shall mean that at any time, prior to the date
      on which the conditions set forth for a Level III Day shall have been
      satisfied and the Final Acceptance Date shall have occurred, SDI shall
      fail to own (beneficially and of record) 100% of the equity securities of
      all classes of Borrower, except for liens in favor of certain lenders to
      SDI in effect only prior to the Closing Date, free and clear of any
      security interest, lien, pledge or claim or the failure of SDI to maintain
      effective management control of Borrower, including without limitation,
      failure to retain the right to elect at least a majority of the board of
      directors of Borrower and at any time thereafter, SDI should fail to own
      (beneficially and of record) at least 51% of the equity securities of all
      classes of Borrower free and clear of any security interest, lien, pledge
      or claim or the failure of SDI to retain the right to elect at least a
      majority of the board of directors of Borrower.

            "Closing Date" shall mean the date the initial Loan is made or
      Letter of Credit is issued hereunder or such earlier date as may be
      designated by Borrower to Agent upon not less than 10 days written notice.

            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any
      successor statute of similar import, and regulations thereunder, in each
      case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Code
      shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.

            "Collateral" shall mean the property from time to time subject to or
      purported to be subject to the Liens of the Security Documents.

            "Commitment Percentage" of a Lender at any time shall mean the
      Commitment Percentage for such Lender set forth below its name on the
      signature page hereof, subject to transfer to another Lender as provided
      in Section 9.14 hereof.

            "Commitments" of a Lender shall mean the Revolving Credit Commitment
      and the Term Loan Commitment.

            "Completion" "Complete" and "Completed" with respect to the
      construction of the Project shall mean that (a) construction of the
      Project in accordance with the Design and Construction Standard shall have
      been completed and the Preliminary Acceptance Date and the Final
      Acceptance Date shall have occurred, (b) the Project Monitor shall have
      delivered to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a certificate in the
      form of Exhibit W-2 hereto, with the blanks filled, and the Borrower shall
      have delivered to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a certificate in
      the form of Exhibit X-2 hereto, with the blanks appropriately filled, (c)
      the Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, a complete
      release of liens signed by all contractors, subcontractors, materialmen
      and suppliers providing goods and services to the Project who have
      contract prices in excess of $1,000,000, except with respect to Liens
      contested in good faith which are Permitted Liens under Section 6.02(c),
      and (d) the Agent shall have theretofore received, with a copy for each
      Lender, copies of all Required Project Permits and to the extent that the
      same continue to be needed, they shall be in full force and effect and no
      longer subject to appeal.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>   14

            "Consents to Assignment of Contracts" shall have the meaning set
      forth in Section 4.01(b)(i)(C) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Agreement" shall mean the letter of credit
      agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower substantially in the form
      of Exhibit L hereto.

            "Contractual Obligations" shall mean, as to any Person, any
      provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement,
      undertaking, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other
      instrument to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
      property (now owned or hereafter acquired) is bound.

            "Controlled Group Member" shall mean each trade or business (whether
      or not incorporated) which together with the Borrower is treated as a
      single employer under Sections 4001(a)(14) or 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or
      Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

            "Corresponding Source of Funds" shall mean, in the case of any
      Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion, the proceeds of hypothetical
      receipts by a Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office or by a Lender through a
      Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office of one or more Dollar deposits in the
      interbank eurodollar market at the beginning of the Euro-Rate Funding
      Period corresponding to such Funding Segment having maturities
      approximately equal to such Euro-Rate Funding Period and in an aggregate
      amount approximately equal to such Lender's Pro Rata share of such Funding
      Segment.

            "Cumulative Net Income" shall mean for the period from December 31,
      1997 until the end of the fiscal quarter completed most recently at the
      time of measurement, the net earnings (without deduction for losses
      incurred in any completed fiscal year or in any completed fiscal quarter
      in the then current fiscal year) after taxes of the Borrower; provided,
      that there shall be deducted therefrom (a) any restoration to income of
      any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision for such
      reserve was made against income during such period, and (b) any gain
      arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment,
      under GAAP, of any Indebtedness, of the Borrower.

            "Cure Period" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.02(c).

            "Current Assets" at any time shall mean the "current assets" of the
      Borrower determined in accordance with GAAP, excluding advanced payments
      on goods not yet delivered, and monies held in environmental or
      reclamation escrow accounts or in the Debt Service Reserve Account to the
      extent included in "current assets".

            "Current Liabilities" at any time shall mean the "current
      liabilities" of the Borrower determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding
      current maturities of Indebtedness for borrowed money).

            "Debt Service Reserve Account" shall mean the account established
      and maintained by Borrower at Agent in accordance with the provisions of
      Section 5.17 hereof.

            "Design and Construction Standard" shall mean the design,
      construction, equipping and completion of the Project (a) in a good and
      workmanlike manner, (b) in such manner as to assure that the Project will
      meet the Performance Guaranties under and as defined in the Mitsubishi
      Documents and the Performance Guaranties under and as defined in the
      Mannesmann Documents, and the standard herein set forth in the definition
      of Final Acceptance, (c) without infringing on the patent rights and
      similar rights of others and (d) in accordance with the Specifications
      (except for variations which are, individually and collectively, de
      minimis and which, if they had been the subject of change orders, would
      have been permitted by 


                                      -4-
<PAGE>   15

      Section 6.19), all applicable Required Project Permits, all applicable
      Laws and restrictive covenants, sound engineering and construction
      practice and sound iron and steel industry practice.

            "Dollar," "Dollars" and the symbol "$" shall mean lawful money of
      the United States of America.

            "Early Period" shall mean the period of time commencing on the date
      hereof and ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of the first
      request by the Borrower for Term Loans and (ii) July 1, 1998.

            "EBITDA" for any period, with respect to the Borrower, shall mean
      the sum of (a) Net Income for such period, (b) Interest Expense for such
      period, (c) charges against income for foreign, federal, state and local
      income taxes for such period, (d) extraordinary losses to the extent
      included in determining such Net Income, (e) depreciation expense for such
      period, and (f) amortization expense for such period, minus (g)
      extraordinary gains to the extent included in determining such Net Income,
      (h) interest income, and (i) capitalized losses (exclusive of capitalized
      interest), all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

            "Eligible Inventory" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.16(d) hereof.

            "Eligible Receivables" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.16(b) hereof.

            "Environmental Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
      any other Person whose liability (contingent or otherwise) for any
      Environmental Claim such Person has retained, assumed or otherwise is
      liable for (by Law, agreement or otherwise).

            "Environmental Approvals" shall mean any Governmental Action
      pursuant to or required under any Environmental Law.

            "Environmental Claim" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
      action, suit, proceeding, investigation, notice, claim, complaint, demand,
      request for information or other communication (written or oral) by any
      other Person (including but not limited to any Governmental Authority,
      citizens' group or present or former employee of such Person) alleging,
      asserting or claiming any actual or potential (a) violation of any
      Environmental Law, (b) liability under any Environmental Law or (c)
      liability for investigatory costs, cleanup costs, governmental response
      costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries,
      fines or penalties arising out of, based on or resulting from the
      presence, or release into the environment, of any Environmental Concern
      Materials at any location, whether or not owned by such Person.

            "Environmental Cleanup Site" shall mean any location which is listed
      or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List, on CERCLIS or on
      any similar state list of sites requiring investigation or cleanup, or
      which is the subject of any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding
      or investigation related to or arising from any alleged violation of any
      Environmental Law.

            "Environmental Concern Materials" shall mean (a) any flammable
      substance, explosive, radioactive material, hazardous material, hazardous
      waste, toxic substance, solid waste, pollutant, contaminant or any related
      material, raw material, substance, product or by-product of any substance
      specified in or regulated or otherwise affected by any Environmental Law
      (including but not limited to any "hazardous substance" as defined in
      CERCLA or any similar state Law), (b) any toxic chemical or other
      substance from or related to industrial, commercial or institutional
      activities, and (c) asbestos, gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil, waste and
      used oil, 


                                      -5-
<PAGE>   16

      heating oil and other petroleum products or compounds, polychlorinated
      biphenyls, radon and urea formaldehyde.

            "Environmental Law" shall mean any Law, whether now existing or
      subsequently enacted or amended, relating to (a) pollution or protection
      of the environment, including natural resources, (b) exposure of Persons,
      including but not limited to employees, to Environmental Concern
      Materials, (c) protection of the public health or welfare from the effects
      of products, by-products, wastes, emissions, discharges or releases of
      Environmental Concern Materials or (d) regulation of the manufacture, use
      or introduction into commerce of Environmental Concern Materials including
      their manufacture, formulation, packaging, labeling, distribution,
      transportation, handling, storage or disposal. Without limitation,
      "Environmental Law" shall also include any Environmental Approval and the
      terms and conditions thereof.

            "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
      1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, and
      regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time.
      References to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any
      successor sections.

            "Euro-Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a)
      hereof.

            "Euro-Rate Funding Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.06(c) hereof.

            "Euro-Rate Option" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.06(a) hereof.

            "Euro-Rate Portion" of any Loan or Loans shall mean at any time the
      portion, including the whole, of such Loan or Loans bearing interest at
      any time under the Euro-Rate Option or at a rate calculated by reference
      to the Euro-Rate under Section 2.12(c)(i) hereof. If no Loan or Loans is
      specified, "Euro-Rate Portion" shall refer to the Euro-Rate Portion of all
      Loans outstanding at such time.

            "Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.06(a) hereof.

            "Event of Default" shall mean any of the Events of Default described
      in Section 7.01 hereof.

            "Excess Cash Flow" for any period, with respect to any Person or
      group of Persons shall mean the net increase, if any, in cash and cash
      equivalents (including the net cash provided or used by the operating and
      investing activities (but not, except as set forth below, financing
      activities) of such Person or group, reflecting actual operating income,
      capital expenditures and changes in working investment), during such
      period as presented in such Person's or group's statement of cash flows
      for such period prepared in conformity with GAAP (on a consolidated basis,
      if applicable) and set forth in such Person's or group's audited year-end
      financial statements; except that Excess Cash Flow for any period shall be
      reduced (but not to an amount less than zero) by principal payments of
      Indebtedness (other than payments on Revolving Credit Loans and other than
      payments on Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(b) hereof) and Stock
      Payments made pursuant to Section 6.06(a) hereof and there shall be
      excluded from the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for any period payments
      of Project Costs. For the purpose of the preparation of and presentation
      of said statement of cash flows of any Person or group of Persons all
      investments qualifying as a "cash equivalent" in accordance with GAAP
      shall be included in the calculation and presentation of such Person's or
      group's statement of cash flows without regard to such Person's or group's
      policy concerning which of such investments are treated as cash
      equivalents on its statement of cash flows.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>   17

            "Federal Funds Effective Rate" for any day shall mean the rate per
      annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) announced by the Federal
      Reserve Bank of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the
      weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions
      arranged by Federal funds brokers on the previous trading day, as computed
      and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in
      substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and
      announces the weighted average it refers to as the "Federal Funds
      Effective Rate" as of the date of this Agreement; provided, that if such
      Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does not announce such rate on any
      day, the "Federal Funds Effective Rate" for such day shall be the Federal
      Funds Effective Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced.

            "Final Acceptance" shall mean the achievement by the Project of
      production of direct reduced iron pellets from the rotary hearth furnace
      at an average of 62.5 metric tons per hour for 30 consecutive days with an
      85.0% degree of metallization and 73.0% metallic iron and production of
      liquid pig iron from the submerged arc furnace at an average of 55.0
      metric tons per hour for 30 consecutive days at 95.0% metallization.

            "Final Acceptance Date" shall mean the earliest date on which all of
      the following shall have occurred and on which no Event of Default or
      Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist:
      (a) the construction of the Project shall have been Completed, (b) Final
      Acceptance shall have been achieved and (c) the Project Monitor shall have
      delivered to the Agent, with a copy to each Lender, a certificate in the
      form of Exhibit W-3 hereto with the blanks appropriately filled, and the
      Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a
      certificate in the form of Exhibit X-3 hereto, with the blanks
      appropriately filled.

            "Financial Covenant Date" shall mean the earlier of (a) the last day
      of the first fiscal quarter after the Final Acceptance Date and (b) June
      30, 2000.

            "Fixed Charges" for any period, with respect to the Borrower, shall
      mean the sum of (a) Interest Expense for such period and (b) scheduled
      principal payments with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness for such
      period all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

            "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" for any period shall mean the ratio of
      (a) EBITDA for such period minus consolidated Capital Expenditures of the
      Borrower for such period to (b) Adjusted Fixed Charges for such period.

            "Funded Indebtedness" of a person at any time shall mean all
      Indebtedness (including the current portion thereof) of such person which
      would at such time be classified in whole or part as a long-term liability
      of such person in accordance with GAAP and shall also and in any event
      include (i) any Indebtedness having a final maturity more than one year
      from the date of creation of such Indebtedness and (ii) any Indebtedness,
      regardless of its term, which is renewable or extendible by such person
      (pursuant to the terms thereof or pursuant to a revolving credit or
      similar agreement or otherwise) to a date more than one year from such
      date or more than one year from the date of creation of such Indebtedness.

            "Funding Breakage Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.13(b) hereof.

            "Funding Breakage Indemnity" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.13(b) hereof.

            "Funding Periods" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.06(c) hereof.

            "Funding Segment" of the Euro-Rate Portion of the Revolving Credit
      Loans or the Term Loans at any time shall mean the entire principal amount
      of such Portion to which at the time in 


                                      -7-
<PAGE>   18

      question there is applicable a particular Funding Period beginning on a
      particular day and ending on a particular day. (By definition, each such
      Portion is at all times composed of an integral number of discrete Funding
      Segments and the sum of the principal amounts of all Funding Segments of
      any such Portion at any time equals the principal amount of such Portion
      at such time.)

            "Future Project Agreement" shall mean any contract or agreement
      described on Schedule 1.01E hereof, and any contract or agreement (or
      series of related contracts or agreements) entered into by any Loan Party
      after the date hereof for (a) the purchase of raw materials of 75,000
      metric tonnes or more annually for a term of one year or more, (b) the
      sale of product for amounts of $4,000,000 or more annually for a term of
      one year or more, (c) the disposal of Environmental Concern Material (and
      other by-products of the Project) for a term of one year or more or (d)
      the provision of materials or services for the construction of the Project
      for a contract price of $1,000,000 or more.

            "GAAP" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.03 hereof.

            "Governmental Action" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      3.04 hereof.

            "Governmental Authority" shall mean any government or political
      subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission,
      department or instrumentality of either, or any court, tribunal, grand
      jury or public or private mediator or arbitrator, in each case whether
      foreign or domestic.

            "Guaranty Equivalent": A Person (the "Deemed Guarantor") shall be
      deemed to be subject to a Guaranty Equivalent in respect of any
      indebtedness, obligation or liability (the "Assured Obligation") of
      another Person (the "Deemed Obligor") if the Deemed Guarantor directly or
      indirectly guarantees, becomes surety for, endorses, assumes, agrees to
      indemnify the Deemed Obligor against, or otherwise agrees, becomes or
      remains liable (contingently or otherwise) for, such Assured Obligation.
      Without limitation, a Guaranty Equivalent shall be deemed to exist if a
      Deemed Guarantor agrees, becomes or remains liable (contingently or
      otherwise), directly or indirectly: (a) to purchase or assume, or to
      supply funds for the payment, purchase or satisfaction of, an Assured
      Obligation, (b) to make any loan, advance, capital contribution or other
      investment in, or to purchase or lease any property or services from, a
      Deemed Obligor (i) to maintain the solvency of the Deemed Obligor, (ii) to
      enable the Deemed Obligor to meet any other financial condition, (iii) to
      enable the Deemed Obligor to satisfy any Assured Obligation or to make any
      Stock Payment or any other payment, or (iv) to assure the holder of such
      Assured Obligation against loss, (c) to purchase or lease property or
      services from the Deemed Obligor regardless of the non-delivery of or
      failure to furnish such property or services, (d) in a transaction having
      the characteristics of a take-or-pay or throughput contract or as
      described in paragraph 6 of FASB Statement of Financial Accounting
      Standards No. 47, or (e) in respect of any other transaction the effect of
      which is to assure the payment or performance (or payment of damages or
      other remedy in the event of nonpayment or nonperformance) of any Assured
      Obligation.

            "Indebtedness" of a Person shall mean:

                  (a) All obligations on account of money borrowed by, or credit
            extended to or on behalf of, or for or on account of deposits with
            or advances to, such Person;

                  (b) All obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,
            debentures, notes or similar instruments;

                  (c) All obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase
            price of property or 


                                      -8-
<PAGE>   19

            services;

                  (d) All obligations secured by a Lien on property owned by
            such Person (whether or not assumed); and all obligations of such
            Person under Capitalized Leases (without regard to any limitation of
            the rights and remedies of the holder of such Lien or the lessor
            under such Capitalized Lease to repossession or sale of such
            property);

                  (e) The face amount of all letters of credit issued for the
            account of such Person and, without duplication, the unreimbursed
            amount of all drafts drawn thereunder, and all other obligations of
            such Person associated with such letters of credit or draws thereon;

                  (f) All obligations of such Person in respect of acceptances
            or similar obligations issued for the account of such Person;

                  (g) All obligations of such Person under a product financing
            or similar arrangement described in paragraph 8 of FASB Statement of
            Accounting Standards No. 49 or any similar requirement of GAAP; and

                  (h) All obligations of such Person under any interest rate or
            currency protection agreement, interest rate or currency future,
            interest rate or currency option, interest rate or currency swap or
            cap or other interest rate or currency hedge agreement.

            "Indemnified Parties" shall mean the Agent, the Lender Parties, the
      Issuing Bank their respective affiliates, and the directors, officers,
      employees, attorneys and agents of each of the foregoing.

            "Initial Revolving Credit Committed Amount" shall have the meaning
      set forth in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

            "Interest Expense" for any period shall mean the total interest
      expense of the Borrower for such period determined on a consolidated basis
      in accordance with GAAP.

            "Inventory" shall mean all goods now or hereafter owned by the
      Borrower, whenever acquired and wherever located, held for sale or lease
      or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of service, and all Raw
      Materials, Spares and supplies, work in process and materials now or
      hereafter owned by the Borrower whenever acquired and wherever located
      [including ore stored at port facilities], and used or consumed in its
      business.

            "Issuing Bank" shall mean Mellon Bank, N. A.

            "Law" shall mean any law (including common law), constitution,
      statute, treaty, convention, regulation, rule, ordinance, order,
      injunction, writ, decree or award of any Governmental Authority.

            "Lenders" shall mean lender parties listed on the signature pages
      hereof, subject to the provisions of Section 9.14 hereof pertaining to
      Persons becoming or ceasing to be Lenders, and "Lender" shall mean any of
      them.

            "Lender Parties" shall mean the Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the
      Co-Agents, and the Agent.

            "Letter of Credit" shall mean each Standby Letter of Credit and each
      Trade Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank for the account of the
      Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, 


                                      -9-
<PAGE>   20

      each as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

            "Letter of Credit Application" shall have the meaning given that
      term in Section 2.18(a) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Collateral Account" shall have the meaning given
      that term in Section 2.25(b) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Exposure" at any time shall mean the sum at such
      time of (a) the aggregate Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draws and (b) the
      aggregate Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability.

            "Letter of Credit Facing Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.17(e) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning given that term in
      Section 2.17(d) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Participating Interest" shall have the meaning
      given that term in Section 2.19(a) hereof.

            "Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation" with respect to a Letter
      of Credit means the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing
      Bank for Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draws, together with interest
      thereon.

            "Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability" with respect to a Letter of
      Credit at any time shall mean the maximum amount available to be drawn
      under such Letter of Credit at such time or thereafter, regardless of the
      existence or satisfaction of any conditions or limitations on drawing.

            "Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draws" with respect to a Letter of
      Credit at any time shall mean the aggregate amount at such time of all
      payments made by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit, to the
      extent not repaid by the Borrower.

            "Level 0 Day" shall mean each day in the period from and including
      the Closing Date to and including the date that the initial Loan is made
      under this Agreement.

            "Level I Day" shall mean each day in the period from but not
      including the date on which the initial Loan is made under this Agreement
      to but not including the Preliminary Acceptance Date.

            "Level II Day" shall mean each day in the period from and including
      the Preliminary Acceptance Date and to but not including the first Level
      III Day.

            "Level III Day" shall mean each day after the occurrence of the
      first day when the Preliminary Acceptance Date shall have occurred and the
      Borrower shall have had EBITDA greater than zero for each of three
      consecutive months and which is not a level IV Day or a Level V Day.

            "Level IV Day" shall mean a day (1) which is not a Level V Day; (2)
      on which Final Acceptance shall have theretofore occurred; (3) on which
      $4,500,000 shall be on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account; and
      (4) as to which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Measurement Period
      relating to the most recent Test Date is not less than 1.5 to 1 in the
      case of a Measurement Period ending in 1998, 1999, 2000 or 2001, not less
      than 1.4 to 1 in the case of a Measurement Period ending in 2002, not less
      than 1.25 to 1 in the case of a Measurement Period ending in 2003 and not
      less than 1.1 to 1 in the case of a Measurement Period ending after 2003.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>   21

            "Level V Day" shall mean a day (1) as to which the ratio of (x)
      Funded Indebtedness minus the amount on deposit in the Debt Service
      Reserve Account to (y) Tangible Net Worth on the last day of the
      Measurement Period relating to the most recent Test Date is not greater
      than 1 to 1 and (2) which, if it were not a Level V Day, would be a Level
      IV Day.

            "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien,
      security interest, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of
      any nature whatsoever, including but not limited to any conditional sale
      or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or
      lease intended as, or having the effect of, security.

            "Loan" shall mean any loan by a Lender to the Borrower under this
      Agreement, and "Loans" shall mean all Loans made by the Lenders under this
      Agreement.

            "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, the Transfer
      Supplements, the Letters of Credit, the Letter of Credit Agreement, the
      Letter of Credit Applications (and any other agreements or documents
      pursuant to which any Letter of Credit may be issued or amended), the
      Security Documents, and all other agreements and instruments extending,
      renewing, refinancing or refunding any indebtedness, obligation or
      liability arising under any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may
      be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time hereafter.

            "Loan Parties" shall mean the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the
      Borrower (it being understood that, without the consent of the Required
      Lenders, the Borrower may have no subsidiaries), and "Loan Party" shall
      mean any one of them.

            "London Business Day" shall mean a day for dealing in deposits in
      Dollars by and among banks in the London interbank market and which is a
      Business Day.

            "Mannesmann" shall mean Mannesmann Demag Corporation.

            "Mannesmann Documents" shall mean the document set forth on Schedule
      1.01G hereof.

            "Marketing Study" shall mean the Information Memorandum dated
      September 1997 prepared by McDonald & Company.

            "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean: (a) a material adverse effect
      on the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
      Borrower or SDI, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the
      Borrower or any other Loan Party to perform or comply with any of the
      terms and conditions of any Loan Document or an adverse effect on the
      ability of the Borrower or any other Loan Party or SDI to perform or
      comply with any of the terms and conditions of any Project Agreement if,
      in the case of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, the effect thereof
      could excuse or preclude the other party to such Project Agreement from
      performing any of its obligations or duties thereunder material to the
      Project or could increase the duties or obligations of the Borrower or any
      other Loan Party thereunder to an extent material to the Project, or (c) a
      material adverse effect on (i) the legality, validity, binding effect,
      enforceability or admissibility into evidence of any Loan Document, or
      (ii) the ability of the Agent or any Lender Party to enforce any rights or
      remedies under or in connection with any Loan Document which could, in the
      judgment of the Required Lenders reasonably exercised, prevent the
      practical realization of the rights and benefits of the Lenders under such
      Loan Document, or (iii) the ability of any Loan Party to enforce any
      rights or remedies material to the Project under or in connection with any
      Project Agreement, or (iv) the ability of the Borrower to achieve
      Completion of the Project.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>   22

            "Measurement Period" shall mean a period of four consecutive
      calendar quarters.

            "Mellon" shall mean Mellon Bank, N.A., a national banking
      association.

            "Mitsubishi" shall mean Mitsubishi Heavy Industries America, Inc.

            "Mitsubishi Documents" shall mean the document set forth on Schedule
      1.01H hereof.

            "Mortgage" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c).

            "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan which is a
      "multiemployer plan" within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and
      to which any Loan Party or any Controlled Group Member has or had an
      obligation to contribute.

            "Net Cash Proceeds" with respect to any property or issuance of debt
      or equity securities shall mean cash or cash equivalents received by any
      Loan Party from, and payments of principal of any Capitalized Lease
      Obligations or other obligation received by any Loan Party in connection
      with, the sale, lease or other disposition of such property or securities,
      minus the sum of (a) expenses reasonably incurred in respect of such sale,
      lease or other disposition, (b) any sales or transfer taxes payable as a
      result of such sale, lease or other disposition, (c) incremental income
      taxes reasonably estimated by the Borrower to be payable by such Loan
      Party as a result of such sale, lease or other disposition and (d) the
      amount required to discharge any indebtedness or obligation secured by a
      Lien on such property and required to be discharged in connection with
      such sale, lease or other disposition.

            "Net Income" for any period shall mean the net earnings (or loss)
      after taxes of the Borrower for such period determined in accordance with
      GAAP; provided, that there shall be deducted therefrom (a) any restoration
      to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that provision
      for such reserve was made against income during such period, and (b) any
      gain arising from the acquisition of any securities, or the
      extinguishment, under GAAP, of any Indebtedness, of the Borrower.

            "Non-PP&E Costs" shall mean Project Costs other than PP&E Costs.

            "Notes" shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes and the Term Loan
      Notes of the Borrower executed and delivered under this Agreement,
      together with all extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings of any
      thereof in whole or part, and "Note" shall mean any one of the Notes.

            "Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office" shall have the meaning given to
      that term in Section 2.15(a) hereof.

            "Obligations" shall mean all indebtedness, obligations and
      liabilities of any Loan Party to any Lender Party or the Agent from time
      to time arising under or in connection with or related to or evidenced by
      or secured by or under color of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
      and all extensions, renewals or refinancings thereof, whether such
      indebtedness, obligations or liabilities are direct or indirect, otherwise
      secured or unsecured, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to
      become due, whether for payment or performance, now existing or hereafter
      arising. Without limitation of the foregoing, such indebtedness,
      obligations and liabilities include the principal amount of Loans,
      interest, Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations, guaranty
      obligations, interest rate protection agreements, overdrafts, foreign
      exchange transactions, cash management services, fees, indemnities or
      expenses under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
      Document, and all extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof, whether
      or not such Loans were made or such Letters of Credit were issued 


                                      -12-
<PAGE>   23

      or other transactions were entered into in compliance with the terms and
      conditions of this Agreement or in excess of the obligation of the Lenders
      to lend or the authority of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit.
      Obligations shall remain Obligations notwithstanding any assignment or
      transfer or any subsequent assignment or transfer of any of the
      Obligations or any interest therein.

            "Office," when used in connection with the Agent, shall mean its
      office located at One Mellon Bank Center, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or at
      such other office or offices of the Agent or any branch, subsidiary or
      affiliate thereof as may be designated in writing from time to time by the
      Agent to the Borrower.

            "Option" shall mean the Base Rate Option or the Euro-Rate Option, as
      the case may be.

            "Other Finished Goods" shall mean finished goods which are not
      Commercial Grade Finished Goods.

            "Participants" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.14(b)
      hereof.

            "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established
      under Title IV of ERISA or any other governmental agency, department or
      instrumentality succeeding to the functions of said corporation.

            "Pension-Related Event" shall mean any of the following events or
      conditions:

                  (a) Any action is taken by any Person (i) to terminate, or
            which would result in the termination of, a Plan, either pursuant to
            its terms or by operation of law (including, without limitation, any
            amendment of a Plan which would result in a termination under
            Section 4041(e) of ERISA) other than compliance with Section 4041(b)
            of ERISA, or (ii) to have a trustee appointed for a Plan pursuant to
            Section 4042 of ERISA;

                  (b) PBGC notifies any Person of its determination that an
            event described in Section 4042 of ERISA has occurred with respect
            to a Plan, that a Plan should be terminated, or that a trustee
            should be appointed for a Plan;

                  (c) Any Reportable Event occurs with respect to a Plan;

                  (d) Any action occurs or is taken which could result in any
            Loan Party becoming subject to liability for a complete or partial
            withdrawal by any Person from a Multiemployer Plan (including,
            without limitation, seller liability incurred under Section
            4204(a)(2) of ERISA), or any Loan Party or any Controlled Group
            Member receives from any Person a notice or demand for payment on
            account of any such alleged or asserted liability; or

                  (e) (i) There occurs any failure to meet the minimum funding
            standard under Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code with
            respect to a Plan, or any tax return is filed showing any tax
            payable under Section 4971(a) of the Code with respect to any such
            failure, or any Loan Party or any Controlled Group Member receives a
            notice of deficiency from the Internal Revenue Service with respect
            to any alleged or asserted such failure, or (ii) any request is made
            by any Person for a variance from the minimum funding standard, or
            an extension of the period for amortizing unfunded liabilities, with
            respect to a Plan.

            "Permitted Liens" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.02
      hereof.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>   24

            "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, trust,
      unincorporated association, joint venture, joint-stock company,
      Governmental Authority or any other entity.

            "Plan" means any employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of
      Section 3(2) of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) covered by Title
      IV of ERISA by reason of Section 4021 of ERISA, of which any Loan Party or
      any Controlled Group Member is or has been within the preceding five years
      a "contributing sponsor" within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(13) of
      ERISA, or which is or has been within the preceding five years maintained
      for employees of any Loan Party or any Controlled Group Member.

            "Portion" shall mean the Base Rate Portion or the Euro-Rate Portion,
      as the case may be.

            "Postretirement Benefits" shall mean any benefits, other than
      retirement income, provided by any Loan Party to retired employees, or to
      their spouses, dependents or beneficiaries, including, without limitation,
      group medical insurance or benefits, or group life insurance or death
      benefits.

            "Postretirement Benefit Obligation" shall mean that portion of the
      actuarial present value of all Postretirement Benefits expected to be
      provided by any Loan Party which is attributable to employees' service
      rendered to the date of determination (assuming that such liability
      accrues ratably over an employee's working life to the earlier of his date
      of retirement or the date on which the employee would first become
      eligible for full benefits), reduced by the fair market value as of the
      date of determination of any assets which are segregated from the assets
      of the applicable Loan Party and which have been restricted so that they
      cannot be used for any purpose other than to provide Postretirement
      Benefits or to defray related expenses.

            "Potential Default" shall mean any event or condition which with
      notice, passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

            "PP&E Costs" shall mean all costs incurred or to be incurred by the
      Borrower for work, labor, materials and services furnished or to be
      furnished in connection with the design, construction, equipping,
      acquisition and testing of the Project.

            "Preliminary Acceptance Date" shall mean the earliest date on which
      all of the following shall have occurred: (a) construction of the Project
      in accordance with the Design and Construction Standard shall have been
      Completed (but the Project need not be operating at projected efficiency
      and the Final Acceptance Date need not have occurred), and (b) the Project
      shall have achieved production of direct reduced iron pellets from the
      rotary hearth furnace of an average of 50.0 metric tons per hour for 30
      consecutive days with an 85.0% degree of metallization and 73.0% metallic
      iron and production of liquid pig iron from the submerged arc furnace of
      an average of 45.0 metric tons per hour for 30 consecutive days at 95.0%
      metallization, and (c) the Project Monitor shall have delivered to the
      Agent, with a copy to each Lender, a certificate in the form of Exhibit W
      hereto, with the blanks filled, and the Borrower shall have delivered to
      the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a certificate in the form of
      Exhibit X hereto, with the blanks appropriately filled, and (d) the Agent
      shall have theretofore received, with a copy for each Lender, copies of
      all Required Project Permits necessary for the production of direct
      reduced iron pellets and liquid pig iron produced therefrom (including
      safety and disposal of Environmental Concern Material and other
      by-products if any), on an uninterrupted basis and the same shall be in
      full force and effect and no longer subject to appeal.

            "Prime Rate" as used herein, shall mean the interest rate per annum
      announced from time to time by the Agent as its prime rate, such rate to
      change automatically effective as of the effectiveness of each announced
      change in such prime rate. The Prime Rate may be greater or less than
      other interest rates charged by the Agent to other borrowers and is not
      solely based or 


                                      -14-
<PAGE>   25

      dependent upon the interest rate which the Agent may charge any particular
      borrower or class of borrower.

            "Project" shall mean the direct reduced iron pellet and liquid pig
      iron producing facility yielding approximately 600,000 metric tons per
      year of direct reduced iron pellets and approximately 523,000 metric tons
      per year of liquid iron and related improvements (including without
      limitation the drying and concentration, grinding and agglomeration
      facilities, rotary health furnace, submerged arc furnace, electric
      substation, water-distribution system and railroad tracks) to be
      constructed on the Project Site in accordance with the Design and
      Construction Standard.

            "Project Agreements" shall mean the contracts and agreements listed
      on Schedule 1.01B hereto, the SDI Offtake Agreement, the Administration
      Agreement and any Future Project Agreements after execution and delivery
      thereof by the Loan Party which is a party thereto.

            "Project Budget" shall mean the schedule of Project Costs attached
      hereto as Schedule 1.01C.

            "Project Costs" shall mean the costs incurred or to be incurred by
      the Borrower in connection with the design, construction, equipping,
      acquisition, testing and start-up and financing of the Project, and net
      operating losses (calculated without deduction for depreciation,
      amortization and other non-cash charges) in connection with operations
      through the Adequacy of Funds End Date, including costs under any category
      listed on the Project Budget.

            "Project Monitor" shall mean R. T. Patterson Company, Inc.

            "Project Site" shall mean the property described in Exhibit A to the
      Mortgage and which is located in Butler, Dekalb County, Indiana.

            "Project Status Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 4.02(d)(ii) hereof.

            "Pro Rata" shall mean from or to each Revolving Credit Lender in
      proportion to its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage and from or to
      each Term Loan Lender in proportion to its Term Loan Commitment.

            "Purchasing Lender" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      9.14(c) hereof.

            "Raw Materials" shall mean iron units, coal, lime, limestone, coke
      and other ingredients necessary to the formulation of direct reduced iron
      pellets.

            "Register" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.14(d)
      hereof.

            "Regular Payment Date" shall mean the last day of each February,
      May, August and November after the date hereof, commencing February 28,
      1998.

            "Remaining Project Costs" shall mean all PP&E Costs required to
      Complete the construction of the Project and all Non-PP&E Costs in
      connection with the Project through the Adequacy of Funds End Date,
      excluding Project Costs theretofore paid.

            "Replacement Revolver Facility" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.01(e) hereof.

            "Reportable Event" means (i) a reportable event described in Section
      4043 of ERISA and regulations thereunder, (ii) a withdrawal by a
      substantial employer from a Plan to which more 


                                      -15-
<PAGE>   26

      than one employer contributes, as referred to in Section 4063(b) of ERISA,
      (iii) a cessation of operations at a facility causing more than twenty
      percent (20%) of Plan participants to be separated from employment, as
      referred to in Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or (iv) a failure to make a
      required installment or other payment with respect to a Plan when due in
      accordance with Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which
      causes the total unpaid balance of missed installments and payments
      (including unpaid interest) to exceed $750,000.

            "Required Lenders" shall mean, as of any date, Lenders as to which
      the sum of the outstanding principal amount of Loans, outstanding Letter
      of Credit Exposure, unused Revolving Credit Committed Amounts and Term
      Loan Committed Amounts on such date is at least 51% of the sum of the
      total outstanding principal amount of Loans, outstanding Letter of Credit
      Exposure, unused Revolving Credit Committed Amounts and Term Loan
      Committed Amounts of all Lenders on such date, provided, however, that (i)
      in the case of requests under Section 7.01(a) or 7.01(c), "Required
      Lenders" on any date shall mean Lenders whose aggregate outstanding
      principal amount of Loans and outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure on
      such date exceeds 50% of the total aggregate outstanding principal amount
      of Loans and outstanding Letter of Credit Exposure of all Lenders on such
      date, and (ii) in the case of a modification to this Agreement which would
      change a condition of lending insofar as such condition is applicable only
      to Revolving Credit Loans and not to Term Loans (including any such change
      to a condition of lending after the Term Loan Commitment Period has
      expired), "Required Lenders" shall mean, on the date of such proposed
      modification, (x) Lenders which have made Term Loans constituting, in the
      aggregate, at least 51% in principal amount of Term Loans outstanding on
      such date and (y) Lenders which have Revolving Credit Commitments
      constituting, in the aggregate, at least 51% of the total Revolving Credit
      Commitments of all the Lenders on such date, it being understood that a
      permanent amendment to any covenant or a permanent waiver of any
      misrepresentation shall not be included within the meaning of this clause
      (ii).

            "Required Project Permits" shall mean all Governmental Action
      necessary for the design, construction, equipping, acquisition, testing,
      start-up, ownership, occupancy or operation of the Project, including in
      connection with the disposal of any Environmental Concern Materials and
      other by-products from the Project.

            "Requirement of Law" shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate
      or articles of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or
      governing documents of such Person, and any Law, right, privilege,
      qualification, license or franchise or determination of an arbitrator or a
      court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable or binding
      upon such Person or any of its property (now owned or hereafter acquired)
      or to which such Person or any of its property is subject or pertaining to
      any or all of the transactions contemplated or referred to herein.

            "Responsible Officer" shall mean the President, any Vice President,
      the Treasurer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower.

            "Revolving Credit Commitment" shall have the meaning set forth in
      Section 2.01(a) hereof.

            "Revolving Credit Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning set forth
      in Section 2.02(a) hereof.

            "Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage" for any Lender shall mean
      the Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage for such Lender set forth below
      its name on the signature page hereof, subject to transfer to another
      Lender as provided in Section 9.14 hereof.

            "Revolving Credit Committed Amount" shall have the meaning set forth
      in 


                                      -16-
<PAGE>   27

      Section 2.01(a) hereof.

            "Revolving Credit Lenders" shall mean the Lenders listed on the
      signature pages hereof who have a Revolving Credit Committed Amount
      greater than zero set forth thereon, subject to the provisions of Section
      9.14 hereof pertaining to Persons becoming or ceasing to be Lenders;
      "Revolving Credit Lender" shall mean any one of them.

            "Revolving Credit Loans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      2.01(a) hereof.

            "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" shall mean May 31, 2000.

            "Revolving Credit Notes" shall mean the promissory notes of the
      Borrower executed and delivered under Section 2.01(c) hereof, any
      promissory notes issued in substitution therefor pursuant to Sections
      2.15(b) or 9.14(c) hereof, together with all extensions, renewals,
      refinancings or refundings thereof in whole or part; "Revolving Credit
      Note" shall mean any one of them.

            "SDI" shall mean Steel Dynamics, Inc. an Indiana corporation.

            "SDI Offtake Agreement" shall mean the agreement between the
      Borrower and SDI dated on or prior to the Closing Date.

            "Security Agreement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      4.01(b)(i)(A).

            "Security Documents" shall mean the Security Agreement, the
      Mortgage, the Assignment of Contracts (and each assignment of contract
      entered into pursuant to Section 5.15 hereof), together with the Consents
      to Assignment of Contracts (and each consent to assignment of contract
      delivered pursuant to Section 5.15 hereof) and any other agreements or
      instruments from time to time to time granting or purporting to grant the
      Agent a Lien in any property for the benefit of the Lenders to secure the
      Obligations, or constituting a Guaranty Equivalent for the Obligations.

            "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person at any time, that at
      such time (a) the sum of the debts and liabilities (including, without
      limitation, contingent liabilities) of such Person is not greater than all
      of the assets of such Person at a fair valuation, (b) the present fair
      salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount
      that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its
      debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person has not
      incurred, does not intend to incur, and does not believe that it will
      incur, debts or liabilities (including, without limitation, contingent
      liabilities) beyond such person's ability to pay as such debts and
      liabilities mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in, and is not about to
      engage in, a business or a transaction for which such person's property
      constitutes or would constitute unreasonably small capital, and (e) such
      Person is not otherwise insolvent as defined in, or otherwise in a
      condition which could in any circumstances then or subsequently render any
      transfer, conveyance, obligation or act then made, incurred or performed
      by it avoidable or fraudulent pursuant to, any Law that may be applicable
      to such Person pertaining to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditors' rights
      (including but not limited to the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended,
      and, to the extent applicable to such Person, the Uniform Fraudulent
      Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, or any other
      applicable Law pertaining to fraudulent conveyances or fraudulent
      transfers or preferences).

            "Spares" shall mean spares and supplies of the Borrower which the
      Agent in its reasonable discretion determines to be readily marketable.

            "Specifications" shall mean at any time the detailed plans, drawings
      and specifications 


                                      -17-
<PAGE>   28

      for the construction and equipping of the Project in existence at such
      time, whether preliminary or final, as the same may be modified from time
      to time in accordance with Section 6.20 hereof. A list of the
      Specifications, as currently developed, is set forth in Schedule 1.01D
      hereto.

            "Specified Early Period Default" shall mean any of the following
      Events of Default which occurs or first exists during the Early Period:
      (i) an Event of Default specified in Section 7.01(c) hereof which relates
      to a representation or warranty made in Section 3.04, 3.05(b)(iii),
      3.18(c), 3.21, 3.24, 3.26, 3.27, 3.28, or 3.29 hereof; (ii) an Event of
      Default specified in Section 7.01(e) hereof which relates to a covenant
      made in Section 5.03, 5.05, 5.07(c), 5.14(b) or 5.15; (iii) an Event of
      Default specified in Section 7.01(f), 7.01(g), 7.01(h), 7.01(i), 7.01(n),
      7.01(o), 7.01(t) or 7.01(z) hereof; or (iv) an Event of Default specified
      in Section 7.01(c) hereof which relates to a representation or warranty
      made in Section 3.17 to the extent such representation or warranty relates
      to a Specified Early Period Default (other than pursuant to this clause
      (iv).

            "Standard Notice" shall mean an irrevocable notice provided to the
      Agent on a Business Day which is

                  (a) On or before the same Business Day in the case of
            selection of, conversion to or renewal of the Base Rate Option or
            prepayment of any Base Rate Portion;

                  (b) At least four London Business Days in advance in the case
            of selection of the Euro-Rate Option or prepayment of any Euro-Rate
            Portion.

      Standard Notice must be provided no later than 10:00 a.m., Pittsburgh
      time, on the last day permitted for such notice.

            "Standby Letter of Credit" shall mean a Letter of Credit which is
      not a Trade Letter of Credit.

            "Stock Payment" by any Person shall mean any dividend, distribution
      or payment of any nature (whether in cash, securities, or other property)
      on account of or in respect of any shares of the capital stock (or
      warrants, options or rights therefor) of such Person, including but not
      limited to any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
      defeasance or acquisition of any shares of the capital stock (or warrants,
      options or rights therefor) of such Person, in each case regardless of
      whether required by the terms of such capital stock (or warrants, options
      or rights) or any other agreement or instrument.

            "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of which a majority (by
      number of shares or number of votes) of any class of outstanding capital
      stock normally entitled to vote for the election of one or more directors
      (regardless of any contingency which does or may suspend or dilute the
      voting rights of such class) is at such time owned directly or indirectly,
      beneficially or of record, by the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries of
      the Borrower.

            "Tangible Net Worth" at any time shall mean the total amount of
      stockholders' equity of the Borrower at such time determined on a
      consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, except that there shall be
      deducted therefrom the book value of all intangible assets and deferred
      charges of the Borrower at such time (that were created after the
      Financial Covenant Date) determined in accordance with GAAP.

            "Tax Affected Lender" shall have the meaning assigned to that term
      in Section 2.14(f) hereof.

            "Taxes" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14 hereof.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>   29

            "Tax Sharing Agreement" shall mean the agreement between Borrower
      and SDI described on Schedule 1.01I hereof.

            "Term Loan Commitment" shall have the meaning assigned to that term
      in Section 2.03(a) hereof.

            "Term Loan Commitment Fee" shall have the meaning assigned to that
      term in Section 2.04 hereof.

            "Term Loan Commitment Period" shall mean the period from the date
      hereof to and including the first to occur of (a) March 31, 2000 and (b)
      the date on which (i) final payments have been made by Borrower under all
      Project Agreements and (ii) there shall first be on deposit in the Debt
      Service Reserve Account the amount of $2,200,000; provided, however, for
      purposes only of advances of Term Loans to Borrower for payment by
      Borrower to SDI of the dividend described in Section 6.06 hereof, the Term
      Loan Commitment Period shall end on August 31, 2000.

            "Term Loan Committed Amount" shall have the meaning assigned to that
      term in Section 2.03(a) hereof.

            "Term Loan Lenders" shall mean the Lenders listed on the signature
      pages hereof who have a Term Loan Committed Amount greater than zero set
      forth thereon, subject to the provisions Section 9.14 hereof pertaining to
      Persons becoming or ceasing to be Lenders; "Term Loan Lender" shall mean
      anyone of them.

            "Term Loan Maturity Date" shall mean November 30, 2005.

            "Term Loan Notes" shall mean the promissory notes of the Borrower
      executed and delivered under Section 2.03(c) or any promissory note issued
      in substitution therefor pursuant to Sections 2.15(b) or 9.14(c) hereof,
      together with all extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings thereof
      in whole or part, and "Term Loan Note" shall mean any one of them.

            "Term Loans" shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Section
      2.04 hereof.

            "Test Date" shall mean the date on which the Borrower provides to
      the Agent (or is required to have provided to the Agent), pursuant to
      Section 5.01 hereof, financial statements for the then most recently
      completed fiscal quarter and the Measurement Period related to a Test Date
      is the Measurement Period which ends with such fiscal quarter.

            "Total Revolving Credit Exposure" of any Lender at any time shall
      mean the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's
      Revolving Credit Loans plus such Lender's Pro Rata share of the aggregate
      Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

            "Trade Letter of Credit" shall mean a Letter of Credit which is
      designated as such by the Issuing Bank after determination by the Issuing
      Bank that such Letter of Credit may, in accordance with the Issuing Bank's
      usual operating practice, be treated as a documentary or trade letter of
      credit.

            "Transfer Effective Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the
      applicable Transfer Supplement.

            "Transfer Supplement" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
      9.14(c) hereof.

            "Treasury Rate" as of any Funding Breakage Date shall mean the rate
      per annum 


                                      -19-
<PAGE>   30

      determined by the applicable Lender (which determination shall be
      conclusive absent manifest error) to be the semiannual equivalent yield to
      maturity (expressed as a semiannual equivalent and decimal and, in the
      case of United States Treasury bills, converted to a bond equivalent
      yield) for United States Treasury securities maturing on the last day of
      the corresponding Funding Period and trading in the secondary market in
      reasonable volume (or if no such securities mature on such date, the rate
      determined by standard securities interpolation methods as applied to the
      series of securities maturing as close as possible to, but earlier than,
      such date, and the series of such securities maturing as close as possible
      to, but later than, such date).

            "Utility Loan" shall mean the $6,500,000 loan from American Electric
      Power Financial Services or its nominee to Borrower secured by a lien only
      on the assets set forth on Schedule 1.01F hereof and having terms and
      provisions satisfactory in all respects to Agent.

            "Working Capital" at any time shall mean Current Assets at such time
      minus Current Liabilities at such time.

            1.02. Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise
clearly requires, references to the plural include the singular, the singular
the plural and the part the whole; "or" has the inclusive meaning represented by
the phrase "and/or"; and "property" includes all properties and assets of any
kind or nature, tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed. References in
this Agreement to "determination" (and similar terms) by the Agent or by any
Lender include good faith estimates by the Agent or by any Lender (in the case
of quantitative determinations) and good faith beliefs by the Agent or by any
Lender (in the case of qualitative determinations). The words "hereof,"
"herein," "hereunder" and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.
References herein to "out-of-pocket expenses" of a Person (and similar terms)
include, but are not limited to, the fees of in-house counsel and other in-house
professionals of such Person to the extent that such fees are routinely
identified and separately and specifically charged under such Person's normal
cost accounting system consistent with past practice. The terms "include" and
"including" mean "including without limitation". The section and other headings
contained in this Agreement and the Table of Contents preceding this Agreement
are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction
of this Agreement or the interpretation thereof in any respect. Section,
subsection and exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise
specified.

            1.03. Accounting Principles.

            (a) As used herein, "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States, applied on a basis consistent with the
principles used in preparing the financial statements of SDI as of September 30,
1997 and for the fiscal quarter then ended.

            (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all computations
and determinations as to accounting or financial matters shall be made, and all
financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be
prepared, in accordance with GAAP (including principles of consolidation where
appropriate), and all accounting or financial terms shall have the meanings
ascribed to such terms by GAAP.

            (c) If and to the extent that the financial statements generally
prepared by the Borrower apply accounting principles other than GAAP, all
financial statements referred to in this Agreement or any other Loan Document
shall be delivered in duplicate, one set based on the accounting principles then
generally applied by the Borrower and one set based on GAAP. To the extent this
Agreement or such other Loan Document requires financial statements to be
accompanied by an opinion of independent accountants, each set of financial
statements shall be accompanied by such an opinion.


                                      -20-
<PAGE>   31

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   THE CREDITS

            2.01. Revolving Credit Loans.

            (a) Revolving Credit Commitments. Subject to the terms and
conditions and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth,
each Revolving Credit Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees (such agreement
being herein called such Revolving Credit Lender's "Revolving Credit
Commitment") to make loans (the "Revolving Credit Loans") to the Borrower at any
time or from time to time on or after the February 28, 1998 and to but not
including the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided, however, that prior to
the Preliminary Acceptance Date the Total Revolving Credit Exposure shall not
exceed $8,000,000. Following the date that is 90 days after the Preliminary
Acceptance Date, a Revolving Credit Lender shall have no obligation to make any
Revolving Credit Loan to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of such
Revolving Credit Lender's Total Revolving Credit Exposure at any time would
exceed the lesser of (x) such Revolving Credit Lender's Revolving Credit
Committed Amount at such time and (y) such Revolving Credit Lender's Pro Rata
share of the Borrowing Base at such time. Each Revolving Credit Lender's
"Revolving Credit Committed Amount" at any time shall be equal to the amount set
forth as its "Initial Revolving Credit Committed Amount" below its name on the
signature pages hereof, as such amount may have been reduced under Section 2.02
hereof at such time, and subject to transfer to another Lender as provided in
Section 9.14 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not
request, and shall not be entitled to borrow, Revolving Credit Loans if, after
such borrowing, the aggregate unborrowed amount of Term Loan Commitments and
Revolving Credit Commitments is less than the positive difference between
$2,200,000 and the amount of funds on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Fund.

            (b) Nature of Credit. Within the limits of time and amount set forth
in this Section 2.01, and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the
Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans hereunder.

            (c) Revolving Credit Notes. The obligation of the Borrower to repay
the unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made to it by each
Revolving Credit Lender and to pay interest thereon shall be evidenced in part
by promissory notes of the Borrower, one to each Revolving Credit Lender, dated
the Date hereof (the "Revolving Credit Notes") in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A, with the blanks appropriately filled, payable to
the order of such Revolving Credit Lender in a face amount equal to such
Revolving Credit Lender's Initial Revolving Credit Committed Amount.

            (d) Maturity; Amortization. To the extent not due and payable
earlier, the Revolving Credit Loans shall be due and payable on the Revolving
Credit Maturity Date; provided, however, that if all of the following conditions
shall have been satisfied on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the aggregate
principal amount (the "Converted Amount") then outstanding under the Revolving
Credit Notes shall be due and payable in equal quarterly installments of
principal and interest as hereafter set forth in this section 2.01(d): (i) no
Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred, (ii) the Borrower
shall have requested such amortization by written notice to Agent not less than
60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (iii)
all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and Section 4.03 hereof shall
have been satisfied and such updating information as may be required by Agent
shall have been furnished to Agent and (iv) the Borrower shall have executed
such modifications to the Revolving Credit Notes as may be required by Agent in
order to evidence such amortization of the Converted Amount. The Converted
Amount, together with interest thereon, shall be payable in equal quarterly
installments of principal and interest in amounts sufficient to fully amortize
the Converted Amount on November 30, 2005. The first such quarterly installment
shall be due and payable on May 30, 2001, and subsequent payments shall be due
and payable thereafter on each succeeding August 31, November 30, February 28
and May 30 to and including November 30, 2005 (each such date being a
"Conversion Payment Date"). If not sooner due and payable in accordance with 


                                      -21-
<PAGE>   32

the terms hereof, the entire unpaid balance of the Converted Amount, together
with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full on
November 30, 2005. Payment of the Converted Amount shall, inter alia, be subject
to the provisions of Section 2.16(e) hereof and Section 2.10 hereof.

            (e) Replacement Revolver Facility. The Borrower may, if it wishes to
do so, at any time during March of 2000 or at any time after (i) Preliminary
Acceptance has been achieved and (ii) the Borrower has maintained positive
EBITDA for each of three consecutive months, request the Lenders to consent to
the modification of the terms of this Agreement relating to maturities and
amortizations of the Revolving Credit Loans as set forth on Exhibit EE hereto.
Such modification shall become effective if, and only if, all of the Lenders
agree to such modification in writing (which agreement shall be in the sole
discretion of each of the Lenders). The term "Replacement Revolver Facility", as
used herein, means the Revolving Credit Loans as so modified.

            (f) Letters of Credit. Letters of Credit may be issued in accordance
with the terms and provisions of Section 2.17 hereof.

            2.02. Revolving Credit Commitment Fee; Reduction of the Revolving
Credit Committed Amounts.

            (a) Revolving Credit Commitment Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the
Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a commitment fee (the
"Revolving Credit Commitment Fee") equal to 0.25% per annum for each Level O Day
and 0.375% per annum for each other day, in each instance based on a year of 365
days and actual days elapsed, for each day from and including the date hereof to
but not including the Revolving Credit Maturity Date on the amount (not less
than zero) equal to (i) such Revolving Credit Lender's Revolving Credit
Committed Amount on such day, minus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such
Revolving Credit Lender's Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such day, minus
(iii) such Revolving Credit Lender's Pro Rata share of Letter of Credit Exposure
on such day. Such Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be due and payable for
the preceding period for which such fee has not been paid: (x) on each Regular
Payment Date, (y) on the date of each reduction of the Revolving Credit
Committed Amounts (whether optional or mandatory) on the amount so reduced and
(z) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The amount of the Revolving Credit
Commitment Fee applicable to the Replacement Revolver Facility is expected to be
equal to 0.175% per annum for each Level IV Day and 0.125% for each Level V Day,
in each instance based on a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed and
calculated as described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above.

            (b) Reduction of the Revolving Credit Committed Amounts. The
Borrower may at any time or from time to time reduce Pro Rata the Revolving
Credit Committed Amounts of the Revolving Credit Lenders to an aggregate amount
(which may be zero) not less than the sum of the unpaid principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding plus the principal amount of all
Revolving Credit Loans not yet made as to which notice has been given by the
Borrower under Section 2.05 hereof plus the Letter of Credit Exposure at such
time. Any reduction of the Revolving Credit Committed Amounts shall be in an
aggregate amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000. Reduction of the
Revolving Credit Committed Amounts shall be made by providing not less than
three Business Days' notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) to such effect
to the Agent. After the date specified in such notice the Revolving Credit
Commitment Fee shall be calculated upon the Revolving Credit Committed Amounts
as so reduced.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>   33

            2.03. Term Loans.

            (a) Term Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and
relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender,
severally and not jointly, agrees (such agreement being herein called such
Lender's "Term Loan Commitment") to make loans (the "Term Loans") to the
Borrower during the Term Loan Commitment Period in such principal amounts as may
be requested by the Borrower but not exceeding such Lender's Term Loan Committed
Amount. Each Lender's Term Loan Committed Amount at any time shall be equal to
the amount set forth as its "Term Loan Committed Amount" below its name on the
signature pages hereof, subject to transfer to another Lender as provided in
Section 9.14 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not
request, and shall not be entitled to borrow, Term Loans if, after such
borrowing, the aggregate unborrowed amount of Term Loan Commitments and
Revolving Credit Commitments is less than the positive difference between
$2,200,000 and the amount of funds on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Fund.

            (b) Nature of Credit. The Borrower may not reborrow amounts repaid
with respect to Term Loans.

            (c) Term Loan Notes. The obligation of the Borrower to repay the
unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans made to it by each Term Loan Lender
and to pay interest thereon shall be evidenced in part by the Term Loan Notes of
the Borrower to each Lender, dated the date hereof in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B, with the blanks appropriately filled, payable to
the order of such Lender in a face amount equal to the principal amount of such
Lender's Term Loan Committed Amount.

            (d) Advances. Subject to the conditions set forth herein, during the
Term Loan Commitment Period, advances of the Term Loans may be made (not more
often than two times monthly). Each advance shall be an integral multiple of
$500,000 which is not less than $1,000,000. No advances shall be made after the
expiration of the Term Loan Commitment Period, at which time the Term Lenders'
Term Loan Commitments shall expire. After (a) the Final Acceptance Date shall
have occurred and (b) all Project Costs shall have been paid in full, advances
of Term Loans shall be limited to advances for the payment by Borrower to SDI of
the cash dividend described in Section 6.06 hereof.

            (e) Scheduled Amortization; Maturity. The Term Loans shall be due
and payable in installments on the dates and in the amounts corresponding to the
percentages as set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Percentage of
                                                Initial Principal
                                              Amount of Term Loans
                         Date                    Due and Payable
                         ----                 --------------------
            <S>                                      <C>
            November 30, 2000                          5.0%
            May 30, 2001                               7.5%
            November 30, 2001                          7.5%
            May 30, 2002                               7.5%
            November 30, 2002                          7.5%
            May 30, 2003                               7.5%
            November 30, 2003                          7.5%
            May 30, 2004                              10.0%
            November 30, 2004                         10.0%
            May 30, 2005                              12.5%
            November 30, 2005                         17.5%
                                                     100.0%
                                                     ===== 
</TABLE>

The "Initial Principal Amount of Term Loans" shall be the principal amount
outstanding on the date the 


                                      -23-
<PAGE>   34

Term Loan Commitments expire. To the extent not due and payable earlier, the
Term Loans shall be due and payable on the Term Loans Maturity Date.

            2.04. Term Loan Commitment Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent
for the account of each Term Loan Lender a commitment fee (the "Term Loan
Commitment Fee") equal to 0.25% per annum for each Level O Day and 0.375% per
annum for each other day, in each instance based on a year of 365 days and
actual days elapsed on the unused portion of each Lender's Term Loan Committed
Amount, for each day from and including the date hereof to and including the
last day of the Term Loan Commitment Period.

            2.05. Making of Loans. Whenever the Borrower desires that the
Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide
Standard Notice to the Agent setting forth the following information (a separate
notice being required for each such type of Loans):

            (a) Whether the proposed Loans are Revolving Credit Loans or Term
      Loans;

            (b) The date, which shall be a Business Day, on which such proposed
      Loans are to be made;

            (c) The aggregate principal amount of such proposed Loans, which
      shall be the sum of the principal amounts selected pursuant to clause (d)
      of this Section 2.05, and which (in the case of proposed Revolving Credit
      Loans) shall be an integral multiple of $500,000 not less than $1,000,000
      and which (in the case of proposed Term Loans) shall be in the amount set
      forth in Section 2.03(d) hereof;

            (d) The interest rate Option or Options selected in accordance with
      Section 2.06(a) hereof and the principal amounts selected in accordance
      with Section 2.06(d) hereof of the Base Rate Portion and each Funding
      Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion, as the case may be, of such proposed
      Loans; and

            (e) With respect to each such Funding Segment of such proposed
      Loans, the Funding Period to apply to such Funding Segment, selected in
      accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof.

Standard Notice having been so provided, the Agent shall promptly notify each
Lender no later than 12:00 o'clock Noon, Pittsburgh time, of the information
contained therein and of the amount of such Lender's Loan. Unless any applicable
condition specified in Article IV hereof has not been satisfied, on the date
specified in such Standard Notice each Lender shall make the proceeds of its
Loan available to the Agent at the Agent's Office, no later than 2:00 o'clock
P.M., Pittsburgh time, in funds immediately available at such Office. Promptly
after its receipt thereof, the Agent will make the funds so received available
to the Borrower in funds immediately available at the Agent's Office.

            2.06. Interest Rates.

            (a) Optional Bases of Borrowing. The unpaid principal amount of
Revolving Credit Loans shall bear interest for each day until due on one or more
bases selected by the Borrower from among the interest rate Options set forth
below. The unpaid principal amount of Term Loans shall bear interest for each
day on the basis of the Euro-Rate Option described below. Subject to the
provisions of this Agreement the Borrower may select different Options to apply
simultaneously to different Portions of the Revolving Credit Loans and may
select different Funding Segments to apply simultaneously to different parts of
the Euro-Rate Portion of the Loans. Each selection of a rate Option shall apply
separately and without overlap to the Revolving Credit Loans as a class and the
Term Loans as a class. The aggregate number of Funding Segments applicable to
the Euro-Rate Portion of the Revolving Credit Loans at any time shall not exceed
six, and the aggregate number of Funding Segments applicable to the Euro-Rate
Portion of the Term Loans at any time shall not exceed six.


                                      -24-
<PAGE>   35

            (i) "Base Rate Option": A rate per annum (computed on the basis of a
      year of 365 days and actual days elapsed) for each day equal to the Base
      Rate for such day plus the Applicable Margin for such day. The "Base Rate"
      for any day shall mean the greater of (A) the Prime Rate for such day or
      (B) 0.50% plus the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day, such
      interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of
      the effective date of each change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds
      Effective Rate.

            (ii) "Euro-Rate Option": A rate per annum (based on a year of 360
      days and actual days elapsed) for each day equal to the Euro-Rate for such
      day plus the Applicable Margin for such day. "Euro-Rate" for any day, as
      used herein, shall mean for each Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion
      corresponding to a proposed or existing Euro-Rate Funding Period the rate
      per annum determined by the Agent by dividing (the resulting quotient to
      be rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) (A) the rate of interest
      (which shall be the same for each day in such Euro-Rate Funding Period)
      quoted on the Reuter's screen ISDA page to be (or, if such Reuter's
      quotation is not available, determined in good faith by the Agent, after
      inquiry to three reference banks selected by the Agent from among the
      Lenders, in accordance with its usual procedures when reference banks are
      consulted (which determination shall be conclusive) to be) the average of
      the rates per annum for deposits in Dollars offered to major money center
      banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London
      time, two London Business Days prior to the first day of such Euro-Rate
      Funding Period for delivery on the first day of such Euro-Rate Funding
      Period in amounts comparable to such Funding Segment and having maturities
      comparable to such Funding Period by (B) a number equal to 1.00 minus the
      Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage.

            "Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage" for any day shall mean the percentage
      (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%), as
      determined in good faith by the Agent (which determination shall be
      conclusive absent manifest error), which is in effect on such day as
      prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any
      successor) representing the maximum reserve requirement (including,
      without limitation, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserve
      requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to
      as "Eurocurrency liabilities") of a member bank in such System. The
      Euro-Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of each
      change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage. The Euro-Rate Option shall be
      calculated in accordance with the foregoing whether or not any Lender is
      actually required to hold reserves in connection with its eurocurrency
      funding or, if required to hold such reserves, is required to hold
      reserves at the "Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage" as herein defined.

            The Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower and to the
      Lenders of the Euro-Rate determined or adjusted in accordance with the
      definition of the Euro-Rate, which determination or adjustment shall be
      conclusive if made in good faith.


                                      -25-
<PAGE>   36

            (b) Applicable Margins.

            (i) The "Applicable Margin" for both the Revolving Credit Loans and
      Term Loans, as applicable, and interest rate Option for any day shall mean
      the percentage set forth below:

      <TABLE>
      <CAPTION>
                                                                  Applicable
                                     Applicable Margin            Margin For
      Applicable Day                For Base Rate Option       Euro-Rate Option
      --------------                --------------------       ----------------
      <S>                                  <C>                      <C>  
      For each Level I Day                 0.25%                    2.00%
      For each Level II Day                  0%                     1.75%
      For each Level III Day                 0%                     1.50%
      For each Level IV Day                  0%                     1.25%
      For each Level V Day                   0%                     1.00%
      </TABLE>

            (ii) Notwithstanding clause (i) above, upon the occurrence of an
      Event of Default, the Applicable Margin for each type of Loan and the
      interest rate option for any day shall mean the percentage set forth with
      respect thereto in clause (i) plus 2%. Such Applicable Margin shall remain
      in effect from the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default until
      the earlier to occur of (a) the date on which such Event of Default is
      cured or waived or otherwise ceases to exist (and no other Event of
      Default exists), in which case the Applicable Margin shall be determined
      in accordance with clause (i) above, and (b) the date on which the unpaid
      principal amount of the Loans, interest accrued thereon and all other
      Obligations are declared to be immediately due and payable pursuant to
      Section 7.02(a)(ii) hereof, in which case Section 2.12(c) shall apply.

            (c) Funding Periods. At any time when the Borrower shall select,
convert to or renew the Euro-Rate Option to apply to any part of the Loans, the
Borrower shall specify one or more periods (the "Funding Periods") during which
each such Option shall apply, such Funding Periods being one, two, three or six
months ("Euro-Rate Funding Period"); provided, that:

            (i) Each Euro-Rate Funding Period shall begin on a London Business
      Day, and the term "month", when used in connection with a Euro-Rate
      Funding Period, shall mean the interval between the Euro-Convention Dates
      in consecutive calendar months as to such Euro-Rate Funding Period (and
      the "Euro-Convention Date" in a calendar month as to any Euro-Rate Funding
      Period shall mean the day in such calendar month numerically corresponding
      to the first day of such Euro- Rate Funding Period, except (x) if there is
      no such numerically corresponding day in a calendar month, the
      "Euro-Convention Date" for such calendar month shall mean the last London
      Business Day of such calendar month, (y) if the first day of such
      Euro-Rate Period is the last day of a calendar month, the "Euro-Convention
      Date" for any calendar month shall mean the last London Business Day of
      such calendar month and (z) otherwise, if a numerically corresponding day
      in a given calendar month is not a London Business Day, the
      "Euro-Convention Date" for such calendar month shall mean the next
      following day that is a London Business Day, but not later than the last
      Business Day of such calendar month);

            (ii) In the case of (A) Revolving Credit Loans, the Borrower may not
      select a Funding Period that would end after the Revolving Credit Maturity
      Date and (B) Term Loans, the Borrower may not select a Funding Period that
      would end after the Term Loan Maturity Date; and

            (iii) The Borrower shall, in selecting any Funding Period, allow for
      scheduled mandatory payments and foreseeable mandatory prepayments of the
      Loans.


                                      -26-
<PAGE>   37

            (d) Transactional Amounts. Every selection of, conversion from,
conversion to or renewal of an interest rate Option and every payment or
prepayment of any Loans shall be in a principal amount such that after giving
effect thereto the aggregate principal amount of the Base Rate Portion of the
Revolving Credit Loans, or the aggregate principal amount of each Funding
Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term
Loans, respectively, as the case may be, shall be as set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portion or Funding Segment                 Allowable Aggregate Principal Amounts
- --------------------------                 -------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>                                 
Base Rate Portion                          Any; and 
Each Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate 
Portion                                    $1,000,000 or integral multiples of 
                                           $500,000.
</TABLE>

            (e) Euro-Rate Unascertainable; Impracticability. If

            (i) on any date on which a Euro-Rate would otherwise be set the
      Agent (in the case of clauses (A) or (B) below) or any Lender (in the case
      of clause (C) below) shall have determined in good faith (which
      determination shall be conclusive) that:

                  (A) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
            ascertaining such Euro-Rate,

                  (B) a contingency has occurred which materially and adversely
            affects the interbank eurodollar market, as the case may be, or

                  (C) the effective cost to such Lender of funding a proposed
            Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion from a Corresponding Source
            of Funds shall exceed the Euro-Rate applicable to such Funding
            Segment, or

             (ii) at any time any Lender shall have determined in good faith
      (which determination shall be conclusive) that the making, commitment to
      make, maintenance or funding of any part of the Euro-Rate Portion has been
      made impracticable or unlawful by compliance by such Lender or a Notional
      Euro-Rate Funding Office in good faith with any Law or guideline or
      interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority
      charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or with any
      request or directive of any such Governmental Authority (whether or not
      having the force of law);

then, and in any such event, the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall
promptly notify the Borrower of such determination (and any Lender giving such
notice shall notify the Agent). Upon such date as shall be specified in such
notice (which shall not be earlier than the date such notice is given), the
obligation of each of the Potential Base Rate Lenders to allow the Borrower to
select, convert to or renew the Euro-Rate Option shall be suspended until the
Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have later notified the Borrower
(and any Lender giving such notice shall notify the Agent) of the Agent's or
such Potential Base Rate Lender's determination in good faith (which
determination shall be conclusive) that the circumstance giving rise to such
previous determination no longer exist. The obligation of each of the Lenders
which are not Potential Base Rate Lenders to allow the Borrower to select,
convert to or renew the Euro-Rate Option shall not be suspended, provided that,
in the case of a determination under clause A of subsection (i) of this Section
2.06(e), the Euro-Rate shall be deemed to be the most recent ascertainable
Euro-Rate with a Euro-Rate Funding Period of one month (or, at the option of the
applicable Lender, such Lender's cost of funds as verified to the Borrower and
the Agent) until the Agent shall have later notified the Borrower of the Agent's
determination in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) that the
circumstances giving rise to such previous determination no longer exist.

            If any Potential Base Rate Lender notifies the Borrower of a
determination under subsection (ii) of this Section 2.06(e), the Euro-Rate
Portion of the Loans of such Lender (the "Affected Lender") shall automatically
be converted to the Base Rate Option as of the date specified in such notice
(and accrued interest thereon shall be due and payable on such date). When such
Affected Lender later 


                                      -27-
<PAGE>   38

notifies the Borrower and the Agent of such Affected Lender's determination in
good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) that the circumstances
giving rise to such previous determination no longer exist, any portion of the
Term Loans of the Affected Lender bearing interest at the Base Rate Option shall
automatically be converted to the Euro-Rate Option in accordance with paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this Section 2.06 as of the date specified in such notice (which
specified date of conversion shall not be earlier than the fourth Business Day
after the date of such notice) and accrued interest thereon shall be due and
payable on such date.

            If at the time the Agent or a Potential Base Rate Lender makes a
determination under subsection (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.06(e) the Borrower
previously has notified the Agent that it wishes to select, convert to or renew
the Euro-Rate Option with respect to any proposed Loans but such Loans have not
yet been made, such notification shall be deemed to provide for selection of,
conversion to or renewal of the Base Rate Option instead of the Euro-Rate Option
with respect to such Loans or, in the case of a determination by a Lender, such
Loans of such Lender.

            2.07. Conversion or Renewal of Interest Rate Options.

            (a) Conversion or Renewal. Subject to the provisions of Section
2.13(b) hereof, and if no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have
occurred and be continuing or shall exist, the Borrower may convert any part of
the Loans from any interest rate Option or Options to one or more different
interest rate Options and may renew the Euro-Rate Option as to any Funding
Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion of the Loans:

            (i) At any time with respect to conversion from the Base Rate
      Option; or

            (ii) At the expiration of any Funding Period with respect to
      conversions from or renewals of the Euro-Rate Option as to the Funding
      Segment corresponding to such expiring Funding Period.

Whenever the Borrower desires to convert or renew any interest rate Option or
Options, the Borrower shall provide to the Agent Standard Notice setting forth
the following information:

            (v) Whether such renewal is to apply to Revolving Credit Loans or
      Term Loans;

            (w) The date, which shall be a Business Day, on which the proposed
      conversion (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans only) or renewal is to
      be made;

            (x) The principal amounts selected in accordance with Section
      2.06(d) hereof of the Base Rate Portion and each Funding Segment of the
      Euro-Rate Portion to be converted from or renewed;

            (y) The interest rate Option or Options selected in accordance with
      Section 2.06(a) hereof and the principal amounts selected in accordance
      with Section 2.06(d) hereof of the Base Rate Portion and each Funding
      Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion to be converted to (in the case of
      Revolving Credit Loans only); and

            (z) With respect to each Funding Segment to be converted to (in the
      case of Revolving Credit Loans only) or renewed, the Funding Period
      selected in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof to apply to such
      Funding Segment.

Standard Notice having been so provided, after the date specified in such
Standard Notice, interest shall be calculated upon the principal amount of the
Loans as so converted or renewed. Interest on the principal amount of any part
of the Loans converted or renewed (automatically or otherwise) shall be due and
payable on the conversion or renewal date.


                                      -28-
<PAGE>   39

            (b) Failure to Convert or Renew. Absent due notice from the Borrower
of conversion or renewal in the circumstances described in Section 2.07(a)(ii)
hereof, (i) any part of the Euro-Rate Portion of the Revolving Credit Loans for
which such notice is not received shall be converted automatically to the Base
Rate Option on the last day of the expiring Funding Period and (ii) any part of
the Euro-Rate Portion of the Term Loans for which such notice is not received
shall be renewed with a Funding Period of one month.

            2.08. Prepayments Generally; Refinancing Fee.

            (a) Prepayments Generally. Whenever the Borrower desires or is
required to prepay any part of its Loans, it shall provide Standard Notice to
the Agent setting forth the following information:

            (i) Whether such prepayment is to be applied to the Revolving Credit
      Loans or the Term Loans;

            (ii) The date, which shall be a Business Day, on which the proposed
      prepayment is to be made;

            (iii) The total principal amount of such prepayment, which shall be
      the sum of the principal amounts selected pursuant to clause (a)(iv) of
      this Section 2.08; and

            (iv) The principal amounts selected in accordance with Section
      2.06(d) hereof of the Base Rate Portion and each part of each Funding
      Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion to be prepaid.

Standard Notice having been so provided, on the date specified in such Standard
Notice, the principal amounts of the Base Rate Portion and each part of the
Euro-Rate Portion specified in such notice, together with interest on each such
principal amount to such date, shall be due and payable.

            (b) Refinancing Fee. In the event the Loans are prepaid in full
within 18 months of the Preliminary Acceptance Date with the proceeds of or in
connection with the incurrence of debt or the issuance by any Loan Party of debt
or equity securities, or both, the Borrower shall pay to each Lender a fee in
the amount of one-half percent of the sum of (i) such Lender's full Revolving
Credit Committed Amount in effect on such date and (ii) the previously
outstanding amount of the Term Loans made by such Lender prepaid on such date.

            2.09. Optional Prepayments. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at
its option from time to time to prepay its Loans in whole or part without
premium or penalty (subject, however, to Section 2.13(b) hereof):

            (i) At any time with respect to any part of the Base Rate Portion;
      or

            (ii) At the expiration of any Funding Period with respect to
      prepayment of the Euro-Rate Portion with respect to any part of the
      Funding Segment corresponding to such expiring Funding Period.

Any such prepayment shall be made in accordance with Section 2.08 hereof.

            (b) Optional prepayment, if made, shall be in integral multiples of
$1,000,000.

            (c) Optional prepayments of the Term Loans shall be applied as
follows:

            (i) First, to the next scheduled installment of principal due under
      the Term Loans.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>   40

            (ii) Second, to the remaining installments due under the Term Loans,
      on a pro rata basis among all the installments or, if the Borrower should
      so elect by written notice to Agent at the time of such prepayment, in the
      inverse order of their scheduled maturities.

            2.10. Mandatory Prepayments.

            (a) Borrowing Base. If on any date any Borrowing Base Certificate is
required to be furnished pursuant to Section 2.16(e) hereof the aggregate
principal amount of the Total Revolving Credit Exposures of the Revolving Credit
Lenders exceeds the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall prepay (on the prepayment
date described in the last sentence of this paragraph) a principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans (and, to the extent of undrawn Letters of Credit, provide
cash collateral therefor in accordance with the terms hereof) in an aggregate
amount not less than the amount of such excess. The provision of cash collateral
in accordance with Section 2.25 hereof for Letters of Credit issued under this
Agreement shall be equivalent to the making of a prepayment under this Section
2.10(a). Concurrently with the delivery of any Borrowing Base Certificate which
shows such an excess, the Borrower shall give notice to the Agent of such
prepayment in accordance with Section 2.08 hereof, which notice shall specify a
prepayment date no later than three Business Days after the date of delivery of
such Borrowing Base Certificate.

            (b) Asset Sales. The Borrower shall prepay a principal amount of the
Loans from time to time in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds upon the
sale or other disposition, if any, of assets as to which sale or disposition the
consent of the Required Lenders is required to be, and has been, obtained (it
being understood that sales or other dispositions of assets permitted by Section
6.10(a) shall not require such prepayment and that sales or dispositions of
assets referred to in 6.10(b) from which the Net Cash Proceeds are deposited in
the Debt Service Reserve Account pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.17
hereof or are used to purchase replacement assets shall not require such
prepayment).

            (c) Debt Issuances. The Borrower shall prepay a principal amount of
the Loans in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds upon the issuance of any
indebtedness which is not permitted by the terms of Section 6.03 but is issued
pursuant to a waiver granted by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.03 hereof. Said principal amount shall
be paid on the date of receipt by any Loan Party of such Net Cash Proceeds.

            (d) Equity Issuances. The Borrower shall prepay a principal amount
of the Loans in an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds upon the issuance of
equity securities of any Loan Party (other than the equity securities described
in Schedule 3.15 hereto), payable on the date of receipt by any Loan Party of
such Net Cash Proceeds.

            (e) Insurance Proceeds and Condemnation Awards. The Borrower shall
prepay a principal amount of the Loans from time to time in an amount not less
than the amount of Net Proceeds (as defined Section 2.06 of the Mortgage) of
casualty insurance or of any condemnation award not (i) used for the payment of
costs of restoring improvements and equipment in accordance with such Section
2.06 or (ii) deposited in the Debt Service Reserve Account as set forth in
Section 5.17 hereof. Such prepayment shall be made on the earliest date on which
it shall have been determined that the Borrower will not, or is not entitled
under such Section 2.06 to, apply such proceeds to such restoration.

            (f) Applicability of Certain Provisions. Prepayments required by
this Section 2.10 are subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to
prepayments generally pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.13(b) hereof
and to all of the terms and conditions applicable to optional prepayments
pursuant to Section 2.09 hereof, except that Sections 2.08(a)(iv) and 2.09(b)
hereof shall not apply to such prepayments to the extent necessary to comply
with this Section 2.10. If the Borrower is required to give notice of a
prepayment but for any reason fails to give a notice in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, the amount as to which the Borrower is required to
have given notice of prepayment shall nevertheless be deemed due and payable as
of the date required to have been prepaid 


                                      -30-
<PAGE>   41

(for purposes of calculating interest on such amounts pursuant to Section
2.12(c) hereof and otherwise).

            (h) Application of Prepayments. Prepayments required by subsections
(b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 2.10 shall be applied to the Term Loans in
the inverse order of their maturities.

            2.11. Interest Payment Dates. Interest on the Base Rate Portion
shall be due and payable in arrears on each Regular Payment Date. Interest on
each Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion shall be due and payable on the
last day of the corresponding Euro-Rate Funding Period and, if such Euro-Rate
Funding Period is longer than three months, also every third month during such
Funding Period. After maturity of any part of the Loans (by acceleration or
otherwise), interest on such part of the Loans shall be due and payable on
demand.

            2.12. Pro Rata Treatment; Payments Generally; Interest on Overdue
Amounts.

            (a) Pro Rata Treatment.

            (i) Revolving Credit Loans. Each borrowing and conversion and
      renewal of interest rate Options hereunder shall be made, and all payments
      made in respect of principal, interest, Revolving Credit Commitment Fees,
      and Letter of Credit Fees due from the Borrower hereunder or under the
      Revolving Notes shall be applied, Pro Rata from and to each Revolving
      Credit Lender, except for payments of interest involving an Affected
      Lender as provided in Section 2.06(e) hereof and payments to a Lender
      subject to a withholding deduction under Section 2.14(c) hereof. The
      failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make a Revolving Credit Loan (or
      the failure of any other Lender to make any other Loan) shall not relieve
      any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder, but
      neither the Agent nor any other Lender shall be responsible for the
      failure of any other Lender to make a Revolving Credit Loan.

            (ii) Term Loans. Each borrowing and conversion and renewal of
      interest rate Options hereunder shall be made, and all payments made in
      respect of principal, interest, Term Loan Commitment Fees due from the
      Borrower hereunder or under the Notes in respect of Term Loans shall be
      applied, Pro Rata from and to each Term Lender, except for payments of
      interest involving an Affected Lender as provided in Section 2.06(e)
      hereof and payments to a Lender subject to a withholding deduction under
      Section 2.14(c) hereof. The failure of any Term Loan Lender to make a Term
      Loan (or the failure of any other Lender to make any other Loan) shall not
      relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder, but neither
      the Agent nor any other Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
      other Lender to make a Term Loan.

            (b) Payments Generally. All payments and prepayments to be made by
any Loan Party in respect of principal, interest, fees, indemnity, expenses or
other amounts due from any Loan Party hereunder or under any Loan Document shall
be payable in Dollars at 12:00 o'clock Noon, Pittsburgh time, on the day when
due without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue,
without setoff, counterclaim, withholding or other deduction of any kind or
nature, except for payments to a Lender subject to a withholding deduction under
Section 2.14(f) hereof. Except for payments under Sections 2.13, 2.22 and 9.06
hereof, such payments shall be made to the Agent at its Office in Dollars in
funds immediately available at such Office, and payments under Sections 2.13,
2.22 and 9.06 hereof shall be made to the applicable Lender or Issuing Bank at
such domestic account as it shall specify to the Borrower from time to time in
funds immediately available at such account. Any payment or prepayment received
by the Agent or such Lender or Issuing Bank after 12:00 o'clock Noon, Pittsburgh
time, on any day shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding
Business Day. The Agent shall distribute to the Lenders all such payments
received by it from any Loan Party as promptly as practicable after receipt by
the Agent, but in any event by 2:00 o'clock P.M., Pittsburgh time, if received
by 12:00 o'clock Noon, Pittsburgh time.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>   42

            (c) Interest on Overdue Amounts. To the extent permitted by law,
after there shall have become due (by acceleration or otherwise) principal,
interest, fees, indemnity, expenses or any other amounts due from any Loan Party
hereunder or under any other Loan Document, such amounts shall bear interest for
each day until paid (before and after judgment), payable on demand, at a rate
per annum (in each case based on a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed)
which for each day shall be equal to the following:

            (i) In the case of any part of the Euro-Rate Portion of any Loans,
      (A) until the end of the applicable then-current Funding Period at a rate
      per annum 2% above the rate otherwise applicable to such part, and (B)
      thereafter in accordance with the following clause (ii); and

            (ii) In the case of any other amount due from any Loan Party
      hereunder or under any Loan Document, 2% above the then-current Base Rate
      Option applicable to Revolving Loans.

To the extent permitted by law, interest accrued on any amount which has become
due hereunder or under any Loan Document shall compound on a day-by-day basis,
and hence shall be added daily to the overdue amount to which such interest
relates.

            2.13. Additional Compensation in Certain Circumstances.

            (a) Increased Costs or Reduced Return Resulting From Taxes,
Reserves, Capital Adequacy Requirements, Expenses, Etc. If any Law or guideline
or interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged
with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance with any request
or directive of any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of
law) now existing or hereafter adopted:

            (i) subjects any Lender or any Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office to
      any tax or changes the basis of taxation with respect to this Agreement,
      the Notes, the Loans or payments by any Loan Party of principal, interest,
      commitment fee or other amounts due from the Borrower hereunder or under
      the Notes (except for taxes on the overall net income or overall gross
      receipts of such Lender or such Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office imposed
      by the jurisdictions (federal, state and local) in which the Lender's
      principal office or Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office is located),

            (ii) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special
      deposit or similar requirement against credits or commitments to extend
      credit extended by, assets (funded or contingent) of, deposits with or for
      the account of, other acquisitions of funds by, such Lender or any
      Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office (other than requirements expressly
      included herein in the determination of the Euro-Rate hereunder),

            (iii) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any capital adequacy or
      similar requirement (A) against assets (funded or contingent) of, or
      credits or commitments to extend credit extended by, any Lender or any
      Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office, or (B) otherwise applicable to the
      obligations of any Lender or any Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office under
      this Agreement, or

            (iv) imposes upon any Lender or any Notional Euro-Rate Funding
      Office any other condition or expense with respect to this Agreement, the
      Notes or its making, maintenance or funding of any Loan or any security
      therefor,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to, reduce the
income receivable by, or impose any expense (including loss of margin) upon any
Lender, any Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office 


                                      -32-
<PAGE>   43

or, in the case of clause (iii) hereof, any Person controlling a Lender, with
respect to this Agreement, the Notes or the making, maintenance or funding of
any Loan (or, in the case of any capital adequacy or similar requirement, to
have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender's or controlling
Person's capital, taking into consideration such Lender's or controlling
Person's policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount which such
Lender deems to be material (such Lender being deemed for this purpose to have
made, maintained or funded each Funding Segment of the Euro-Rate Portion from a
Corresponding Source of Funds), such Lender may from time to time notify the
Borrower of the amount determined in good faith (using any averaging and
attribution methods) by such Lender (which determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error) to be necessary to compensate such Lender or such
Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office for such increase, reduction or imposition.
Such amount shall be due and payable by the Borrower to such Lender fifteen
Business Days after such notice is given, together with an amount equal to
interest on such amount from the date two Business Days after the date demanded
until such due date at the Base Rate Option applicable to Term Loans. A
certificate by such Lender as to the amount due and payable under this Section
2.13(a) from time to time and the method of calculating such amount shall be
conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender agrees that it will use good faith
efforts to notify the Borrower of the occurrence of any event that would give
rise to a payment under this Section 2.13(a); provided, however, that any
failure of such Lender to give any such notice shall have no effect on any Loan
Party's obligations hereunder.

            (b) Funding Breakage. In addition to all other amounts payable
hereunder, if and to the extent for any reason any part of any Funding Segment
of any Euro-Rate Portion of the Loans becomes due (by acceleration or
otherwise), or is paid, prepaid or converted to another interest rate Option
(whether or not such payment, prepayment or conversion is mandatory or automatic
and whether or not such payment or prepayment is then due), on a day other than
the last day of the corresponding Funding Period (the date such amount so
becomes due, or is so paid, prepaid or converted, being referred to as the
"Funding Breakage Date"), the Borrower shall pay each Lender an amount ("Funding
Breakage Indemnity") determined by such Lender as follows:

            (i) first, calculate the following amount: (A) the principal amount
      of such Funding Segment of the Loans owing to such Lender which so became
      due, or which was so paid, prepaid or converted, times (B) the greater of
      (x) zero or (y) the rate of interest applicable to such principal amount
      on the Funding Breakage Date minus the Treasury Rate as of the Funding
      Breakage Date, times (C) the number of days from and including the Funding
      Breakage Date to but not including the last day of such Funding Period,
      times (D) 1/360;

            (ii) the Funding Breakage Indemnity to be paid by the Borrower to
      such Lender shall be the amount equal to the present value as of the
      Funding Breakage Date (discounted at the Treasury Rate as of such Funding
      Breakage Date, and calculated on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days,
      as the case may be, and actual days elapsed) of the amount described in
      the preceding clause (i) (which amount described in the preceding clause
      (i) is assumed for purposes of such present value calculation to be
      payable on the last day of the corresponding Funding Period).

Such Funding Breakage Indemnity shall be due and payable on demand, and each
Lender shall, upon making such demand, notify the Agent of the amount so
demanded. In addition, the Borrower shall, on the due date for payment of any
Funding Breakage Indemnity, pay to such Lender an additional amount equal to
interest on such Funding Breakage Indemnity from the Funding Breakage Date to
but not including such due date at the Base Rate Option (calculated on the basis
of a year of 365 days and actual days elapsed). The amount payable to each
Lender under this Section 2.13(b) shall be determined in good faith by such
Lender, and such determination shall be conclusive.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>   44

            2.14 Taxes.

            (a) Payments Net of Taxes. All payments made by any Loan Party under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and
without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts,
deductions, charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto,
excluding (x) in the case of each Lender and the Agent, net income taxes (but
not withholding taxes imposed on gross interest income) imposed on such Lender
or the Agent (as the case may be) by the United States, and net income taxes and
franchise taxes imposed on such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) by the
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Agent (as the case may
be) is organized or by any political subdivision thereof, and (y) in the case of
each Lender, net income taxes and franchise taxes imposed on such Lender by the
jurisdiction in which is located the Lender's lending office which makes or
books a particular extension of credit hereunder or any political subdivision
thereof (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deduction, charges,
withholdings and liabilities being referred to as "Taxes"). If any Loan Party
shall be required by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum
payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender or the
Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after
making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional
sums payable under this Section 2.14) such Lender or the Agent (as the case may
be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such
deductions been made, (ii) such Loan Party shall make such deductions, and (iii)
such Loan Party shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation
authority or other authority in accordance with applicable law.

            (b) Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any present
or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes,
charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or registration of,
or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

            (c) Indemnity. The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and the Agent
for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any
Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this
Section 2.14) paid by such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) and any
liability (including, without limitation, penalties, interest and expenses)
arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other
Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be made
within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Agent (as the case may be) makes
written demand therefor.

            (d) Receipts, etc. Within 45 days after the date of any payment of
Taxes or Other Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof.

            (e) Other. Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement
of the Borrower hereunder, the obligations of the Borrower contained in this
Section 2.14 shall survive the payment in full of all other obligations of the
Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, termination of all
commitments to extend credit under, and all letters of credit issued under, the
Loan Documents, and all other events and circumstances whatever. Nothing in this
Section 2.14 or otherwise in this Agreement shall require the Agent or any
Lender to disclose to the Borrower any of its tax returns (or any other
information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary).


                                      -34-
<PAGE>   45

            (f) Withholding Tax Exemption.

            (i) Each Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside
      the United States shall, on the date such Lender becomes party to this
      Agreement, and from time to time thereafter if requested in writing by the
      Borrower or the Agent, provide the Agent and the Borrower with the forms
      prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service certifying as to
      such Lender's status for purposes of determining exemption from, or
      reduced rate applicable to, United States withholding taxes with respect
      to payments to be made to such Lender under this Agreement and the other
      Loan Documents; provided, that a Lender shall not be obligated to provide
      any such form after the date such Lender becomes party to this Agreement
      if such Lender is not legally able to do so.

            (ii) The Borrower shall not be required to indemnify any Lender, or
      to pay any additional amounts to any Lender, in respect of United States
      withholding taxes (or any withholding tax imposed by a state of the United
      States that applies only when such United States withholding tax is
      imposed), pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) or 2.14(c), to the extent that: (A)
      the obligation to withhold amounts with respect to United States
      withholding tax existed on the date such Lender became a party to this
      Agreement; provided, that this clause (A) shall not apply to a Lender that
      became a Lender as a result of an assignment made or other action taken at
      the request of the Borrower, or (B) the obligation to make such
      indemnification or to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen
      but for a failure of such Lender to comply with the provisions of Section
      2.14(f)(i).

            (iii) If the Borrower is required under Section 2.14(a) or 2.14(c)
      to indemnify any Lender organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside
      the United States, or to pay additional amounts to any such Lender, in
      respect of United States withholding taxes (or any withholding tax imposed
      by a state of the United States that applies only when such United States
      withholding tax is imposed), and such Lender (herein the "Tax Affected
      Lender") does not waive the requirement for such indemnification or
      payment after request by the Borrower that it do so, then, if the Borrower
      finds a financial institution which offers in writing to purchase all such
      Tax Affected Lender's outstanding Notes and Commitments, in accordance
      with Section 9.14(c), at a price equal to the full outstanding principal
      amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees to the
      date of purchase and all other amounts accrued or payable to such Tax
      Affected Lender to the date of purchase (including but not limited to
      funding breakage under Section 2.13(b) to the extent such date of purchase
      falls within a Euro-Rate Funding Period), such Tax Affected Lender will
      accept such offer. Nothing in this Section 2.14(f) shall limit the rights
      of the Agent and the Issuing Bank under Section 9.14(c) or shall require a
      Lender which is also the Agent or the Issuing Bank to accept any such
      offer.


                                      -35-
<PAGE>   46

            2.15. Funding by Branch, Subsidiary or Affiliate.

            (a) Notional Funding. Each Lender shall have the right from time to
time, prospectively or retrospectively, without notice to the Borrower, to deem
any branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender to have made, maintained or
funded any part of the Euro-Rate Portion at any time. Any branch, subsidiary or
affiliate so deemed shall be known as a "Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office."
Such Lender shall deem any part of the Euro-Rate Portion of the Loans or the
funding therefor to have been transferred to a different Notional Euro-Rate
Funding Office if such transfer would avoid or cure an event or condition
described in Section 2.06(e)(ii) hereof or would lessen compensation payable by
the Borrower under Section 2.13(a) hereof, and if such Lender determines in its
sole discretion that such transfer would be practicable and would not have a
material adverse effect on such part of the Loans, such Lender or any Notional
Euro-Rate Funding Office (it being assumed for purposes of such determination
that each part of the Euro-Rate Portion is actually made or maintained by or
funded through the corresponding Notional Euro-Rate Funding Office). Notional
Euro-Rate Funding Offices may be selected by such Lender without regard to such
Lender's actual methods of making, maintaining or funding Loans or any sources
of funding actually used by or available to such Lender.

            (b) Actual Funding. Each Lender shall have the right from time to
time to make or maintain any part of the Euro-Rate Portion by arranging for a
branch, subsidiary or affiliate of such Lender to make or maintain such part of
the Euro-Rate Portion. Such Lender shall have the right to (i) hold any
applicable Note payable to its order for the benefit and account of such branch,
subsidiary or affiliate or (ii) request the Borrower to issue one or more
promissory notes in the principal amount of such Euro-Rate Portion, in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as the case
may be, with the blanks appropriately filled, payable to such branch, subsidiary
or affiliate and with appropriate changes reflecting that the holder thereof is
not obligated to make any additional Loans to the Borrower. The Borrower agrees
to comply promptly with any request under subsection (ii) of this Section
2.15(b). If any Lender causes a branch, subsidiary or affiliate to make or
maintain any part of the Euro-Rate Portion hereunder, all terms and conditions
of this Agreement shall, except where the context clearly requires otherwise, be
applicable to such part of the Euro-Rate Portion and to any note payable to the
order of such branch, subsidiary or affiliate to the same extent as if such part
of the Euro-Rate Portion were made or maintained and such note were a Revolving
Credit Note or Term Loan Note, as the case may be, payable to such Lender's
order.

            2.16. Borrowing Base.

            (a) Borrowing Base. The "Borrowing Base" at any time shall mean the
sum, at the date of the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate required to be
furnished pursuant to Section 2.16(e) hereof, of

                  (i) 95% of the net value of Eligible Receivables; plus

                  (ii) the sum of 65% of the net value of Raw Materials, plus
30% of the net value of Spares, in each case which are owned by the Borrower and
which meet each of the requirements for Eligible Inventory set forth in Section
2.16(d) hereof and in the case of Commercial Grade Finished Goods and Other
Finished Goods are held for sale by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its
business; provided that, after the Final Acceptance Date, the sum calculated
under this subsection (a)(ii) shall not constitute more than one-half of the
Borrowing Base.

            (b) Eligible Receivables. "Eligible Receivable" at any time shall
mean all rights to payments due and to become due to the Borrower from SDI (each
such right, a "Receivable") which meet each of the following requirements at
such time:

                  (i) The Borrower has good title to such Receivable, free and
clear of any Lien, except for the Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of
the Lenders and the Agent securing the 


                                      -36-
<PAGE>   47

Obligations, and such Receivable is subject to such a valid and perfected Lien
in favor of the Agent;

                  (ii) Such Receivable constitutes an "account" as defined in
the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Indiana (and,
accordingly, without limitation, is not evidenced by any promissory note or
other instrument);

                  (iii) Such Receivable arises from the sale of goods or
rendering of services performed by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its
business. Such transaction was effected pursuant to the Borrower's ordinary and
customary policies, practices and procedures, including but not limited to
credit policies;

                  (iv) Such Receivable is collectible, is not disputed, and
represents an unconditional payment obligation in favor of the Borrower. All
services in connection with such Receivable have been rendered and all
merchandise sold in connection with such Receivable has been shipped (other than
merchandise with respect to Receivables not exceeding $7,000,000 in the
aggregate at any time, which merchandise is being temporarily held pending
shipment) and has not been subject to return, rejection, repossession, dispute,
offset, defense or counterclaim (including but not limited to any claim for
credits, allowances or adjustments). No contra account or other obligation,
contingent or otherwise, exists from the Borrower to such obligor;

                  (v) Such Receivable has been fully invoiced by the Borrower,
is payable by its terms in full in Dollars on ordinary trade terms, and in any
event is payable no later than 30 days after its original invoice date. The due
date of such Receivable has not been extended;

                  (vi) The related invoice has not remained unpaid for more than
35 days past its original invoice date;

                  (vii) Such Receivable shall not have arisen out of a contract
or agreement which by its terms purports to forbid or make void or unenforceable
any assignment thereof or Lien thereon;

                  (viii) No invoices (excluding amounts in dispute) of the
Borrower to the obligor on such Receivable remain unpaid 35 days past their
respective invoice dates.

                  (ix) SDI shall have waived in writing and to the satisfaction
of Agent any and all rights of setoff, defense or counterclaim that SDI might
have with respect to such payments.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Eligible Receivable" shall not include (A) any
Receivable with respect to which the account debtor's obligation to pay is
conditional upon such account debtor's approval or is otherwise subject to any
repurchase obligation or return right, as with sales made on a bill-and-hold
(except as permitted by clause (iv) above), guaranteed sale, sale-and-return,
sale on approval or consignment basis; (B) any Receivable with respect to which
the account debtor is domiciled or has its principal place of business or chief
executive office in Indiana, Minnesota, New Jersey or any other state denying
creditors access to its courts in the absence of a Notice of Business Activities
Report (which in Indiana, Minnesota and New Jersey are currently required by
Burns In. Stat. Ann. ss. 6-8.1-6-6, 1988 Minn. Sess. Law Serv. Sec. 41 (West)
and N.J. Stat. Ann. ss. 14A.13-18, respectively) or other similar filing, unless
a current Notice of Business Activities Report or similar filing has been made
with the applicable state agency (and a copy thereof provided to the Agent) or
unless an exemption from such requirement exists; or (C) any Receivable
generated by the sale of merchandise which is being held pending shipment in any
public warehouse or premises leased by the Borrower or any other premises not
owned by the Borrower, if the bailee, landlord or owner thereof has not
consented in writing to the existence and first priority of the Liens in favor
of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agent securing the
Obligations and the Agent's right to enter such warehouse or premises and take
possession of and remove such merchandise. Any Receivable which is at any time
an Eligible Receivable, but which subsequently fails to meet any of the
foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be an 


                                      -37-
<PAGE>   48

Eligible Receivable until such time as it once again meets all of the foregoing
requirements.

The "Net Value" of an Eligible Receivable shall be its face amount, net of any
discount for prompt payment (and net of any other amount representing payment of
finance charges, late charges, or interest (however denominated)), and net of
any portion thereof which constitutes payment of sales, use or other taxes.

            (c) Certain Adjustments and Exclusions. The Agent, upon the
direction of the Required Lenders, from time to time may adjust the percentages
or dollar amounts set forth in Section 2.16(a) or exclude any otherwise Eligible
Receivables from the class of Eligible Receivables, in each case based on
reasonable determinations as to the creditworthiness of the obligor, as to the
aggregate amount of receivables owing by such obligor and its affiliates, or as
to such other and further eligibility standards as the Required Lenders may
reasonably elect to impose from time to time; provided, however, that neither
the percentages nor the dollar amounts set forth in Section 2.16(a) may be
increased without the written consent of all the Revolving Credit Lenders. The
Agent shall give notice to the Borrower of the terms of any such adjustment or
exclusion at least thirty days prior to the effective date thereof. Except as
otherwise expressly stated in such notice, all such exclusions shall be
continuing and cumulative, and an exclusion as to any obligor shall apply in the
aggregate to all receivables of such obligor and its affiliates. The Borrower
shall, not later than one Business Day after the Agent effects any such
exclusion, deliver to the Agent a revised Borrowing Base Certificate reflecting
the Borrowing Base as redetermined in accordance with such exclusion. The making
of a Revolving Credit Loan in reliance on a Borrowing Base Certificate shall not
affect the Lenders' right later to exclude any receivables in accordance with
this Section 2.16(c). No Eligible Receivable excluded under this Section 2.16(c)
shall be included by the Borrower in any later Borrowing Base Certificate
without written permission by the Agent.

            (d) Eligible Inventory. "Eligible Inventory" shall mean at any time
(i) Raw Materials and (ii) Spares, in each case owned by the Borrower and held
for use by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business which meet each
of the following requirements at such time:

                  (i) The Borrower has good title to such Inventory, free and
clear of any Lien, except for the Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of
the Lenders and the Agent securing the Obligations, and such Inventory and
proceeds thereof is subject to such a valid and perfected Lien in favor of the
Agent;

                  (ii) Such Inventory is in good and merchantable condition, is
readily salable or usable by the Borrower in the ordinary course of its business
and has not been held by the Borrower for more than 180 days except for Raw
Materials and Spares;

                  (iii) Such Inventory is located in the United States or Canada
and is in the possession of the Borrower; and

                  (iv) Such Inventory conforms to such other eligibility
standards as the Required Lenders reasonably may impose from time to time by
notice to the Borrower of such eligibility standards at least thirty days prior
to the effective date thereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Inventory shall constitute Eligible Inventory
(A) if, at the request of the Borrower, the Lenders release their security
interest therein, (B) if it is produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards
Act and subject to the so-called "hot goods" provision contained in Title 219,
ss.215(a)(1) of the United States Code, (C) if it is finished goods held for
consumption by the Borrower and not for sale in the ordinary course of business,
or (D) if it is located in any public warehouse or premises leased by the
Borrower, or any other premises not owned by the Borrower, where the bailee,
landlord or owner thereof has not consented in writing to the existence and
first priority of the Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders
and the Agent securing the Obligations and the Agent's 


                                      -38-
<PAGE>   49

right to enter such warehouse or premises and take possession of and remove such
Inventory. Any Inventory which is at any time Eligible Inventory, but which
subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith
cease to be Eligible Inventory until such time as it once again meets all of the
foregoing requirements.

The "Net Value" of Eligible Inventory shall be the Borrower's book value of such
Eligible Inventory at lower of cost or market, net of all reserves against such
Eligible Inventory required by GAAP, with "cost" calculated on a first-in,
first-out basis, all determined in accordance with GAAP.

            (e) Borrowing Base Certificates. On the date of the initial
Revolving Credit Loan made hereunder and from time to time thereafter as
specified herein, including without limitation during the period of amortization
described in Section 2.01(d) hereof, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent a
certificate ("Borrowing Base Certificate") substantially in the form of Exhibit
D hereto, appropriately completed, signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower and setting forth the Borrowing Base and the other information required
therein. Borrowing Base Certificates shall be delivered to the Agent:

            (i) on the first Business Day of each month after the date of the
      initial Revolving Credit Loan made hereunder;

            (ii) as required by Section 2.16(c) hereof; and

            (iii) not later than two Business Days after the reasonable request
      therefor by the Agent or the Required Lenders from time to time.

To the extent the Borrower is required to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate
on a particular day (A) the Eligible Receivables reflected on such Borrowing
Base Certificate and the Net Value applicable thereto shall be determined as of
a day (which shall be specified in the Borrowing Base Certificate) not earlier
than the Business Day before the day the Borrower is required to deliver such
Borrowing Base Certificate, and (B) the Eligible Inventory reflected on such
Borrowing Base Certificate and the Net Value applicable thereto shall be
determined as of a day (which shall be specified in the Borrowing Base
Certificate) not earlier than the Business Day before the day the Borrower is
required to deliver such Borrowing Base Certificate, provided, however, that
such date of determination may be a day not earlier than 40 days before the day
the Borrower is required to deliver such Borrowing Base Certificate, if the
Borrowing Base Certificate includes certification that there has been no
material decrease in the Net Value of Eligible Inventory since such specified
date. The Borrowing Base set forth in any such Borrowing Base Certificate shall
be effective until delivery of a subsequent Borrowing Base Certificate.

            (f) Any failure to comply with the requirements of Section 2.10 with
respect to a principal amount of Loans not exceeding the lesser of $1,500,000
and an amount equal to 15% of the Borrowing Base for a period not longer than
five Business Days shall be deemed to have been waived by the Lenders if the
Agent, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, determines such
waiver to be appropriate.


                                      -39-
<PAGE>   50

            2.17. The Letter of Credit Subfacility.

            (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
and relying upon the representations and warranties herein set forth and upon
the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in Sections 2.19 and
2.20 hereof, the Issuing Bank agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account
of the Borrower at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date;
provided, however, that (i) the Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue
any Letter of Credit if the aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure upon such
issuance would exceed $10,000,000 at any time after the Preliminary Acceptance
Date or would exceed $8,000,000 at any time after February 28, 1998 and prior to
the Preliminary Acceptance Date or would exceed $1,500,000 after the date hereof
and on or prior to February 28, 1998, and (ii) the Issuing Bank shall have no
obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if the aggregate Total Revolving Credit
Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders upon such issuance would exceed the
least of (x) the aggregate Revolving Credit Committed Amounts of the Revolving
Credit Lenders at such time, (y) the Borrowing Base at such time and (z) from
February 28, 1998 until the Preliminary Acceptance Date but not thereafter
$8,000,000 or from the Closing Date until February 28, 1998, $1,500,000. The
issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be equivalent to the making of a Revolving
Credit Loan in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

            (b) Terms of Letters of Credit. The Borrower shall not request any
Letter of Credit to be issued except within the following limitations: (i) each
Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date no later than the earlier of (A)
12 months after the date of issuance thereof and (B) the date which is 60 days
prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) shall be denominated in
Dollars and (iii) shall be payable only against sight drafts (and not time
drafts).

            (c) Letters of Credit Satisfactory to Issuing Bank. Each Letter of
Credit shall be satisfactory in form, substance and beneficiary to the Issuing
Bank in its discretion. Each Standby Letter of Credit shall be used by the
Borrower as a standby letter of credit to provide credit enhancement for
workers' compensation obligations, contract performance guarantees, and like
bonding requirements, all in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower.
The provisions of this Section 2.17(c) represent only an obligation of the
Borrower to the Issuing Bank and the Revolving Credit Lenders; the Issuing Bank
shall have no obligation to the Revolving Credit Lenders to ascertain the
purpose of any Letter of Credit, and the rights and obligations of the Revolving
Credit Lenders and the Issuing Bank among themselves shall not be impaired or
affected by a breach of this Section 2.17(c).

            (d) Letter of Credit Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for
the account of each Revolving Credit Lender a fee (the "Letter of Credit Fee")
equal to 0.50% per annum for Trade Letters of Credit and the Applicable Margin
per annum over the Euro-Rate Option as set forth in Section 2.06(b) hereof and
in effect from time to time during the applicable period, for Standby Letters of
Credit (in each case based on a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and
actual days elapsed), for each Letter of Credit for each day from and including
the date of issuance thereof to and including the date of expiration or
termination thereof, on the Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability on such day.
Such Letter of Credit Fee shall be due and payable for the preceding period for
which such fee has not been paid on each of the following dates: (i) each
Regular Payment Date, (ii) the date of each drawing on such Letter of Credit,
and (iii) the date of expiration or termination of such Letter of Credit.

            (e) Facing Fee; Administration Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the
Agent, for the sole account of the Issuing Bank, for each Letter of Credit, on
the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, a fee (the "Letter of Credit
Facing Fee") equal to (i) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, 0.25% of
the stated amount of such Standby Letter of Credit and (ii) in the case of a
Trade Letter of Credit, .125% of the stated amount of such Trade Letter of
Credit. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for the sole account
of the Issuing Bank, such other administration, maintenance, amendment, drawing
and negotiation fees as may be customarily charged by the Issuing Bank from time
to time in connection with letters of credit.


                                      -40-
<PAGE>   51

            2.18. Procedure for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit.

            (a) Request for Issuance. The Borrower may from time to time
request, upon at least three Business Days' notice, the Issuing Bank to issue a
Letter of Credit by:

            (i) delivering to the Issuing Bank and the Agent a written request
      to such effect, specifying the date on which such Letter of Credit is to
      be issued, the expiration date thereof, and the stated amount thereof, and

            (ii) delivering to the Issuing Bank an application, in such form as
      may from time to time be approved by the Issuing Bank (the "Letter of
      Credit Application"), completed to the satisfaction of the Issuing Bank,
      together with such other certificates, documents and other papers and
      information as the Issuing Bank may request.

Upon issuing each such Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify
the Agent (by telephone or otherwise), and furnish the Agent with the proposed
form of Letter of Credit to be issued. The Agent shall, promptly upon receiving
such notice, notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of such proposed Letter of
Credit (which notice shall specify the stated amount and term of such proposed
Letter of Credit), and shall determine, as of the close of business on the
Business Day before such proposed issuance, whether such proposed Letter of
Credit complies with the limitations set forth in Sections 2.17(a) and 2.17(b)
hereof. Unless such limitations are not satisfied, or unless the Required
Lenders have given notice to the Agent to cease issuing Letters of Credit
pursuant to Section 2.18(c)(ii) hereof, the Agent shall notify the Issuing Bank
(in writing or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing) that the Issuing Bank
is authorized to issue such Letter of Credit. If the Issuing Bank issues a
Letter of Credit, it shall deliver the original of such Letter of Credit to the
beneficiary thereof or as the Borrower shall otherwise direct, and shall
promptly notify the Agent thereof and furnish a copy thereof to the Agent.

            (b) Request for Extension or Increase. The Borrower may from time to
time request the Issuing Bank to extend the expiration date of an outstanding
Letter of Credit or increase the Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability of such
Letter of Credit. Such extension or increase shall for all purposes hereunder be
treated as though the Borrower had requested issuance of a replacement Letter of
Credit (except only that the Issuing Bank may, if it elects, issue a notice of
extension or increase in lieu of issuing a new Letter of Credit in substitution
for the outstanding Letter of Credit).

            (c) Limitations on Issuance, Extension and Amendment.

            (i) As between the Issuing Bank, on the one hand, and the Agent and
      the Lenders, on the other hand, the Issuing Bank shall be justified and
      fully protected in issuing such Letter of Credit after receiving
      authorization from the Agent as provided in Section 2.18(a) hereof,
      notwithstanding any subsequent notices to the Issuing Bank, any knowledge
      of an Event of Default (unless the Issuing Bank shall have received a
      notice specifying that such Event of Default is an "Event of Default"
      under this Agreement) or Potential Default, any knowledge of failure of
      any condition specified in Section 4.03 hereof to be satisfied, any other
      knowledge of the Issuing Bank, or any other event, condition or
      circumstance whatever. The Issuing Bank may amend, modify or supplement
      Letters of Credit or Letter of Credit Applications, or waive compliance to
      any condition of issuance or payment, without the consent of, and without
      liability to, the Agent or any Lender, provided that any such amendment,
      modification or supplement that extends the expiration date or increases
      the Letter of Credit Undrawn Availability of an outstanding Letter of
      Credit shall be subject to Sections 2.17(a) and (b) hereof.

            (ii) As between the Agent, on the one hand, and the Lenders, on the
      other hand, the Agent shall not authorize issuance of any Letter of Credit
      if the Agent shall have received, at least two Business Days before
      authorizing such issuance, from the Required Lenders an unrevoked written
      notice that any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.03 will not be


                                      -41-
<PAGE>   52

      satisfied and expressly requesting that the Agent direct the Issuing Bank
      to cease to issue Letters of Credit. Absent such notice, or unless the
      Agent determines that the applicable limitations set forth in Sections
      2.17(a) and 2.17(b) hereof are not satisfied, the Agent shall be justified
      and fully protected, as against the Lenders, in authorizing the Issuing
      Bank to issue such Letter of Credit, notwithstanding any subsequent
      notices to the Agent, any knowledge of an Event of Default or Potential
      Default, any knowledge of failure of any condition specified in Section
      4.03 hereof to be satisfied, any other knowledge of the Agent, or any
      other event, condition or circumstance whatever.

            2.19. Letter of Credit Participating Interests.

            (a) Generally. Concurrently with the issuance of each Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Bank automatically shall be deemed, irrevocably and
unconditionally, to have sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to each other
Revolving Credit Lender, and each other Revolving Credit Lender automatically
shall be deemed, irrevocably and unconditionally, severally to have purchased,
acquired, accepted and assumed from the Issuing Bank, without recourse to, or
representation or warranty by, the Issuing Bank, an undivided interest, in a
proportion equal to such Revolving Credit Lender's Pro Rata share, in all of the
Issuing Bank's rights and obligations in, to or under such Letter of Credit, the
related Letter of Credit Application, the Letter of Credit Reimbursement
Obligations, and all collateral, guarantees and other rights from time to time
directly or indirectly securing the foregoing (such interest of each Revolving
Credit Lender being referred to herein as a "Letter of Credit Participating
Interest"). Amounts other than Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligations and
Letter of Credit Fees payable from time to time under or in connection with a
Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application shall be for the sole account
of the Issuing Bank. On the date that any Purchasing Lender becomes a party to
this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.14 hereof, Letter of Credit
Participating Interests in any outstanding Letters of Credit held by the
Revolving Credit Lender from which such Purchasing Lender acquired its interest
hereunder shall be proportionately reallotted between such Purchasing Lender and
such transferor Revolving Credit Lender (and, to the extent such transferor
Revolving Credit Lender is the Issuing Bank, the Purchasing Lender shall be
deemed to have acquired a Letter of Credit Participating Interest from such
transferor Revolving Credit Lender to such extent).

            (b) Obligations Absolute. Notwithstanding any other provision
hereof, each Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees that its obligation to
participate in each Letter of Credit issued in accordance herewith, its
obligation to make the payments specified in Section 2.20 hereof, and the right
of the Issuing Bank to receive such payments in the manner specified therein,
are each absolute, irrevocable and unconditional and shall not be affected by
any event, condition or circumstance whatever. The failure of any Revolving
Credit Lender to make any such payment shall not relieve any other Revolving
Credit Lender of its funding obligation hereunder on the date due, but no
Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other
Revolving Credit Lender to meet its funding obligations hereunder.

            2.20. Letter of Credit Drawings and Reimbursements.

            (a) Borrower's Reimbursement Obligation. The Borrower hereby agrees
to reimburse the Issuing Bank, by making payment to the Agent for the account of
the Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.12(b) hereof on the date of each
payment made by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, without notice,
protest or demand, all of which are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall
immediately accrue. To the extent such payment is not timely made, the Borrower
hereby agrees to pay to the Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, on
demand, interest on any Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draws for each day from
and including the date of such payment by the Issuing Bank until paid (before
and after judgment) in accordance with Section 2.12(c) hereof, at the rate per
annum set forth in Section 2.12(c)(ii) hereof.

            (b) Payment by Lenders on Account of Unreimbursed Draws. If the
Issuing Bank 


                                      -42-
<PAGE>   53

makes a payment under any Letter of Credit and is not reimbursed in full
therefor on such payment date in accordance with Section 2.20(a) hereof, the
Issuing Bank will promptly notify the Agent thereof (which notice may be by
telephone), and the Agent shall forthwith notify each Revolving Credit Lender
(which notice may be by telephone promptly confirmed in writing) thereof. No
later than the Agent's close of business on the date such notice is given, each
such Revolving Credit Lender will pay to the Agent, for the account of the
Issuing Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such Revolving
Credit Lender's Pro Rata share of the unreimbursed portion of such payment by
the Issuing Bank, provided such notice is given no later than 2:00 o'clock P.M.,
Pittsburgh time. If and to the extent that any Revolving Credit Lender fails to
make such payment to the Issuing Bank on such date, such Revolving Credit Lender
shall pay such amount on demand, together with interest, for the Issuing Bank's
own account, for each day from and including the date of the Issuing Bank's
payment to and including the date of repayment to the Issuing Bank (before and
after judgment) at the rate per annum for each day from and including the date
of such payment by the Issuing Bank to and including the second Business Day
thereafter, as set forth in Section 8.14.

            (c) Distributions to Lenders. If, at any time, after there occurs a
Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draw and the Issuing Bank has received from any
Revolving Credit Lender such Revolving Credit Lender's share of such Letter of
Credit Unreimbursed Draw, and the Issuing Bank receives any payment or makes any
application of funds on account of the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation
arising from such Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draw, the Issuing Bank will pay
to the Agent, for the account of such Revolving Credit Lender, such Revolving
Credit Lender's Pro Rata share of such payment.

            (d) Rescission. If any amount received by the Issuing Bank on
account of any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation shall be avoided,
rescinded or otherwise returned or paid over by the Issuing Bank for any reason
at any time, whether before or after the termination of this Agreement (or the
Issuing Bank believes in good faith that such avoidance, rescission, return or
payment is required, whether or not such matter has been adjudicated), each such
Revolving Credit Lender will, promptly upon notice from the Agent or the Issuing
Bank, pay over to the Agent for the account of the Issuing Bank its Pro Rata
share of such amount, together with its Pro Rata share of any interest or
penalties payable with respect thereto.

            (e) Equalization. If any Revolving Credit Lender receives any
payment or makes any application on account of its Letter of Credit
Participating Interest, such Revolving Credit Lender shall forthwith pay over to
the Issuing Bank, in Dollars and in like kind of funds received or applied by it
the amount in excess of such Revolving Credit Lender's ratable share of the
amount so received or applied.

            2.21. Obligations Absolute. The payment obligations of the Borrower
and of the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.20 shall be unconditional
and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following
circumstances:

            (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any
      Letter of Credit or any other Loan Document;

            (b) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right
      which the Borrower or any other Person may have at any time against any
      beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom
      any such beneficiary or transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank, any
      Lender, or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement,
      the transactions contemplated hereby or any unrelated transaction;

            (c) any draft, certificate, statement or other document presented
      under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
      insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
      inaccurate in any respect;


                                      -43-
<PAGE>   54

            (d) payment by the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit against
      presentation of a draft or certificate which does not comply with the
      terms of such Letter of Credit, or payment by the Issuing Bank under the
      Letter of Credit in any other circumstances in which conditions to payment
      are not met, except any such wrongful payment resulting solely from the
      gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank; or

            (e) any other event, condition or circumstance whatever, whether or
      not similar to any of the foregoing.

The Borrower bears the risk of, and neither the Issuing Bank, any of its
directors, officers, employees or agents, nor any Lender, shall be liable or
responsible for any of, the foregoing matters, the use which may be made of any
Letter of Credit, or acts or omissions of the beneficiary or any transferee in
connection therewith, except for such person's gross negligence or willful
misconduct.

            2.22. Additional Compensation in Certain Circumstances. Without
limitation of any provision of Section 2.13(a) hereof, the Issuing Bank and each
Revolving Credit Lender shall be entitled to the benefit of Section 2.13(a)
hereof, and the Borrower shall pay additional compensation to the Issuing Bank
and each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such Section 2.13(a), in
respect of this Agreement, the Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit
Participating Interests, to the same extent and in the same manner as if the
word "Lender," in each place in which it occurs in such Section 2.13(a), were
replaced with "Lender or Issuing Bank," and the word "Loan," in each place in
which it occurs in such Section 2.13(a), were replaced with "Loan, Letter of
Credit or Letter of Credit Participating Interest."

            2.23. Further Assurances. The Borrower hereby agrees, from time to
time, to do and perform any and all acts and to execute any and all further
instruments reasonably requested by the Issuing Bank more fully to effect the
purposes of this Agreement and the issuance of the Letters of Credit hereunder.

            2.24. Letter of Credit Applications. The representations, warranties
and covenants by the Borrower under, and the rights and remedies of the Issuing
Bank under, the Letter of Credit Agreement and any Letter of Credit Application
relating to any Letter of Credit are in addition to, and not in limitation or
derogation of, representations, warranties and covenants by the Borrower under,
and rights and remedies of the Issuing Bank and the Lenders under, this
Agreement, the Loan Documents, and applicable Law. The Borrower acknowledges and
agrees that all rights of the Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit
Application shall inure to the benefit of each Revolving Credit Lender to the
extent of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage as fully as if such Lender
was a party to such Letter of Credit Application. In the event of any
inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any Letter of Credit
Application, this Agreement shall prevail.


                                      -44-
<PAGE>   55

            2.25. Cash Collateral for Letters of Credit.

            (a) Cash Collateral for Letter of Credit Exposure in Certain
Circumstances. To the extent that this Agreement or any other Loan Document
requires a payment or prepayment to be made with respect to the Revolving Credit
Loans, such provision shall be construed as follows: after payment in full of
the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, then, to the extent of the excess, if
any, of the aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure at such time over the balance in
the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, an amount equal to the remainder of the
amount so required to be paid by the Borrower shall immediately be paid by the
Borrower to the Agent for deposit in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account. In
addition, the Borrower agrees that, without limitation of the foregoing or of
any other provisions of this Agreement or the Loan Documents requiring
collateral for the Letters of Credit or other Obligations in whole or in part,
and without limitation of other rights and remedies under this Agreement or any
Loan Document or at law or in equity, if all of the Loans become due and payable
pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof, the Borrower shall immediately pay to the
Agent, for deposit in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, an amount equal
to the excess, if any, of the aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure at such time
over the balance in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account.

            (b) Letter of Credit Collateral Account. The Agent shall maintain in
its own name at its Office a deposit account (the "Letter of Credit Collateral
Account"), which shall bear interest (added to the deposit balance) in
accordance with the Agent's ordinary practices for deposit accounts of like size
and nature, over which the Agent shall have sole dominion and control, and the
Borrower shall have no right to withdraw any funds deposited therein. The Agent
shall deposit into the Letter of Credit Collateral Account such funds as are
required to be paid therein by Section 2.25(a). As security for the payment of
all Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants, conveys, assigns, pledges,
transfers to the Agent, and creates in the Agent's favor a continuing Lien on
and security interest in, the Letter of Credit Collateral Account, all amounts
from time to time on deposit therein, all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary
or involuntary, thereof into cash, instruments, securities or other property,
and all other proceeds thereof. The Borrower hereby represents, warrants,
covenants and agrees that such Lien shall at all times be valid and perfected,
prior to all other Liens, and the Borrower shall take or cause to be taken such
actions and execute and deliver such instruments and documents as may be
necessary or, in the Agent's judgment, desirable to perfect or protect such
Lien. The Borrower shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien on any amounts
or investment held in the Letter of Credit Collateral Account other than the
Lien in favor of the Agent granted under this Section.

            (c) Application of Funds. The Agent shall apply funds in the Letter
of Credit Collateral Account: (i) on account of Letter of Credit Reimbursement
Obligations as and when the same become due and payable if and to the extent
that the Borrower fails directly to pay the same, and (ii) if no Letter of
Credit Reimbursement Obligations are due and payable, no Letters of Credit are
outstanding and the balance of the Letter of Credit Collateral Account exceeds
the aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure, the excess shall be applied on account
of the other Obligations secured hereby (it being understood that, if no Event
of Default or Potential Default has occurred or is continuing, the Borrower may
direct that such application be delayed for such time as is necessary to avoid
the requirement of a payment under Section 2.13(b)). If all Obligations (other
than Obligations constituting contingent obligations under indemnification
provisions which survive indefinitely, so long as no unsatisfied claim has been
made under any such indemnification provision) have been indefeasibly paid in
full in cash, all Commitments have terminated and all Letters of Credit have
expired, the Agent shall release to the Borrower all remaining funds in the
Letter of Credit Collateral Account.


                                      -45-
<PAGE>   56

            2.26. Certain Provisions Relating to the Issuing Bank.

            (a) General. The Issuing Bank shall have no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, and no implied duties or responsibilities on the part of
the Issuing Bank shall be read into this Agreement or any Loan Document or shall
otherwise exist. The duties and responsibilities of the Issuing Bank to the
other Lender Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be
mechanical and administrative in nature, and the Issuing Bank shall not have a
fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender Party or any other Person. The
Issuing Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, unless
caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Issuing Bank shall
not be under any obligation to ascertain, inquire or give any notice relating to
(i) the performance or observance of any of the terms or conditions of this
Agreement or any other Loan Document on the part of the Borrower, (ii) the
business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the
Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) the existence of any Event of Default or
Potential Default. The Issuing Bank shall not be under any obligation, either
initially or on a continuing basis, to provide the Agent or any Lender with any
notices, reports or information of any nature, whether in its possession
presently or hereafter, except for such notices, reports and other information
expressly required by this Agreement to be so furnished.

            (b) Administration. The Issuing Bank may rely upon any notice or
other communication of any nature (written or oral, including but not limited to
telephone conversations, whether or not such notice or other communication is
made in a manner permitted or required by this Agreement or any Loan Document)
purportedly made by or on behalf of the proper party or parties, and the Issuing
Bank shall not have any duty to verify the identity or authority of any Person
giving such notice or other communication. The Issuing Bank may consult with
legal counsel (including, without limitation, in-house counsel for the Issuing
Bank or in-house or other counsel for the Borrower), independent public
accountants and any other experts selected by it from time to time, and the
Issuing Bank shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in
good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or
experts. Whenever the Issuing Bank shall deem it necessary or desirable that a
matter be proved or established with respect to the Borrower or Lender Party,
such matter may be established by a certificate of the Borrower or Lender Party,
as the case may be, and the Issuing Bank may conclusively rely upon such
certificate.

            (c) Indemnification of Issuing Bank by Lenders. Each Revolving
Credit Lender hereby agrees to reimburse and indemnify the Issuing Bank and each
of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not
reimbursed by the Borrower and without limitation of the obligations of the
Borrower to do so), Pro Rata, from and against any and all amounts, losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs or disbursements of any kind or nature (including,
without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel (other than in-house
counsel) for the Issuing Bank or such other Person in connection with any
investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened,
whether or not the Issuing Bank or such other Person shall be designated a party
thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the
Issuing Bank, in its capacity as such, or such other Person, as a result of, or
arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, this Agreement, any
other Loan Document, any transaction from time to time contemplated hereby or
thereby, or any transaction financed in whole or in part or directly or
indirectly with the proceeds of any Letter of Credit, provided, that no
Revolving Credit Lender shall be liable for any portion of such amounts, losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank or such other Person, as finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.


                                      -46-
<PAGE>   57

                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

            The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Lender Party as
follows:

            3.01. Corporate Status. Each Loan Party is a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation. Each Loan Party has corporate power and authority
to own its property and to transact the business in which it is engaged or
presently proposes to engage. Each Loan Party is duly qualified to do business
as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in all jurisdictions in which
the ownership of its properties or the nature of its activities or both makes
such qualification necessary or advisable except where the failure to so qualify
could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            3.02. Corporate Power and Authorization. Each Loan Party has
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, perform, and take all actions
contemplated by, each Loan Document to which it is a party, and all such action
has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings on
its part. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Borrower has the corporate
power and authority to borrow and request Letters of Credit to be issued
pursuant to the Loan Documents to the fullest extent permitted hereby and
thereby from time to time, and has taken all necessary corporate action to
authorize such borrowings and requests.

            3.03. Execution and Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other
Loan Document to which any Loan Party is a party and which is required to be
delivered on or before the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof has been
duly and validly executed and delivered by such Loan Party. This Agreement
constitutes, and each other Loan Document when executed and delivered by each
Loan Party which is a party thereto will constitute, the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general
application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general
principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

            3.04. Governmental Approvals and Filings. No approval, order,
consent, authorization, certificate, license, permit or validation of, or
exemption or other action by, or filing, recording or registration with, or
notice to, any Governmental Authority (collectively, "Governmental Action") is
or will be necessary in connection with execution and delivery of any Loan
Document by any Loan Party, consummation by any Loan Party of the transactions
herein or therein contemplated, performance of or compliance with the terms and
conditions hereof or thereof by any Loan Party, except for (i) Required Project
Permits, (ii) recordings and filings necessary to perfect the Liens granted by
the Security Documents and (iii) matters set forth in Schedule 3.04 hereof. Each
Governmental Action referred to in such Schedule 3.04 has been duly obtained or
made, as the case may be, and is in full force and effect, and there is no
action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Borrower's
knowledge, threatened which seeks or has a reasonable possibility of resulting
in the reversal, rescission, termination, modification or suspension of any such
Governmental Action. No Governmental Action referred to in such Schedule 3.04
requires any further act to be performed or condition to be satisfied by any
Person as a condition to continued effectiveness thereof, except as set forth in
such Schedule 3.04. With respect to each of the matters set forth in Schedule
3.04, no Loan Party made any application to any Governmental Authority in
connection therewith which application, when taken together with all amendments,
supplements and modifications thereto, contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained therein not misleading.

            3.05. Absence of Conflicts. Neither the execution and delivery of
any Loan Document by any Loan Party, nor consummation by any Loan Party of the
transactions herein or therein contemplated, nor performance of or compliance
with the terms and conditions hereof or thereof by any Loan Party does or will


                                      -47-
<PAGE>   58

            (a) violate or conflict with any Requirement of Law, or

            (b) violate, conflict with or result in a breach of any term or
      condition of, or constitute a default under, or result in (or give rise to
      any right, contingent or otherwise, of any Person to cause) any
      termination, cancellation, prepayment or acceleration of performance of,
      or result in the creation or imposition of (or give rise to any
      obligation, contingent or otherwise, to create or impose) any Lien upon
      any of the property of any Loan Party (except for any Lien in favor of the
      Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agent securing the
      Obligations) pursuant to, or otherwise result in (or give rise to any
      right, contingent or otherwise, of any Person to cause) any change in any
      right, power, privilege, duty or obligation of any Loan Party under or in
      connection with,

                  (i) the certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws
            (or other constituent documents) of any Loan Party,

                  (ii) any Contractual Obligations creating, evidencing or
            securing any Indebtedness or Guaranty Equivalent to which any Loan
            Party is a party or by which it or any of its properties (now owned
            or hereafter acquired) may be subject or bound, or

                  (iii) any other Contractual Obligations of any Loan Party,

except (in the case of each of (a) and (b) above) for matters as to which a
consent, waiver, amendment or agreement which has been duly obtained and is in
full force and effect (all of which matters are set forth on Schedule 3.05
hereof), and the Agent and each Lender has received a true, correct and complete
copy of each such consent, waiver, amendment or agreement and of each of the
underlying agreements or instruments to which it relates and except for matters
which, individually or in the aggregate, could not have a Material Adverse
Effect.

            3.06. Projections. The Borrower has furnished to the Agent and each
Lender projections prepared by the Borrower demonstrating the projected
financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower after giving
effect to Completion of construction of the Project, for the period commencing
on January 1, 1997 and ending on December 31, 2002, which projections are
accompanied by a written statement of the assumptions and estimates underlying
such projections. Such projections were prepared on the basis of such
assumptions and estimates. Such projections, assumptions and estimates, as of
the date of preparation thereof and as of the date hereof, are reasonable, are
made in good faith, represent the Borrower's best judgment as to such matters on
the date thereof and do not contain assumptions or methods of calculation which
are inconsistent with the requirements of the Loan Documents. Nothing contained
in this Section shall constitute a representation or warranty that such future
financial performance or results of operations will in fact be achieved.

            3.07. Labor Matters. No Loan Party is a party to any collective
bargaining agreements with respect to any of its employees.

            3.08. Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as disclosed in
writing to the Lenders, no Loan Party has any liability or obligation of any
nature whatever (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise, whether or
not due), forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses
from unfavorable commitments, except matters that, individually or in the
aggregate, could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            3.09. Accurate and Complete Disclosure. All information provided (in
writing) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender (or to the
Persons listed on Schedule 3.09 hereto) pursuant to or in connection with any
Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby (excluding,
however, for purposes of this Section 3.09, the projections described in Section
3.06 hereof and the Project Budget) is true and accurate in all material
respects on the date as of which such 


                                      -48-
<PAGE>   59

information is dated (or, if not dated, when received by the Agent or such
Lender, as the case may be) and such information, taken as a whole, which was
provided on or prior to the time this representation is made or remade, does not
omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information not
misleading at such time in light of the circumstances in which it was provided.

            3.10. Commitments. Except for the Utility Loan and the commitments
as set forth on Schedule 3.10 hereto or as permitted by Section 6.03 hereof, no
Loan Party has received any commitments for financing other than the Revolving
Credit Commitments and the Term Loan Commitments.

            3.11. Solvency. On the date hereof and on and as of the Closing
Date, after consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and after
giving effect to all Loans and other obligations and liabilities being incurred
on such date in connection therewith, and on the date of each subsequent Loan or
other extension of credit hereunder and after giving effect to application of
the proceeds thereof in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, the
Borrower and each other Loan Party is and will be Solvent.

            3.12. Margin Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan
hereunder will be used for the purpose of buying or carrying any "margin stock,"
as such term is used in Regulations G and U of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time, or to extend credit to
others for the purpose of buying or carrying any "margin stock". No Loan Party
is engaged in the business of extending credit to others for the purpose of
buying or carrying "margin stock". No Loan Party owns any "margin stock".
Neither the making of any Loan nor any use of proceeds of any such Loan will
violate or conflict with the provisions of Regulation G, T, U or X of the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as amended from time to time.

            3.13. Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise expressly and specifically
permitted by this Agreement, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries.

            3.14. Partnerships, etc. Except as otherwise specifically permitted
by this Agreement, no Loan Party is a partner (general or limited) of any
partnership, is a party to any joint venture or is an owner (beneficially or of
record) of any equity or similar interest in any Person (including but not
limited to any interest pursuant to which the Borrower has or may in any
circumstance have an obligation to make capital contributions to, or be
generally liable for or on account of the liabilities, acts or omissions of such
other Person).

            3.15. Ownership and Control. Schedule 3.15 hereof states as of the
date hereof the authorized capitalization of each Loan Party, the number of
shares of each class of capital stock issued and outstanding of each Loan Party
and the number and percentage of outstanding shares of each such class of
capital stock and the names of the record owners of such shares and, to the
Borrower's knowledge, the beneficial owners of such shares. The outstanding
shares of capital stock of each Loan Party have been duly authorized and validly
issued and are, except as designated on Schedule 3.15 hereof, fully paid and
nonassessable. There are no options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, conversion
rights, exchange rights, preemptive rights or other rights, agreements or
arrangements (contingent or otherwise) which may in any circumstances now or
hereafter obligate any Loan Party to issue any shares of its capital stock or
any other securities, except for matters set forth in Schedule 3.15 hereof and
except for matters which are permitted by the terms hereof and notice of which
is provided by the Borrower to the Agent. Schedule 3.15 hereof describes as of
the date hereof all options, rights, purchase agreements, buy-sell agreements,
restrictions on transfer, pledges, proxies, voting trusts, powers of attorney,
voting agreements and other agreements, instruments or arrangements to which any
Loan Party is a party or is subject or bound, or to which any record or
beneficial owner of capital stock of any Loan Party is a party or is subject or
bound, which pertain to any shares of capital stock (now or hereafter
outstanding) of any Loan Party, including any matter which may affect beneficial
or record ownership thereof or transferability thereof or voting rights with
respect thereto.


                                      -49-
<PAGE>   60

            3.16. Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 hereof, there
is no pending or, to the Borrower's knowledge, threatened action, suit, claim,
proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority against or
affecting any Loan Party which could, if adversely determined, have a Material
Adverse Effect.

            3.17. Absence of Events of Default. No event has occurred and is
continuing and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default or
Potential Default.

            3.18. Absence of Other Conflicts. None of the Loan Parties is in
violation of or conflict with, or is subject to any contingent liability on
account of any violation of or conflict with:

            (a) any Requirement of Law,

            (b) its certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws (or
      other constituent documents), or

            (c) any Contractual Obligations to which it is party, which
      violation or conflict could have a Material Adverse Effect.

            3.19. Insurance. Each Loan Party maintains with financially sound
and reputable insurers the insurance required by Section 5.02 hereof.

            3.20. Title to Property. Each Loan Party has good and marketable
title in fee simple to all real property owned or purported to be owned by it
and good title to all other property of whatever nature owned or purported to be
owned by it, in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted
Liens.

            3.21. Intellectual and Other Property. Each Loan Party owns, or is
licensed or otherwise has the right to use, all the patents, trademarks, service
marks, names (trade, service, fictitious or otherwise), copyrights, technology
(including but not limited to all equipment comprising part of the Project and
computer programs and software), processes, data bases and other rights, free
from burdensome restrictions, necessary to own and operate its properties and to
carry on its business as presently conducted and presently planned to be
conducted without conflict with the rights of others in any material respect.

            3.22. Taxes. All tax and information returns required to be filed by
or on behalf of each Loan Party have been properly prepared, executed and filed,
except when the failure to do so could not have a Material Adverse Effect. All
taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon any Loan Party or
upon any of its properties, incomes, sales or franchises which are due and
payable have been paid other than those not yet delinquent and payable without
premium or penalty, and except for those being diligently contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings, and in each case adequate reserves and
provisions for taxes have been made on the books of such Loan Party. The
reserves and provisions for taxes on the books of each Loan Party are adequate
for all open years and for its current fiscal period. The Borrower does not know
of any proposed additional assessment or basis for any material assessment for
additional taxes against any Loan Party (whether or not reserved against)
except, with respect to times after the Project Acceptance Date, assessments or
basis therefor which could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

            3.23. Employee Benefits. Schedule 3.23 hereof sets forth as of the
date hereof a list of all Plans and Multiemployer Plans, and all information
available to the Borrower with respect to the direct, indirect or potential
withdrawal liability to any Multiemployer Plan of any Loan Party or any
Controlled Group Member. On the Closing Date, except as set forth in Schedule
3.23 hereof, no Loan Party has any liability (contingent or otherwise) for or in
connection with, and none of their respective properties is subject to a Lien in
connection with, any Pension-Related Event.


                                      -50-
<PAGE>   61

            3.24. Environmental Matters.

            (a) Each Loan Party, and to the Borrower's knowledge each of its
Environmental Affiliates, is and has been in compliance with all applicable
Environmental Laws, except where the failure to so comply, individually or in
the aggregate, could not have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no
circumstances that may prevent or interfere with such compliance by any Loan
Party in the future.

            (b) All Environmental Approvals necessary for the ownership and
operation of any Loan Party's properties, facilities and businesses as presently
owned and operated and as presently proposed to be owned and operated are
Required Project Permits.

            (c) There is no Environmental Claim pending or, to the Borrower's
knowledge, threatened, and there are no past or present acts, omissions, events
or circumstances (including but not limited to any dumping, leaching,
deposition, removal, abandonment, escape, emission, discharge or release of any
Environmental Concern Material at, on or under any facility or property now or
previously owned, operated or leased by any Loan Party or, to Borrower's
knowledge, any of its Environmental Affiliates) that could form the basis of any
Environmental Claim, against any Loan Party or any of its Environmental
Affiliates, except matters which, individually or in the aggregate, could not
have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (d) No facility or property now or previously owned, operated or
leased by any Loan Party is an Environmental Cleanup Site. Neither any Loan
Party nor, to Borrower's knowledge, any of its Environmental Affiliates has
directly transported or directly arranged for the transportation of any material
quantities of Environmental Concern Materials to any Environmental Cleanup Site,
except matters which, individually or in the aggregate, could not have a
Material Adverse Effect. No Lien exists, and no condition exists which could
result in the filing of a Lien, against any property of any Loan Party or any of
its Environmental Affiliates, under any Environmental Law.

            3.25. Utility Loan. The documents evidencing and securing the
Utility Loan will be set forth on a list to be furnished to the Lenders prior to
the Closing Date, and the Borrower shall furnish to the Lenders prior to the
Closing Date true, correct and complete copies thereof.

            3.26. Project Compliance With Laws; Permits. The construction of the
Project as contemplated by the Specifications and the intended use of the
Project comply with all applicable Laws (including Environmental Laws and Laws
relating to zoning), restrictive covenants and applicable Required Project
Permits. All Required Project Permits are listed in Schedule 3.26 hereto. All
Required Project Permits (except those Required Project Permits which are
designated on Schedule 3.26 hereto as being receivable after the date hereof,
which permits are not necessary until a later stage of, or completion of,
construction of the Project, as designated on such Schedule) have been duly
obtained, have not been modified and, to the extent still necessary, are in full
force and effect (with all appeal periods having expired except as set forth on
Schedule 3.26), and there is no action, suit, proceeding, investigation, claim,
complaint or demand pending or, to the Borrower's knowledge, threatened with
respect thereto or which seeks or may result in (a) the reversal, rescission,
termination or suspension of any Required Project Permit or (b) any modification
of any Required Project Permit. In obtaining each Required Project Permit, no
Loan Party made any application to any Governmental Authority in connection
therewith which application, when taken together with all amendments,
supplements and modifications thereto, contained any untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements contained therein not misleading. As to any Required Project Permits
that have not yet been obtained, (a) such Required Project Permits are not
discretionary in nature and are expected to be obtainable prior to the time they
are needed to maintain without material delay the process of construction of the
Project in order to achieve the Preliminary Acceptance Date on or before June
30, 1999 and to maintain without material disruption operation of the Project
thereafter, (b) the Borrower is not aware of any facts or circumstances which
could reasonably be expected to preclude the Borrower from obtaining such
Required Project Permits on a timely basis and (c) no 


                                      -51-
<PAGE>   62

unusual or materially burdensome conditions are expected to be placed upon the
issuance of, or required by, such Required Project Permits.

            3.27. Sufficiency of Project Agreements. The copies of the Project
Agreements provided to the Agent are true, correct and complete. To the best
knowledge of the Borrower after due inquiry, except as described on Schedule
3.27 hereof, the services to be performed for, and the materials and equipment
to be supplied to and the easements and other rights granted to, the Borrower
pursuant to Project Agreements in effect on the date hereof (a) comprise all of
the property and property interests necessary to construct, install, equip, own,
operate and maintain the Project in accordance with all applicable Laws,
Required Project Permits and restrictive covenants and as contemplated by the
Project Agreements, (b) are sufficient to enable the Project to be located,
constructed and operated on the Project Site, (c) provide adequate ingress and
egress from the Project Site for any reasonable purpose in connection with the
construction and operation of the Project and (d) can reasonably be expected to
enable the Borrower to operate the Project at the capacity and efficiency
contemplated by this Agreement and to achieve Preliminary Acceptance and Final
Acceptance; all without reference to any proprietary information not owned by
the Borrower or which the Borrower does not have the legal right to use. The
Borrower has not entered into and, without the prior written consent of the
Required Lenders, will not enter into any other contract or agreement for or
relating to the design, planning or construction of the Project; provided,
however, that Borrower may without the consent of the Required Lenders enter
into such a contract if (a) the contract is the standard form of contract in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit K and (b) the amount of the contract is less
than $1,000,000 or if greater than $1,000,000 has been assigned to the Agent for
the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to an Assignment of Contracts in the form
set forth in Exhibit M hereto and the Agent has been provided with a Consent to
Assignment of Contracts with respect thereto in the form of Exhibit N hereto.

            3.28. Subdivision; Separate Assessment. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.28, from and after the date hereof, the Project Site will be a single
parcel under the applicable Laws regulating subdivision and land development,
will be separately assessed for ad valorem real property taxes, and may be
leased, transferred and/or developed by constructing the Project thereon without
the approval of any Governmental Authority having the jurisdiction to regulate
or control subdivision or land development.

            3.29. Utility Services. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.29, from
and after the date hereof, all utility services necessary for the construction
of the Project and the operation and maintenance thereof will be available at
the boundaries of the Project Site, directly from a public way or by easements
that are not subject to any Lien, including water supply (including process
water) and sanitary and storm sewer facilities and gas, electric and telephone
facilities, and the costs of construction for installing the same are included
in the Project Budget.

            3.30 Potential Conflicts of Interest. As of the date hereof, except
as set forth on Schedule 3.30, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, without
independent investigation, no Affiliate of the Borrower: (a) owns, directly or
indirectly, any interest in (excepting less than 5% stock holdings for
investment purposes in securities of publicly held and traded companies), or is
an officer, director, employee or consultant of, any Person which is, or is
engaged in business as, a competitor, lessor, lessee, supplier, distributor,
sales agent or customer of, or lender to, or borrower from, the Borrower; (b)
owns, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, any tangible or intangible
property that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries uses in the conduct of
business; or (c) has any cause of action or other claim whatsoever against, or
owes any amount to, the Borrower, except for claims in the ordinary course of
business.

            3.31. Flood Area; Filled Land. The Project Site is not in an "area
of special flood hazard", as that term is defined in the National Flood
Insurance Act of 1968 (as amended and supplemented by the Flood Disaster
Protection Act of 1973, as amended). No portion of the Project Site consists of
and no portion of the improvements will be located on filled in land.


                                      -52-
<PAGE>   63

            3.32. Survey and Other Documents. The survey of the Land furnished
to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(c) accurately depicts the state of facts
it purports to depict and each other document furnished to the Agent pursuant to
Section 4.01 and Section 4.02 is a true and correct copy thereof, has not been
modified or amended and is in full force and effect on the date hereof.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                              CONDITIONS OF LENDING

            4.01. Conditions to Initial Loans and Letters of Credit. The
obligation of each Lender Party to make Loans or issue Letters of Credit is
subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following
conditions precedent, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in
Sections 4.02 and 4.03 hereof:

            (a) Agreement; Notes; Fees. The Agent shall have received an
      executed counterpart of this Agreement for each Lender, duly executed by
      the Borrower, and executed Revolving Credit Notes and Term Loan Notes
      conforming to the requirements hereof and all of the other Loan Documents,
      duly executed on behalf of the Borrower, and each Lender, within two
      Business Days after the date hereof, shall have received the fees set
      forth in a letter from the Borrower to such Lender dated on or about the
      date hereof.

            (b) Certain Security Documents Pertaining to Personal Property. The
      Agent shall have received the following, with a copy for each Lender
      (except for instruments pledged pursuant to the Security Documents):

                  (i) Executed copies of each of the following:

                        (A) A Security Agreement, duly executed on behalf of the
                  Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto (as
                  amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
                  "Security Agreement").

                        (B) Assignment of Contracts, in substantially the form
                  of Exhibit M hereto ("Assignment of Contracts"), with respect
                  to the contracts listed on Schedule 4.01(b) hereto.

                        (C) Consents to Assignment of Contracts, in
                  substantially the form of Exhibit N hereto ("Consents to
                  Assignment of Contracts"), with respect to the contracts
                  listed on Schedule 4.01(b) hereto.

                  (ii) Evidence of the completion of all recordings and filings
            of or with respect to, and of all other actions with respect to, the
            above Security Documents as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
            the Agent, desirable to create or perfect the Liens created or
            purported to be created by such Security Documents as valid,
            continuing and perfected Liens in favor of the Agent for the benefit
            of the Agent and the Lenders securing the Obligations, prior to all
            other Liens; and evidence of the payment of any necessary fee, tax
            or expense relating to such recording or filing. Without limitation
            of the foregoing, the Agent shall receive:

                        (A) Acknowledgment copies of proper financing statements
                  duly filed under the Uniform Commercial Code in all
                  jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the
                  Agent, desirable to create or perfect such Liens in favor of
                  the Agent);

                        (B) Evidence of filings of assignments in form and
                  substance satisfactory to Agent with the United States Patent
                  and Trademark Office with 


                                      -53-
<PAGE>   64

                  respect to each patent assignment and security agreement and
                  each trademark security agreement; and

                  (iii) Evidence of the insurance required by the terms of this
            Agreement, containing the endorsements required by this Agreement.

                  (iv) Evidence that all other actions necessary or, in the
            opinion of the Agent, desirable to create, perfect or protect the
            Liens created or purported to be created by the above Security
            Documents have been taken.

                  (v) A search dated not more than twenty days prior to the
            Closing Date of UCC, real property, tax, judgment and litigation
            dockets and records and other appropriate registers shall have
            revealed no filings or recordings in effect with respect to the
            Collateral purported to be covered by the above Security Documents,
            except such as are acceptable to the Agent and each Lender (it being
            understood that such acceptance does not limit the obligations of
            any Loan Party with respect to the priority of the Liens in favor of
            the Agent), and the Agent shall have received a copy of the search
            reports received as a result of the search and of the acknowledgment
            copies of the financing statements or other instruments required to
            be filed or recorded pursuant to this subsection bearing evidence of
            the recording of such statements or instruments at each of such
            filing or recording places.

            (c) Certain Security Documents Pertaining to Real Property. The
      Agent shall have received the following, each of which shall be in form
      and substance satisfactory to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender:

                  (i) Executed copies of a Mortgage, duly executed on behalf of
            the Borrower, in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto (as
            amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the
            "Mortgage").

                  (ii) Evidence of the completion of all recordings and filings
            of or with respect to, and of all other actions with respect to, the
            above Security Documents as may be necessary or, in the opinion of
            the Agent or any Lender, desirable or required to create or perfect
            the Liens created or purported to be created by such Security
            Documents as valid, continuing and perfected Liens in favor of the
            Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders securing the
            Obligations, prior to all other Liens; and evidence of the payment
            of any necessary fee, tax or expense relating to such recording or
            filing.

                  (iii) With respect to such Security Documents, the Agent shall
            have received in respect of each property or estate constituting
            Collateral thereunder one or more mortgagee's title insurance
            policies (or marked up unconditional binders or commitments for such
            insurance) dated the Recording Date. Each such policy shall: (A) be
            in an amount not unsatisfactory to the Lenders; (B) be issued at
            ordinary rates; (C) insure that each Security Document insured
            thereby creates a valid first priority Lien on such property or
            estate of the mortgagor, free and clear of all Liens, defects and
            other exceptions to title, except such as are listed on the title
            commitment attached hereto as Exhibit DD or as may be approved by
            the Lenders; (D) name the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and
            the Agent as the insured thereunder; (E) be in the form of ALTA Loan
            Policy -- 1970 (or other form reasonably acceptable to the Agent);
            (F) contain such endorsements and affirmative coverage as the
            Lenders may reasonably request, including without limitation a
            revolving credit endorsement, comprehensive lender's endorsement,
            access endorsement and affirmative coverage with respect to
            mechanics' and materialmen's liens; (G) be issued by Lawyers Title
            Insurance Company (or another nationally recognized title insurance
            company reasonably satisfactory to Agent); and (H) 


                                      -54-
<PAGE>   65

            be accompanied by such coinsurance and reinsurance and direct access
            agreements as the Lenders may reasonably require. The Agent shall
            have received a copy of all of the recorded documents referred to,
            or listed as exceptions to title in, such policy or policies or
            binders or commitments and a copy of all other documents requested
            by the Agent or any Lender affecting the property covered by each
            such Security Document. The Agent and such title insurers shall have
            received such affidavits from the mortgagor as they may reasonably
            require.

                  (iv) With respect to such Security Documents, the Agent and
            the title insurance company issuing any applicable title insurance
            policy or binder or commitment referred to in clause (iii) above
            shall have received a survey of the site of each property or estate
            covered by each Security Document, certified to the Agent and such
            title insurance company in a manner satisfactory to the Agent, each
            Lender and such title insurance company, dated a date satisfactory
            to each of them by an independent professional licensed land
            surveyor satisfactory to each of them. Such survey shall include
            such matters as the Agent, any Lender or such title insurance
            company may request.

                  (v) With respect to Collateral referred to in such Security
            Documents, certified copies of all leases (as lessor or as lessee),
            if any, pertaining to any part of such Collateral.

                  (vi) Such Governmental Actions and other agreements, estoppel
            letters, consents from such Governmental Authorities and other
            Persons in respect of the above Security Documents, and the property
            subject thereto, as may be reasonably requested by the Agent or any
            Lender.

                  (vii) Evidence of the insurance required by the terms of the
            above Security Documents, containing the endorsements required by
            such Security Documents and this Agreement.

                  (viii) A release of lien covering the Project Site and any
            security interest in the stock of IDI from or on behalf of all
            lenders to SDI for whose benefit a mortgage encumbers the Project
            Site and such consents and subordinations as may be required by the
            Agent in connection with all easements that benefit the Project Site
            and that cross the lands owned by SDI.

                  (ix) Evidence that all other action necessary or, in the
            reasonable opinion of the Agent, desirable to create, perfect and
            protect the Liens created or purported to be created by the above
            Security Documents have been taken.

            (d) Capitalization, etc. The corporate and capital structure of each
      Loan Party, the certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws (or
      other constituent documents) of each of them, and the terms, conditions,
      amounts and holders of all equity, debt and other indebtedness,
      obligations and liabilities of each of them, shall be not unsatisfactory
      to the Lenders.

            (e) Governmental Approvals and Filings. The Agent shall have
      received, with copies and executed counterparts for each Lender, true and
      correct copies (in each case certified as to authenticity on such date on
      behalf of the Borrower) of all items referred to in Schedule 3.04 and
      Schedule 3.26 hereof which are designated on such Schedule to be
      receivable on or prior to the Closing Date and such items shall be
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and shall be in full force
      and effect.

            (f) Other Conflicts. The Agent shall have received, with copies and
      executed 


                                      -55-
<PAGE>   66

      counterparts for each Lender, true and correct copies (in each case
      certified as to authenticity on such date on behalf of the Borrower) of
      all items referred to in Schedule 3.05 hereof (if any) and such items
      shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each Lender
      and shall be in full force and effect.

            (g) Corporate Proceedings. The Agent shall have received, with a
      counterpart for each Lender, certificates by the Secretary of each Loan
      Party dated as of the Closing Date as to (i) true copies of the
      certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws (or other constituent
      documents) of such Loan Party in effect on such date (which, in the case
      of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other constituent
      documents filed or required to be filed with the Secretary of State or
      other Governmental Authority in its jurisdiction of incorporation, shall
      be certified to be true, correct and complete by such Secretary of State
      or other Governmental Authority not more than 30 days before the Closing
      Date), (ii) true copies of all corporate action taken by such Loan Party
      relative to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iii) the
      incumbency and signature of the respective officers of such Loan Party
      executing this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with
      satisfactory evidence of the incumbency of such Secretary or Assistant
      Secretary. The Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender,
      certificates from the appropriate Secretaries of State or other applicable
      Governmental Authorities dated not more than 30 days before the Closing
      Date showing the good standing of each Loan Party in its state of
      incorporation and each state in which it does business.

            (h) Insurance. The Agent shall have received a report from Marsh &
      McLennan or another insurance consultant reasonably acceptable to Agent,
      with a copy for each Lender, addressed to the Agent and each Lender,
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, as to insurance matters
      pertaining to the Loan Parties. The Agent shall have received evidence
      satisfactory to it that the insurance policies required by this Agreement
      and the other Loan Documents have been obtained, containing the
      endorsements required hereby and thereby.

            (i) Environmental Matters. The Agent shall have a report from Rust
      Environment Infrastructure Inc. or another environmental consultant
      reasonably acceptable to Agent, with a copy for each Lender, addressed to
      the Agent and each Lender, not unsatisfactory in form or substance to the
      Agent and each Lender, as to such environmental matters pertaining to the
      Loan Parties as any Lender may request (including but not limited to a
      Phase I environmental risk report for all real property constituting
      Collateral). In addition, the Agent shall have received, with a copy for
      each Lender, such certifications by officers or employees of the Borrower
      as any Lender may request with respect to (A) compliance by each Loan
      Party with existing Environmental Laws, (B) potential environmental
      liabilities arising from past or present conditions, operations or
      practices, and (C) potential environmental liabilities arising from
      off-site disposal of materials generated by any Loan Party.

            (j) Projections. The Agent shall have received, with a counterpart
      for each Lender, copies of the projections referred to in Section 3.06
      hereof.

            (k) Legal Opinions. The Agent shall have received, with an executed
      counterpart for each Lender, opinions addressed to the Agent and each
      Lender, dated the Closing Date of counsel to (including without limitation
      patent counsel) the Borrower and to SDI and the individuals or firms
      listed on Schedule 4.01(k) hereto, counsel for the respective parties
      listed on such schedule, as to such matters as may be requested by the
      Agent or any Lender and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
      and each Lender.

            (l) Officers' Certificates. The Agent shall have received, with an
      executed counterpart for each Lender, certificates from such officers of
      each Loan Party as to such matters as the Agent or any Lender may request.


                                      -56-
<PAGE>   67

            (m) Fees, Expenses, etc. All fees and other compensation required to
      be paid to the Agent or the Lenders pursuant hereto or pursuant to any
      other written agreement on or prior to the date hereof or prior to the
      Closing Date shall have been paid or received.

            (n) Third Party Contracts. The SDI Offtake Agreement and the
      Administration Agreement shall have been executed and delivered and shall
      be satisfactory to the Lenders and copies thereof shall have been
      delivered to the Agent. All of the other Project Agreements and all other
      contracts (including without limitation those regarding construction,
      engineering, equipment, supply of raw materials, provision of electric and
      other utilities, and sales) set forth on Schedule 4.01(n) hereto, shall
      have been executed and delivered, copies thereof shall have been delivered
      to the Agent and shall contain terms not reasonably unsatisfactory to the
      Agent.

            (o) Marketing Study. The Agent shall have received the Marketing
      Study addressing the marketability of the products to be produced at the
      Project by Borrower in form and substance satisfactory in all respects to
      Agent.

            (p) Employment Agreements. Larry Lehtinen shall have executed and
      delivered an employment agreement containing terms satisfactory to the
      Agent, and conformed copies of the same shall have been provided to the
      Agent.

            (q) Material Adverse Change. There shall have been no material
      adverse change in the projections described in Section 3.06 hereto.

            (r) Project Monitor's Report. The Agent shall have received the
      following, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the
      Lenders, with a copy for each Lender: A report from the Project Monitor as
      to all aspects of the Project reviewed by it, including the design of the
      Project, the projected capacity and efficiency of the Project,
      construction schedules, cost estimates for construction, operation and
      maintenance of the Project, the adequacy of performance tests, operating
      performance feasibility (including without limitation capability of
      producing a specified volume of Commercial Grade Finished Goods),
      environmental matters, Required Project Permits, reasonableness of
      liquidated damage amounts and other Project matters. Said report shall
      state that the Specifications to the extent then developed are
      satisfactory and have been sufficiently developed in order to establish an
      adequate basis for the Design and Construction Standard.

            (s) Tax Sharing Agreement. The Borrower and SDI shall have executed
      the Tax Sharing Agreement and shall have furnished to Agent a copy
      thereof.

            (t) Adequacy of Funds Certificate. The Agent shall have received,
      with a copy for each Lender, an "Adequacy of Funds Certificate" (in form
      and scope described in Section 4.02(d) hereof) as of November 30, 1997,
      together with the related Project Monitor's Certificate described in
      Section 4.02(e) hereof.

            (u) Equity. The Borrower shall have expended at least $30,000,000 of
      its own funds in payment of Project Costs and evidence thereof
      satisfactory to Agent shall have been provided to Agent.

            (v) Utility Loan. The Borrower shall have received from American
      Electric Power Financial Services or its nominee or from another source
      satisfactory to Agent a commitment for the Utility Loan, at least $650,000
      in proceeds thereof shall have been advanced on behalf of Borrower to pay
      Project Costs and evidence thereof satisfactory to Agent shall have been
      furnished to Agent.

            (w) Notice of Business Activities Report. A Notice of Business
      Activities Report shall 


                                      -57-
<PAGE>   68

      have been filed in Indiana if required pursuant to Burns In. Stat. Ann.
      ss. 6-8.1-6-6.

            (x) Staffing Plan. The Agent shall have received, with sufficient
      copies for each Lender, a staffing plan of the Borrower and such plan
      shall not be unsatisfactory to the Required Lenders.

            (y) Performance Bonds. The Agent shall have received copies of
      performance and payment bonds or other similar instruments, in form an
      substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, with respect to such
      Project Agreements relating to the supply of components of, or the
      construction of, the Project as the Agent may reasonably request.

            (z) Additional Matters. The Agent shall have received such other
      certificates, opinions, documents and instruments as may be requested by
      any Lender. All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents,
      instruments and other matters in connection with the transactions
      contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be
      satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each Lender.

            4.02. Conditions to Term Loan Commitment Period Loans. The
obligation of each Lender Party to make any Revolving Credit Loan or issue any
Letter of Credit or make any Term Loan during the Term Loan Commitment Period is
subject to the performance by each Loan Party of its obligations to be performed
hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on or before the date of such Loan
or of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, satisfaction of the conditions
precedent set forth herein (including Sections 4.01(b), 4.01(c) and 4.03 hereof)
and in the other Loan Documents and to satisfaction of the following further
conditions precedent:

            (a) Receipt of Certain Proceeds. Borrower shall have received such
      proceeds and benefits as are designated on Schedule 4.02(a) as receivable
      on or prior to the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit and such proceeds
      and benefits shall have been committed by the Borrower for construction
      and other operating costs of the Project.

            (b) Certification as to Certain Governmental Approvals. The Borrower
      shall have provided an officer's certificate in form and substance
      satisfactory to the Agent with supporting documentation reasonably
      requested by the Agent confirming proper zoning and the availability of
      utility and municipal services.

            (c) Title Insurance. With respect to each Loan, a title insurance
      policy endorsement satisfactory to the Agent covering the applicable Loan
      shall have been received by the Agent.

            (d) Certain Additional Officer's Certificates. The Borrower shall
      have provided (at least three Business Days prior to the date of the
      applicable Loans) the following officer's certificates in form and
      substance satisfactory to the Agent:

                  (i) if a Loan is requested, a "Use of Advance Certificate",
            substantially in the form of Exhibit O hereto, with the blanks
            appropriately filled in, stating that such Loan will only be used to
            pay capital expenditures, working capital and other operating costs
            which are necessary for the construction and operation of the
            Project and which, in the case of any Term Loan, are Project Costs
            that have been incurred and are payable or, if the same is interest
            on the Loans or other costs which are due on a particular schedule
            and are of a category of cost referenced in Attachment 1 to the form
            of "Use of Advance Certificate" attached hereto as Exhibit O, will
            become due and payable within 30 days after the date such Loan is to
            be made; and, if any of the Project Costs to be paid by a Term Loan
            were not included as actual Project Costs to date in the "Project
            Status Certificate" and "Adequacy of Funds Certificate" referred to
            below in this Section 4.02(d), such "Use of Advance Certificate"
            shall include a statement that such 


                                      -58-
<PAGE>   69

            Project Costs and the payment thereof by the Borrower, if the same
            had been included in such "Adequacy of Funds Certificate", would not
            have caused the Net Excess amount less the sum of total Project
            Costs and required contingency) set forth in the Summary section of
            Schedule Q of such "Adequacy of Funds Certificate" to be less than
            zero;

                  (ii) if a Term Loan is requested, a "Project Status
            Certificate", substantially in the form of Exhibit P hereto, with
            the blanks appropriately filled in, setting forth, as of a date not
            more than thirty days prior to the date such Loan is to be made, the
            Project Budget, the Project Costs thereof to date and the Remaining
            Project Costs (including costs associated with any damage or other
            casualty), and the percentage of completion of construction of the
            Project;

                  (iii) if a Term Loan is requested, an "Adequacy of Funds
            Certificate", substantially in the form of Exhibit Q hereto, with
            the blanks appropriately filled in, stating and demonstrating that,
            as of a date not more than forty-five days prior to the date such
            Loan is to be made, the Net Excess amount (total financing less the
            sum of total Project Costs and required contingency) is zero or
            more.

            (e) Project Monitor's and Accountant's Certificates. If a Term Loan
      is requested, the conditions set forth in this Section 4.02(e) shall have
      been satisfied. The Project Monitor shall have provided a certificate,
      substantially in the form of Exhibit Z hereto, with the blanks
      appropriately filled in, stating (i) the status of the Project with
      respect to the PP&E Costs (PP&E Costs to date, PP&E Costs required to
      Complete the construction of the Project and percentage of completion),
      (ii) any variances in such PP&E Costs from the Project Status Certificate,
      and (iii) the date by which the Preliminary Acceptance Date can be
      expected to occur. The independent certified public accountants of the
      Borrower shall have provided an "Agreed Upon Procedures Report"
      substantially in the form of Exhibit BB hereto, with the blanks
      appropriately filled in, on the Project Status Certificate with respect to
      the Non-PP&E Costs contained therein. The timing and procedure for
      obtaining the aforesaid certificate and report is described in Schedule
      4.02(e) hereto. If, at any time, despite the reasonable and diligent
      efforts of the Borrower, the independent certified public accountants of
      the Borrower refuse, for internal business policy reasons, to continue to
      provide the aforesaid report in the form described above, such report may
      be modified (for purposes of this Section 4.02(e) and Section 5.01(p)
      hereof) to the extent necessary for such accountants to issue the report,
      or, if for such reasons such accountants refuse to issue any report, such
      report shall thereafter not be required under this Section 4.02(e) nor
      under Section 5.01(p) hereof.

            (f) Damage. On the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit, the
      Project shall not have been materially injured or damaged by fire or other
      casualty and have remained unrestored unless the Borrower has complied
      with all the requirements of Section 2.06 of the Mortgage.

            (g) Required Project Permits. The Agent shall have received, with a
      copy for each Lender, on or before the date of such Loan or Letter of
      Credit, true and correct copies (in each case certified as to the
      authenticity on such date on behalf of the Borrower) of all Required
      Project Permits referred to in Schedule 3.04 and Schedule 3.26 hereof
      which are designated on such Schedule to be receivable on or prior to the
      date of such Loan or Letter of Credit and such items shall be satisfactory
      in form and substance to the Agent and shall be in full force and effect.

            (h) Adequacy of Funds. The remaining availability under the Term
      Loan Commitment, plus the other undrawn committed financing of Borrower
      from the sources listed on Schedule Q hereto shall be greater than the
      Remaining Project Costs plus the Required Contingency.

            (i) Certain Future Project Agreements. Each Future Project Agreement
      described on 


                                      -59-
<PAGE>   70

      Schedule 3.27 hereto as being expected prior to the initial Term Loans
      shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower and each other
      party thereto, and the Borrower shall have complied with all of the
      applicable requirements of Section 5.15 hereof with respect to each such
      Future Project Agreement.

            (j) Railroad Rights of Way. All rights of way, including, without
      limitation, rights of way over existing railroad tracks of SDI, necessary
      to connect the Project with the railroad track system of Norfolk Southern
      Railroad shall have been obtained.

            (k) Utility Regulatory Commission Approval. The Indiana Utility
      Regulatory Commission shall have approved the Contract for Electric
      Service between the Borrower and Indiana Michigan Power Company and the
      rate structure therein, and shall have approved the Transmission
      Facilities Agreement between Indiana Michigan Power Company and the
      Borrower (it being understood that (i) approval does not include final
      approval of such commission in the event that there is reconsideration or
      appeal from such approval and (ii) if necessary to obtain the above
      approval, the rates under the Contract for Electric Service may be
      increased to a level which is less than or equal to that used for the
      Borrower's projections described in Section 3.06 hereof).

            4.03. Conditions to All Loans or Letters of Credit. The obligation
of each Lender Party to make any Loan or issue any Letter of Credit is subject
to the performance by each Loan Party of its obligations to be performed
hereunder or under the other Loan Documents on or before the date of such Loan
or of the issuance of such Letter of Credit, satisfaction of the conditions
precedent set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents and to satisfaction
of the following further conditions precedent:

            (a) Notice. Appropriate notice of such Loan or Letter of Credit
      shall have been given by the Borrower as provided in Article II hereof.

            (b) Borrowing Base. In the case of Revolving Credit Loans and, from
      and after February 28, 1998, the , Letters of Credit, the Agent shall have
      received a Borrowing Base Certificate, signed by a Responsible Officer of
      the Borrower, complying with the provisions of Section 2.16.

            (c) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and
      warranties made by the Borrower in Article III hereof or made by any Loan
      Party in each other Loan Document (other than in the Assignment of
      Contracts) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
      such date as if made on and as of such date, both before and after giving
      effect to the Loans or Letters of Credit requested to be made or issued on
      such date; provided, however, that, with respect to Section 3.16, the
      condition precedent in this paragraph (c) shall not be deemed to be
      unsatisfied solely as a result of a pending or threatened action, suit,
      proceeding or investigation (i) which is the subject of a currently dated
      certificate of the Borrower delivered to the Agent stating that the
      Borrower believes such action, suit, proceeding or investigation is
      without merit and (ii) as to which the Required Lenders have reasonably
      determined that an outcome adverse to each Loan Party affected thereby is
      remote.

            (d) No Defaults. No Event of Default or Potential Default shall have
      occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the
      Loans or Letters of Credit requested to be made or issued on such date.

            (e) No Violations of Law, etc. Neither the making, issuing nor use
      of the Loans or Letters of Credit shall cause any Lender to violate or
      conflict with any Requirement of Law.

            (f) No Material Adverse Change. There shall not have occurred a
      material adverse change in the business, operations, assets or condition
      (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower 


                                      -60-
<PAGE>   71

      since the more recent of (i) the Closing Date or (ii) the most recently
      delivered audited financial statements provided to the Agent in accordance
      with Section 5.01(a) hereof. There shall not have occurred any other
      event, act or condition which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (g) Letter of Credit Dollar Limits. The dollar limits set forth in
      Section 2.17 hereof with respect to the issuance of all Letters of Credit
      have been and are being complied with.

Each request by the Borrower for any Loan or Letter of Credit or extension of
the maturity of Revolving Credit Loans shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Borrower that the conditions set forth in this Section 4.03 have
been satisfied as of the date of such request (except that no representation or
warranty will be deemed to be made as to whether the Required Lenders have made
the determination referred to in the proviso to paragraph (c) above). Failure of
the Agent to receive notice from the Borrower to the contrary before such Loan
is made shall constitute a further representation and warranty by the Borrower
that the conditions referred to in this Section 4.03 have been satisfied as of
the date such Loan is made or Letter of Credit is issued.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

            The Borrower hereby covenants to the Agent and each Lender as
follows:

            5.01. Basic Reporting Requirements.

            (a) Annual Audit Reports. As soon as practicable, and in any event
within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower
shall furnish to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, statements of income,
cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the Borrower for such fiscal
year and balance sheet of the Borrower as of the close of such fiscal year, and
notes to each, all in reasonable detail, setting forth in comparative form the
corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year. Such financial statements
shall be accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche or other independent
certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the
Borrower. Such opinion shall be free of exceptions or qualifications other than
exceptions for accounting changes. Such opinion in any event shall contain a
written statement of such accountants substantially to the effect that (i) such
accountants examined such financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards and accordingly made such tests of accounting
records and such other auditing procedures as such accountants considered
necessary in the circumstances and (ii) in the opinion of such accountants such
financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial
position of the Borrower as of the end of such fiscal year and the results of
operations and cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for such fiscal
year, in conformity with GAAP. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, with a
copy for each Lender, an Annual Compliance Certificate in substantially the form
set forth as Exhibit E hereto, duly completed and signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in this Section 5.01(a).

            (b) Quarterly Reports. As soon as practicable, and in any event
within 60 days after the close of each of the first three fiscal quarters of
each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, with
a copy for each Lender, unaudited and (unless the Borrower has no Subsidiaries)
consolidating statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders'
equity of the Borrower for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the
beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter and unaudited
and (unless the Borrower has no Subsidiaries) consolidating balance sheets of
the Borrower as of the close of such fiscal quarter, and notes to each which
would be required to be included in a Form 10-Q quarterly report if the Borrower
were required to file such a report under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
all in reasonable detail, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the same periods or as of the same date during the preceding fiscal
year (except for the balance sheet, which shall set forth in comparative form
the corresponding balance sheet as of the prior fiscal year end). Such financial
statements shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of the 


                                      -61-
<PAGE>   72

Borrower as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial position of
the Borrower as of the end of such fiscal quarter and the results of operations
and cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for such fiscal year, in
conformity with GAAP, subject to normal and recurring year-end audit
adjustments. The Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, with a copy for each
Lender, a Quarterly Compliance Certificate in substantially the form set forth
as Exhibit F hereto, duly completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to
in this Section 5.01(b).

            (c) Monthly Reports. As soon as practicable, and in any event within
30 days after the close of each month of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the
Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, unaudited
statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity of the
Borrower for such month and for the period from the beginning of such fiscal
year to the end of such month and an unaudited balance sheet of the Borrower as
of the close of such month, all in reasonable detail, setting forth in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the same periods or as of the
same date during the preceding fiscal year (except for the balance sheet, which
shall set forth in comparative form the corresponding balance sheet as of the
prior fiscal year end). Such financial statements shall be certified by a
Responsible Officer of the Borrower as presenting fairly in all material
respects the financial position of the Borrower as of the end of such month and
the results of operations and cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity for
such fiscal year, in conformity with GAAP, subject to normal and recurring
year-end audit adjustments.

            (d) Accountants' Certificate. Each set of financial statements
delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) hereof shall be accompanied by (i) a
certificate or report dated the date of such statements and balance sheet by the
independent certified public accountants who opined on such financial statements
stating in substance that they have read this Agreement and that in making the
examination necessary for their certification of such statements and balance
sheet they did not become aware of any Event of Default or Potential Default, or
if they did become so aware, such certificate or report shall state the nature
and period of existence thereof, and (ii) a certificate or report dated as of
the date of such financial statements by such accountants stating in reasonable
detail the information and calculations necessary to establish compliance with
the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.01 hereof as of the end of such
fiscal year.

            (e) Projections.

            (i) On the Closing Date (with respect to the then-current current
      fiscal year of the Borrower), and as soon as practicable and in any event
      within 20 days after the close of each subsequent fiscal year of the
      Borrower, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, with a copy for each
      Lender, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the
      Borrower containing a projection of the balance sheet and the revenues,
      expenditures (capital or otherwise) and results of operations and cash
      position of the Borrower as of the end of each month in the forthcoming
      fiscal year, together with a statement of the assumptions and estimates
      upon which such projections are based. Such projections, estimates and
      assumptions, as of the date of preparation thereof, shall be made in good
      faith, shall represent the Borrower's best judgment as to such matters on
      the date thereof and shall not contain assumptions or methods of
      calculation which are inconsistent with the requirements of the Loan
      Documents.

            (ii) As soon as practicable, and in any event within 30 days after
      the end of each month after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall furnish
      to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, a certificate signed by a
      Responsible Officer of the Borrower containing the unaudited balance sheet
      and statements of revenues, expenditures (capital or otherwise) and
      results of operations and cash position of the Borrower for such month and
      for the period from the beginning of the Borrower's fiscal year to the end
      of such month, together with management commentary thereon, all in
      reasonable detail, setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
      figures projected for the same period or as of the same date as set forth
      in the 


                                      -62-
<PAGE>   73

      most recent projections referred to in subsection (i) of this Section
      5.01(f), and shall contain an analysis of significant variances from such
      projections. Such report shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of
      the Borrower as presenting fairly the financial position of the Borrower
      as of the end of such month and the results of their operations and their
      cash flows for the periods covered thereby, in conformity with GAAP,
      subject to normal and recurring year-end audit adjustments.

            (f) Business Plan. On the Closing Date (with respect to the
then-current current fiscal year of the Borrower), and as soon as practicable
and in any event within 20 days after the commencement of each subsequent fiscal
year of the Borrower, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent, with a copy for
each Lender, a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the
Borrower containing the Borrower's business plan for the forthcoming fiscal
year.

            (g) Commercial Finance Reports. At such times as the Agent or the
Required Lenders shall reasonably specify from time to time in writing, which
may be as frequently as every month, the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent,
with a copy for each Lender, a report of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower
setting forth such matters pertaining to the working capital of the Borrower and
in such detail as the Agent may specify from time to time, which may include,
among other things, information as to receivables (which may include, among
other things, a breakout of aging and collections, identification of each
receivable, obligor, due date and original invoice date, identification of
write-offs and changes made in reserves for bad debts, and identification of any
extension of the maturity of, refinancing or other material change in the terms
of any receivables), inventory (which may include, among other things, a
breakdown of the amount of inventory by type (raw materials, work-in-progress
and finished goods), by location, and identification of write-offs and
write-downs), payables (which may include, among other things, a breakout of
aging and payments), sales, credits collections, backlog, and forecasts.

            (h) Certain Other Reports and Information. Promptly upon their
becoming available to the Borrower, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent,
with a copy for each Lender, a copy of (i) all regular or special reports,
registration statements and amendments to the foregoing which the Borrower shall
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor thereto) or
any securities exchange, (ii) all reports, proxy statements, financial
statements and other information distributed by the Borrower to their respective
stockholders, bondholders or the financial community generally, and (iii) all
accountants' management letters pertaining to, all other reports submitted by
accountants in connection with any audit of, and all other material reports from
outside accountants with respect to, any Loan Party.

            (i) Further Information. The Borrower will promptly furnish to the
Agent, with a copy for each Lender, such other information and in such form as
the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request from time to time.

            (j) Notice of Certain Events. Promptly upon becoming aware of any of
the following, the Borrower shall give the Agent notice thereof, together with a
written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the
details thereof and any action with respect thereto taken or proposed to be
taken by the Borrower:

            (i) Any Event of Default or Potential Default.

            (ii) Any material adverse change in the business, operations or
      condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party.

            (iii) Any pending or threatened action, suit, proceeding or
      investigation by or before any Governmental Authority against or affecting
      any Loan Party which seeks damages in excess of $300,000) or which, if
      adversely determined, could have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (iv) Any material violation, breach or default by any Loan Party of
      or under any 


                                      -63-
<PAGE>   74

      agreement or instrument to which such Loan Party is a party material to
      the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects
      of such Loan Party or the Borrower.

            (v) Any amendment or supplement to, or extension, renewal,
      refinancing, or refunding of, or waiver by any other party thereto of any
      right under or conditions of, any agreement or instrument creating,
      evidencing or securing any Indebtedness or Guaranty Equivalent of any Loan
      Party, or any agreement or instrument material to the business,
      operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan
      Party and any negotiations pertaining to any of the foregoing.

            (vi) Any Pension-Related Event. Such notice shall be accompanied by
      a copy of any notice, request, return, petition or other document received
      by any Loan Party or any Controlled Group Member from any Person, or which
      has been or is to be filed with or provided to any Person (including
      without limitation the Internal Revenue Service, PBGC or any Plan
      participant, beneficiary, alternate payee or employer representative), in
      connection with such Pension-Related Event.

            (vii) Any Environmental Claim pending or threatened against any Loan
      Party or any of its Environmental Affiliates, or any past or present acts,
      omissions, events or circumstances (including but not limited to any
      dumping, leaching, deposition, removal, abandonment, escape, emission,
      discharge or release of any Environmental Concern Material at, on or under
      any facility or property now or previously owned, operated or leased by
      any Loan Party or any of its Environmental Affiliates) that could form the
      basis of such Environmental Claim, which Environmental Claim, if adversely
      resolved, individually or in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

            (viii) Any material difficulty in obtaining labor or materials in a
      timely manner or any other matter which could materially impair the
      Borrower's ability to achieve the Preliminary Acceptance Date by June 30,
      1999 or the Final Acceptance Date by March 31, 2000.

            (ix) Any lapse or other termination of any Required Project Permit
      or other Governmental Action (unless such Permit or Action is no longer
      necessary) in connection with the Loan Documents, or the other Project
      Agreements or matters contemplated therein, or any dispute between any
      Loan Party and any Governmental Authority which may have a Material
      Adverse Effect.

            (x) Any Loan Party becoming a party to a collective bargaining
      agreement with respect to any of its employees.

            (xi) Any default by any Person under a Project Agreement.

            (k) Notices Under Other Agreements. Concurrently with any Loan
Party's delivery or receipt thereof, the Borrower shall provide the Agent with
copies of any reports, certificates or notices furnished by any Loan Party to
any other party to any agreement or instrument creating, evidencing or securing
any Indebtedness or Guaranty Equivalent of any Loan Party, or any agreement or
instrument material to the business, operations, condition (financial or
otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party, or received by any Loan Party from
any other party to any of the foregoing.

            (l) Visitation; Verification. Upon reasonable prior notice, the
Borrower shall permit (and cause each Loan Party to permit) the Agent or any
Lender or its accountants, attorneys or other agents to visit and inspect any of
the properties of any Loan Party, to examine its books and records and take
copies and extracts therefrom and to discuss its affairs with its directors,
officers, employees and independent accountants at such times and as often as
the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request; provided, that a Loan Party
shall have the right to have an officer present at any discussion with its


                                      -64-
<PAGE>   75

employees; and provided, further, that the Lenders (as opposed to the Agent)
shall not have any right under this Section to examine any proprietary technical
information of the Borrower; the foregoing shall not preclude walk-through
visits of the properties of a Loan Party by the Agent or any Lender. The
Borrower hereby authorizes (and directs each Loan Party to authorize) such
officers, employees and independent accountants to discuss with the Agent or any
Lender the affairs of any Loan Party. The Agent and the Lenders shall have the
right to examine and verify accounts, inventory and other properties and
liabilities of each Loan Party from time to time, and the Borrower shall
cooperate with the Agent and the Lenders in such verification. Any such
inspection of the Project shall be for the protection of the Agent and the
Lenders and neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any responsibility to
any Loan Party or any other Person for any deficiency in construction or
variance from the Specifications which may be revealed by any inspection by the
Project Monitor, the Agent or any Lender, whether or not discovered by any of
such Persons.

            (m) Borrowing Base. The Borrower shall provide Borrowing Base
Certificates from time to time in accordance with Section 2.16 hereof.

            (n) Environmental Audit. The Agent or the Required Lenders shall
have the right from time to time upon reasonable notice to designate such
Persons ("Environmental Auditors") as the Agent may select to visit, inspect and
have access to any of the properties, products or wastes of each Loan Party and,
to the extent possible, its Environmental Affiliates, for the purpose of
investigating whether there may be a basis for any Environmental Claim or any
condition which could result in any liability, cost or expense to the Agent or
any Lender; provided that unless an Event of Default or Potential Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, or unless there is reasonable cause, such
visitation and investigation shall not occur more than once during any period of
two calendar years. Such investigation may include, among other things, above
and below ground testing for the presence of Environmental Concern Materials and
such other tests as may be necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Agent,
after consultation with the Borrower. The Borrower will supply to the
Environmental Auditors such historical and operational information, including
the results of all samples sent for analysis, correspondence with Governmental
Authorities and environmental audits or reviews regarding properties, products
and wastes of each Loan Party or its Environmental Affiliates as are within its
possession, custody or control, or which are available to it, and will make
available for meetings with the Environmental Auditors appropriate personnel
employed by or consultants retained by the Borrower having knowledge of such
matters.

            (o) Construction Progress Reports. The Borrower shall furnish to the
Agent, with a copy for each Lender, monthly reports concerning the progress of
engineering, procurement, design and construction of the Project, in
substantially the form of Exhibit Y hereto.

            (p) Adequacy of Funds Certificate. As soon as practicable (but no
later than thirty days) after the end of each calendar month commencing January
31, 1998 and continuing until the Adequacy of Funds End Date, the Borrower shall
furnish to the Agent, with a copy for each Lender, an Adequacy of Funds
Certificate (in form and scope described in Section 4.02(d) hereof) as of such
date, together with the related Project Monitor's certificate and with respect
to each such certificate furnished at the end of a calendar quarter, the
independent accountants' certificate described in Section 4.02(e) hereof.

            5.02. Insurance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan
Party to, (a) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance
with respect to the Project, its business and against such liabilities,
casualties and contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as is
satisfactory to the Required Lenders (including without limitation product and
other liability, casualty, workers' compensation and umbrella coverage, and such
insurance described on Schedule 5.02 hereof), (b) provide that such insurance
cannot terminate, expire, be canceled or amended in any material respect without
30 days' prior notice to the Agent, (c) furnish to each Lender from time to time
upon reasonable request the policies under which such insurance is issued,
certificates of insurance and such other information relating to such insurance
as such Lender may reasonably request, (d) cause the insurance 


                                      -65-
<PAGE>   76

policies to contain (i) a "replacement cost endorsement", (ii) a standard first
mortgagee endorsement, without contribution, substantially equivalent to the New
York standard mortgagee endorsement, and (iii) an endorsement that any loss
shall be payable in accordance with the terms of such policy notwithstanding any
act or negligence of any Loan Party which might otherwise give rise to a defense
by the insurer, and (e) provide such other insurance and endorsements as are
required by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

            5.03. Payment of Taxes and Other Potential Charges and Priority
Claims. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Loan Party to, pay or
discharge:

            (a) on or prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, all
      taxes, assessments and other governmental charges imposed upon it or any
      of its properties;

            (b) on or prior to the date when due, all lawful claims of
      materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like
      Persons which, if unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon any
      such property; and

            (c) on or prior to the date when due, all other lawful claims which,
      if unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon any such property
      or which, if unpaid, might give rise to a claim entitled to priority over
      general creditors of the Borrower or such Loan Party in a case under Title
      11 (Bankruptcy) of the United States Code, as amended;

provided, that unless and until foreclosure, distraint, levy, sale or similar
proceedings shall have been commenced the Loan Parties need not pay or discharge
any such tax, assessment, charge or claim so long as (x) the validity thereof is
contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and
(y) such reserves or other appropriate provisions as may be required by GAAP
shall have been made therefor.

            5.04. Preservation of Corporate Status. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each other Loan Party to, maintain its status as a corporation duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its
jurisdiction of incorporation, and, unless failure to do so could not have a
Material Adverse Effect, to be duly qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation and in good standing in all jurisdictions in which the ownership of
its properties or the nature of its business or both make such qualification
necessary or advisable.

            5.05. Governmental Approvals and Filings. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each other Loan Party to, keep and maintain in full force and effect
all Governmental Actions necessary or advisable in connection with execution and
delivery of any Loan Document by any Loan Party, consummation by each Loan Party
of the transactions herein or therein contemplated, performance of or compliance
with the terms and conditions hereof or thereof by any Loan Party or to ensure
the legality, validity, binding effect, enforceability or admissibility in
evidence hereof or thereof.

            5.06. Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower shall, and shall cause
each other Loan Party to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair,
working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) the properties now
or hereafter owned, leased or otherwise possessed by it so that the business
carried on in connection therewith may be conducted at all times in accordance
with the customary practice of facilities producing direct reduced iron or pig
iron.

            5.07. Avoidance of Other Conflicts. The Borrower shall, and shall
cause each other Loan Party to, not violate or conflict with, be in violation of
or conflict with, or be or remain subject to any liability (contingent or
otherwise) on account of any violation or conflict with

            (a) any Requirement of Law (including without limitation any
      Environmental Law),


                                      -66-
<PAGE>   77

            (b) its certificate or articles of incorporation of by-laws (or
      other constituent documents), or

            (c) any Contractual Obligations to which it is party, which
      violation could have Material Adverse Effect.

            5.08. Financial Accounting Practices. The Borrower shall, and shall
cause each other Loan Party to, make and keep books, records and accounts which,
in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect its transactions and
dispositions of its assets and maintain a system of internal accounting controls
sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (a) transactions are executed
in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, (b)
transactions are recorded as necessary (i) to permit preparation of financial
statements in conformity with GAAP, and (ii) to maintain accountability for
assets, (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
general or specific authorization and (d) the recorded accountability for assets
is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
action is taken with respect to any differences.

            5.09. Use of Proceeds. The Borrower shall apply the proceeds of the
Revolving Credit Loans for working capital purposes and the proceeds of the Term
Loans only to pay Project Costs and the dividend to SDI to the extent permitted
by Section 6.06 hereof. The Borrower shall not use, or permit the use of, the
proceeds of any Loans hereunder directly or indirectly for any unlawful purpose,
in any manner inconsistent with Section 3.12 hereof, or inconsistent with any
other provision of any Loan Document.

            5.10. Continuation of or Change in Business. The Borrower shall, and
shall cause each other Loan Party to, continue to engage in its business as
currently contemplated, and no Loan Party shall engage in any other business.

            5.11. Consolidated Tax Return. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any other Loan Party to, file or consent to the filing of any
consolidated income tax return with any Person other than a Loan Party and SDI.

            5.12. Fiscal Year. The Borrower shall not change its fiscal year or
fiscal quarter or permit any other Loan Party to do so.

            5.13. Tax Sharing Agreement. The Borrower shall comply with all of
the provisions of the Tax Sharing Agreement.

            5.14. Construction of the Project. (a) The Borrower shall, promptly
after the date hereof, cause the construction of the Project to commence and
will prosecute the same with diligence and continuity to Completion. The
Borrower will cause the Project to be designed, constructed and Completed in
accordance with the Design and Construction Standard, will cause the Preliminary
Acceptance Date to occur on or before June 30, 1999, the Final Acceptance Date
to occur on or before March 31, 2000, and will cause construction of the Project
to be Completed, free and clear of all Liens (or claims of Liens) for material
supplied or work performed in connection therewith, on or before December 31,
2000. Upon demand of the Agent, the Borrower will correct any material departure
from the Design and Construction Standard.

            (b) The Borrower will furnish to the Agent (i) within 45 days after
the foundations of the Project have been located on the Project Site, a survey
certified by a registered engineer or surveyor reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent, in form and scope reasonably acceptable to the Agent, showing that the
foundations are located within the perimeter of the Project Site and any setback
lines and at the location shown in the Specifications, and (ii) as promptly as
practicable upon completion of construction of the Project, (A) an "as-built"
survey certified by a registered engineer or surveyor reasonably satisfactory to
the Agent, in form and scope reasonably acceptable to the Agent, showing the
completed 


                                      -67-
<PAGE>   78

Project, (B) the final "as-built" Specifications for the Project and (C) the
complete releases of Liens described in clause (c) of the definition of
"Completion" contained in Section 1.01 hereof, except that delivery of such
complete release of liens may be delayed with respect to each contract
identified on Schedule 5.14(b) attached hereto until final payment under such
contract. The Borrower shall not make final payment under any construction or
supply contract unless concurrently with or prior to such payment it receives
such a complete release of Liens for such contract.

            (c) At all times during the period commencing on the earlier of the
date the first Loan is made and June 30, 1998 and ending on the Adequacy of
Funds End Date, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the adequacy of funds
test described in Section 4.02(h).

            5.15. Future Project Agreements. The Borrower shall furnish to the
Agent, with a copy for each Lender, certified copies of any Future Project
Agreements within five days of the execution and delivery thereof, together with
(i) a duly executed consent and agreement from each other party to such Future
Project Agreements, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit V, with
such changes therein as the Required Lenders may reasonably approve and with the
blanks appropriately filled, (ii) if such Future Project Agreement is with a
Loan Party other than the Borrower, a duly executed assignment of contract
executed by such Loan Party substantially in the form of Exhibit CC hereto and
(iii) if such Future Project Agreement involves amounts in excess of $2,000,000,
an opinion addressed to the Agent and each Lender, of each such other party's
counsel addressing such matters as may reasonably be requested by the Agent.
Each such consent and agreement shall be in form and substance, and each such
Future Project Agreement which is listed on Schedule 1.01E hereof or is of the
type described in clause (c) of the definition thereof shall be in form and
substance, reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders prior
to execution and delivery thereof. Each such Future Project Agreement shall be
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, or shall be on a
standard form (without material modification thereto) included in Exhibit AA
hereto.

            5.16. Consents to Assignment of Contract. The Borrower shall, prior
to the earlier of (a) 120 days after the date hereof or (b) the Closing Date,
cause fully executed Consents to Assignment of Contract, in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, to be delivered to the Agent, with a copy for each
Lender, with respect to the contracts listed on Schedule 5.16 hereto.

            5.17. Debt Service Reserve Account. On the Closing Date the Borrower
shall open at Agent and shall maintain until all of the Obligations shall have
been paid in full and all commitments to lend hereunder shall have terminated, a
Debt Service Reserve Account into which account Borrower will deposit or cause
to be deposited (a) the Net Sale Proceeds of the sale of all assets not
described in Section 6.10(a) hereof, (b) the Net Proceeds of casualty insurance
and of condemnation awards, not used for the payment of costs of restoring
improvements or equipment in accordance with Section 2.06 of the Mortgage and
(c) the Net Income of Borrower (after payment of all ordinary and necessary
operating expenses incurred in the normal course of operating the Project in
accordance with normal industry standards) until there shall be on deposit in
the Debt Service Reserve Account the amount of $4,500,000. Funds in the Debt
Service Reserve Account may be made available to Borrower only to pay Debt
Service to the extent that Borrower shall have demonstrated to satisfaction of
Agent that the then Net Income of Borrower is not sufficient to pay Debt Service
then due and payable and then only to the extent of such deficiency. Borrower
shall be required to make the deposits from the sources described in this
Section 5.17 so as to maintain the amount of $4,500,000 on deposit in the Debt
Service Reserve Account. Absent an Event of Default, funds in the Debt Service
Reserve Account shall earn interest in accordance with the customary practices
of the Agent as in effect from time to time and may be invested in Cash
Equivalent Investments. If an Event of Default should occur, the Agent may, at
its option, apply all funds to the Loans in such order as Agent in its sole
discretion may determine. The Agent shall have the sole dominion and control
over the Debt Service Reserve Account and over the funds on deposit therein and
shall have the sole right to draw on such funds for application as set forth in
this Section 5.17.


                                      -68-
<PAGE>   79

                                   ARTICLE VI
                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

            The Borrower hereby covenants to the Agent and each Lender as
follows:

            6.01. Financial Covenants.

            (a) Tangible Net Worth. From and after the Financial Covenant Date,
Tangible Net Worth shall not at any time be less than the sum of (i) $15,000,000
and (ii) 50% of Cumulative Net Income at such time.

            (b) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. As of the last day of each fiscal
quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter in which the Financial Covenant Date
occurs (each such last day of the fiscal quarter being called a "test day"), the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Measurement Period ending on such test day
shall not be less than 1.5 to 1 for Measurement Periods ending in the calendar
year 1999 or 2000 and 1.1 to 1 for Measurement Periods ending in the calendar
year after the calendar year 2000. "Measurement Period" shall mean (i) the
fiscal quarter in which the Financial Covenant Date occurs (the "Initial
Quarter"), (ii) the period consisting of the Initial Quarter and the immediately
succeeding fiscal quarter, (iii) the period consisting of the Initial Quarter
and the immediately succeeding two fiscal quarters, (iv) the period consisting
of the Initial Quarter and the immediately succeeding three fiscal quarters and
(v) each succeeding period of four consecutive fiscal quarters.

            (c) Negative EBITDA.) From January 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998, the
Borrower's cumulative negative EBITDA shall not exceed $5,000,000, and during
the period from January 1, 1998 through December 31, 1999 cumulative negative
EBITDA of Borrower shall not exceed $7,000,000.

            (d) Funded Indebtedness to EBITDA. The ratio of (x) Funded
Indebtedness minus the amount on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account to
(y) EBITDA for each Measurement Period ending in the calendar years 1999 or 2000
shall be not greater than 4.0 to 1 on the last day of each such Measurement
Period and for each Measurement Period ending after the calendar year 2000,
shall be not greater than 3.0 to 1 on the last day of each such Measurement
Period.

            6.02. Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other
Loan Party to, at any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
any of its property (now owned or hereafter acquired), or agree, become or
remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, except for
the following ("Permitted Liens"):

            (a) Liens pursuant to the Security Documents in favor of the Agent
      for the benefit of the Lenders and the Agent to secure the Obligations;

            (b) Liens which are granted by the Borrower pursuant to the Utility
      Loan;

            (c) Liens arising from taxes, assessments, charges or claims
      described in Section 5.03 hereof that are not yet due or that remain
      payable without penalty or to the extent permitted to remain unpaid under
      the proviso to such Section 5.03 and under the second proviso contained in
      Section 2.07 of the Mortgage;

            (d) Deposits or pledges of cash or securities in the ordinary course
      of business to secure (i) workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance
      or other social security obligations, (ii) performance of bids, tenders,
      trade contracts (other than for payment of money) or leases, (iii) stay,
      surety or appeal bonds, or (iv) other obligations of a like nature
      incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

            (e) Easements, rights of way and other restrictions on the use of
      real property which are 


                                      -69-
<PAGE>   80

      described in Schedule B-II of the title insurance policy insuring the Lien
      of the Mortgage.

            (f) Liens described on Schedule 6.02(f) and Liens on property of the
      Borrower securing all or part of the purchase price thereof, provided
      that: (i) such Lien is created before or substantially simultaneously with
      the purchase of such property by the Borrower and in any event after the
      Final Acceptance Date, (ii) such Lien is confined solely to the property
      so purchased and proceeds thereof, (iii) the aggregate amount secured by
      all such Liens on any particular property at the time purchased by the
      Borrower shall not exceed the lesser of the purchase price of such
      property and the fair market value of such property at the time of
      purchase, (iv) such property shall not consist of anything integral to the
      iron ore or coal storage facility, the iron ore drying and concentration
      facility, the iron ore concentrate grading line, the coal reductant
      grading line, the pellet agglomeration facility, the rotary hearth furnace
      or the submerged arc furnace or to the production of direct reduced iron
      pellets or liquid pig iron, (v) the purchase price of such property shall
      have been included in the calculation required by Section 6.13 hereof and
      (vi) the aggregate amount secured by all Liens described in this Section
      6.02(f) shall not at any time exceed $2,000,000.

            (g) Liens on accounts receivable of any Loan Party in favor of the
      Borrower.

"Permitted Lien" shall in no event include any Lien imposed by, or required to
be granted pursuant to, ERISA or any Environmental Law. Nothing in this Section
6.02 shall be construed to limit any other restriction on Liens imposed by the
Security Documents or otherwise in the Loan Documents.

            6.03. Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any
other Loan Party to, at any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, or agree, become or remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to
do any of the foregoing, except:

            (a) Indebtedness to the Lenders and the Agent pursuant to this
      Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

            (b) The Indebtedness of the Borrower incurred pursuant to the
      Utility Loan and refinancings thereof on the same terms (other than
      interest rate or a longer maturity);

            (c) Accounts payable to trade creditors arising out of purchases of
      goods or services in the ordinary course of business, provided that (i)
      such accounts payable are payable not later than 90 days after the
      original invoice date according to the original terms of sale, and (ii) as
      of the end of each calendar month, not more than 15% of such accounts
      payable are more than 90 days past due, and not more than 5% of such
      accounts payable are more than 120 days past due, in each case according
      to the original terms of sale (except to the extent that any such account
      payable is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
      diligently conducted and so long as such reserves or other appropriate
      provisions as may be required by GAAP shall have been made with respect
      therefor);

            (d) Any licensing or royalty fees owed by the Borrower in the
      ordinary course of business;

            (e) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section 6.02(f)
      hereof;

            (f) Unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower in an aggregate principal
      amount not exceeding $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

            (g) Indebtedness of another Loan Party to the Borrower as to which
      the Borrower's rights are subject to a first perfected Lien in favor of
      the Agent;


                                      -70-
<PAGE>   81

            6.04. Guaranties, Indemnities, etc. The Borrower shall not be or
become subject to or bound by any Guaranty Equivalent, or agree, become or
remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, and shall
not permit any other Loan Party to do so, except:

            (a) Guaranty Equivalents existing on the date hereof and listed in
      Schedule 6.04 hereto;

            (b) Contingent liabilities arising from the endorsement of
      negotiable or other instruments for deposit or collection or similar
      transactions in the ordinary course of business;

            (c) Indemnities by the Borrower or another Loan Party of the
      liabilities of its directors or officers in their capacities as such
      pursuant to provisions presently contained in their certificate or
      articles of incorporation or by-laws (or other constituent documents) or
      as permitted by Law;

            (d) Contingent liabilities arising from any interest rate protection
      agreements.

            6.05. Loans, Advances and Investments. The Borrower shall not, and
shall not permit any Loan Party to, at any time make or suffer to exist or
remain outstanding any loan or advance to, or purchase, acquire or own
(beneficially or of record) any stock, bonds, notes or securities of, or any
partnership interest (whether general or limited) in, or any other interest in,
or make any capital contribution to or other investment in, any other Person, or
agree, become or remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to do any of the
foregoing, except:

            (a) Loans and investments existing on the date hereof and listed in
      Schedule 6.05 hereof;

            (b) Receivables owing to the Borrower arising from sales of
      inventory under usual and customary terms in the ordinary course of
      business; and loans and advances extended by the Borrower to
      subcontractors or suppliers (excluding subcontractors or suppliers who are
      Affiliates of the Borrower) under usual and customary terms in the
      ordinary course of business;

            (c) Advances to officers and employees, other agents and independent
      contractors of the Borrower to meet expenses incurred by such persons in
      the ordinary course of business or for relocation and in amounts at any
      time outstanding not exceeding $50,000 to any one officer or employee and
      $500,000 in the aggregate;

            (d) Cash Equivalent Investments;

            6.06. Dividends and Related Distributions. The Borrower shall not
declare or make any Stock Payment, or agree, become or remain liable
(contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, and shall not permit any
other Loan Party to do so, except as follows:

            (a) The Borrower may pay a one-time cash dividend to SDI in the
      amount of up to $5,000,000 if, and only if, (i) no Event of Default or
      Potential Default exists or is continuing or would result from the payment
      of such dividend, (ii) the Preliminary Acceptance Date shall have
      occurred, (iii) for each of three consecutive months the sum of the
      Borrower's Net Income plus depreciation shall have been greater than zero,
      (iv) there shall be on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Account the
      amount of $2,200,000, (v) there shall have been delivered an Adequacy of
      Funds Certificate reasonably satisfactory in all respects to the Required
      Lenders demonstrating to the satisfaction of such Lenders that Final
      Acceptance may be achieved without reducing to zero the remaining
      unadvanced portion of the Term Loan Committed Amount, (vi) the payment of
      such dividend shall not result in a reduction in the Tangible Net Worth of
      Borrower below $20,000,000 and (vii) all of the conditions of Section 4.02
      hereof shall have been satisfied on the date of such payment; and


                                      -71-
<PAGE>   82

            (b) The Borrower may pay cash dividends to SDI in an amount equal to
      50% of Excess Cash Flow for any fiscal quarter if, and only if, (i) no
      Event of Default or Potential Default exists or would result from the
      payment of such dividends, (ii) there is on deposit in the Debt Service
      Reserve Account the amount of $4,500,000, (iii) $27,500,000 of principal
      amount of Term Loans shall have been repaid by Borrower either from Excess
      Cash Flow or Net Cash Proceeds of equity securities that may be issued by
      Borrower subject to the terms of this Agreement and (iv) financial
      statements for such quarter shall have theretofore been delivered to the
      Agent pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof.

            6.07. Sale-Leasebacks. The Borrower shall not at any time enter into
or suffer to remain in effect any transaction to which the Borrower is a party
involving the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Borrower of any
property (now owned or hereafter acquired), with a view directly or indirectly
to the leasing back of any part of the same property or any other property used
for the same or a similar purpose or purposes, or agree, become or remain liable
(contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, and shall not permit any
other Loan Party to do so.

            6.08. Leases. The Borrower shall not at any time enter into or
suffer to remain in effect any lease, as lessee, of any property, or agree,
become or remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing,
or permit any other Loan Party to do so, except operating leases of data
processing equipment, office equipment, transportation equipment and other
manufacturing equipment or office space used by the lessee in the ordinary
course of business, provided that such leases will not result in the payment or
accrual by the Borrower of more than $750,000 in the aggregate in any
twelve-month period and no such lease has a term longer than seven years; and
provided further that such leases will not result in the payment or accrual by
all Loan Parties other than the Borrower of more than $150,000 in the aggregate
in any twelve-month period.

            6.09. Mergers, Acquisitions, etc. The Borrower shall not, and shall
not permit any other Loan Party to, (a) merge with or into or consolidate with
any other Person, (b) liquidate, wind-up, dissolve or divide, (c) acquire all or
any substantial portion of the properties of any going concern or going line of
business, (d) acquire all or any substantial portion of the properties of any
other Person other than in the ordinary course of business, unless such
acquisition is made by the Borrower after the Final Acceptance Date and would
not result in the sum of (i) the aggregate amount paid for all such acquisitions
plus (ii) the aggregate amount of investments made under Section 6.05(e)
exceeding $2,000,000 or (z) agree, become or remain liable (contingently or
otherwise) to do any of the foregoing.

            6.10. Dispositions of Properties. The Borrower shall not, and shall
not permit any other Loan Party to, sell, convey, assign, lease, transfer,
abandon or otherwise dispose of, voluntarily or involuntarily, any of its
properties, or agree, become or remain liable (contingently or otherwise) to do
any of the foregoing, except:

            (a) The Borrower and any other Loan Party may sell Inventory in the
      ordinary course of business;

            (b) In addition to the asset sales permitted by paragraph (a) above
      the Borrower may, for cash, dispose of assets in a maximum aggregate
      annual amount of $1,000,000; and

Provided in each instance that the Net Cash Proceeds of all such sales are
applied as set forth in this Agreement.

            By way of illustration, and without limitation, it is understood
that the following are dispositions of property subject to this Section 6.10:
any disposition of accounts, chattel paper or general intangibles, with or
without recourse; and any disposition of any leasehold interest. Nothing in this
Section 6.10 shall be construed to limit any other restriction on dispositions
of property imposed by the Security Documents or otherwise in the Loan
Documents.


                                      -72-
<PAGE>   83

            6.11. No Plans. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any other
Loan Party to, enter into any contract or arrangement pursuant to which any Plan
is maintained for any of its employees.

            6.12. Dealings with Affiliates. The Borrower shall not, and shall
not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into or carry out any transaction with
(including, without limitation, purchase or lease property or services from,
sell or lease property or services to, loan or advance to, or enter into, suffer
to remain in existence or amend any contract, agreement or arrangement with) any
Affiliate of the Borrower, directly or indirectly, or agree, become or remain
liable (contingently or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing, except:

            (a) Execution and performance of contracts, agreements and
      arrangements in existence as of the date hereof and set forth in Schedule
      6.12 hereof;

            (b) Directors, officers and employees of a Loan Party may be
      compensated for services rendered in such capacity to such Loan Party,
      provided that such compensation is in good faith and on terms no less
      favorable to such Loan Party than those that could have been obtained in a
      comparable transaction on an arm's-length basis from an unrelated Person,
      and the board of directors of the Borrower (including a majority of the
      directors having no direct or indirect interest in such transaction)
      approve the same;

            (c) The SDI Offtake Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the
      Tax Sharing Agreement.

            (d) Other transactions in the ordinary course of the Borrower's
      business with Affiliates in good faith and on terms no less favorable to
      the Borrower than those that could have been obtained in a comparable
      transaction on an arm's-length basis from an unrelated Person, as to which
      the board of directors of Borrower (including a majority of the directors
      having no direct or indirect interest in such transaction) approve such
      transaction and determine that such terms are no less favorable to the
      Borrower than those that could have been obtained in a comparable
      transaction on an arm's-length basis from an unrelated Person; provided,
      that the Borrower shall not enter into any such transaction or series of
      related transactions having a value in excess of $1,000,000 unless the
      Agent has received a copy of the foregoing resolution of such board of
      directors to the effect that such transaction is fair to the Borrower from
      a financial point of view.

            6.13. Capital Expenditures. On or after the Final Acceptance Date,
Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Loan Party to, make any
Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year except for Capital Expenditures of the
Borrower not in excess of the lesser of (i) $2,000,000 and (ii) 50% of Excess
Cash Flow for the immediately preceding fiscal year (but not less than zero),
plus the amount which was permitted to be used for Capital Expenditures in the
immediately preceding fiscal year but was not used, in each case less the sum
equal to actual expenditures made in such fiscal year towards completion of the
Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Final Acceptance
Date occurs on any day that is not the first day of a fiscal year, the amount
set forth in clause (i) and the amount determined pursuant to clause (ii) in the
immediately preceding sentence shall be reduced to the amount determined by
multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
days from and excluding the Final Acceptance Date to and including the last day
of the fiscal year and the denominator of which is 365.

            6.14. Limitations on Modification of Certain Agreements and
Instruments. The Borrower shall not amend, modify or supplement, or suffer any
amendment, modification or supplement to, the Utility Loan or any of the
agreements governing the Utility Loan, the SDI Offtake Agreement, the
Administration Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement or its certificate of
incorporation or by-laws (or similar constituent documents) except that the
Borrower may, without the consent of the Required Lenders, amend or modify the
sections of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Stockholders'
Agreement listed on Schedule 6.14 hereto.


                                      -73-
<PAGE>   84

            6.15. Limitation on Other Restrictions on Liens. The Borrower shall
not, and shall not permit any other Loan Party to, enter into, become or remain
subject to any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower or such Loan Party,
as the case may be, is a party or by which it or any of its properties (now
owned or hereafter acquired) may be subject or bound that would prohibit the
grant of any Lien upon any of its properties (now owned or hereafter required),
except:

            (a) The Loan Documents;

            (b) (i) Restrictions pursuant to non-assignment provisions of any
      executory contract or of any lease by the Borrower as lessee, and (ii)
      restrictions on granting Liens on property subject to a Permitted Lien for
      the benefit of the holder of such Permitted Lien to the extent in
      existence on the date hereof.

            6.16. Limitation on Other Restrictions on Amendment of the Loan
Documents, etc. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Loan
Party to, enter into, become or remain subject to any agreement or instrument to
which the Borrower or such Loan Party, as the case may be, is a party or by it
or any of its properties (now owned or hereafter acquired) may be subject or
bound that would prohibit or require the consent of any Person to any amendment,
modification or supplement to any of the Loan Documents, except for the Loan
Documents.

            6.17. Maintenance of Business. The Borrower shall not change its
primary line of business from that of constructing, owning and operating the
Project.

            6.18. Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not organize, incorporate,
acquire or otherwise suffer to exist any Subsidiaries.

            6.19. Change Orders. The Borrower will not modify the Specifications
or accept any change order without the prior written consent of the Required
Lenders, except that the Specifications may, without such consent, be modified
by a change order as to which all documentation has been delivered to the
Project Monitor to the extent that such modifications do not change the Project
from the definition thereof set forth in Section 1.01 hereof, are consistent
with the Design and Construction Standard (except for that portion of the Design
and Construction Standard relating to the Specifications), do not involve any
delay in the Preliminary Acceptance Date beyond June 30, 1999 or the Final
Acceptance Date beyond March 31, 2000 or an increase in Project Costs (other
than increases of less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all change orders
and less than $1,000,000 for any single change order or series of related change
orders, do not adversely affect the capacity, efficiency or performance of the
Project and are not the subject of a notice delivered by the Project Monitor to
the effect that such change order does not comply, in the Project Monitor's
opinion, with the foregoing requirements (provided that such requirements shall
not be deemed to have been met solely because of the absence of delivery of such
notice by the Project Monitor).

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                    DEFAULTS

            7.01. Events of Default. An Event of Default shall mean the
occurrence or existence of one or more of the following events or conditions
(for any reason, whether voluntary, involuntary or effected or required by Law):

            (a) The Borrower shall fail to pay when due principal of any Loan or
      any Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation, or shall fail to make when
      due any required cash collateralization of outstanding Letters of Credit.

            (b) Any Loan Party shall fail to pay when due interest on any Loan,
      any fees, indemnity or expenses, or any other amount due hereunder or
      under any other Loan Document and, if such 


                                      -74-
<PAGE>   85

      failure is unintentional, such failure shall have continued for a period
      of five Business Days.

            (c) Any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party in or
      pursuant to or in connection with any Loan Document, or deemed made by any
      Loan Party in or pursuant to any Loan Document, or any statement made by
      any Loan Party in any financial statement, certificate, report (excluding
      projections and the Project Budget) or exhibit furnished by any Loan Party
      to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with any Loan
      Document, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material
      respect as of the time when made or deemed made (including by omission of
      material information necessary to make such representation, warranty or
      statement not misleading).

            (d) The Borrower or any Loan Party shall default in the performance
      or observance of any covenant contained in Article VI hereof, other than
      Section 6.12, or any of the covenants contained in Sections 2.10, 2.16,
      5.01(k)(i), 5.09, 5.10, or 5.12 hereof or any Section of the Security
      Documents listed on Schedule 7.01(d) hereto.

            (e) Any Loan Party shall default in the performance or observance of
      any other covenant, agreement or duty under this Agreement or any other
      Loan Document and (i) in the case of a default under Section 5.01 hereof
      (other than as referred to in subsection (k)(i) thereof) such default
      shall have continued for a period of ten days and (ii) in the case of any
      other default such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days.

            (f) Any Cross-Default Event shall occur with respect to any
      Cross-Default Obligation; provided, that if a Cross-Default Event would
      have occurred with respect to a Cross-Default Obligation but for the grant
      of a waiver or similar indulgence, a Cross-Default Event shall
      nevertheless be deemed to have occurred if the Borrower gave or agreed to
      give any fee or other monetary compensation for such waiver or indulgence.
      As used herein, "Cross-Default Obligation" shall mean any Indebtedness of
      the Borrower in excess of $500,000 in aggregate principal amount or of SDI
      in excess of $10,000,000 aggregate principal amount, or commitment of any
      Person to make a loan or loans to the Borrower in the aggregate principal
      amount in excess of $500,000 or to SDI in the aggregate principal amount
      in excess of $10,000,000. As used herein, "Cross-Default Event" with
      respect to a Cross-Default Obligation shall mean the occurrence of any
      default, event or condition which causes or which would permit any Person
      or Persons to cause or which would with the giving of notice or the
      passage of time or both would permit any Person or Persons to cause all or
      any part of such Cross-Default Obligation to become due (by acceleration,
      mandatory prepayment or repurchase, or otherwise) before its otherwise
      stated maturity or to terminate its commitment to make loans to the
      Borrower or SDI, as the case may be or failure to pay all or any part of
      such Cross-Default Obligation at its stated maturity.

            (g) One or more judgments for the payment of money shall have been
      entered against the Borrower or any other Loan Party, which judgment or
      judgments exceed $100,000 in the aggregate, and such judgment or judgments
      shall have remained undischarged and unstayed for a period of forty-five
      consecutive days.

            (h) One or more writs or warrants of attachment, garnishment,
      execution, distraint or similar process exceeding in value the aggregate
      amount of $100,000 shall have been issued against the Borrower or any
      other Loan Party or any of their respective properties and shall have
      remained undischarged and unstayed for a period of forty-five consecutive
      days.

            (i) Any Governmental Action now or hereafter made by or with any
      Governmental Authority in connection with any Loan Document is not
      obtained or shall have ceased to be in full force and effect or shall have
      been modified or amended or shall have been held to be illegal or invalid,
      unless the same could not have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                      -75-
<PAGE>   86

            (j) Any Security Document shall cease to be in full force and
      effect, or any Lien created or purported to be created in any Collateral
      pursuant to any Security Document shall fail to be valid, enforceable and
      perfected Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and
      the Agent securing the Obligations, prior to all other Liens (except for
      Permitted Liens under Section 6.02(b), (e) or (f)), or any Loan Party
      shall assert any of the foregoing.

            (k) Any Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect, or
      any Loan Party shall, or shall purport to, terminate, repudiate, declare
      voidable or void or otherwise contest, any Loan Document or any obligation
      or liability of any Loan Party thereunder.

            (l) The Required Lenders shall have determined in good faith that an
      event or condition has occurred which could have a Material Adverse
      Effect.

            (m) Any one or more Pension-Related Events referred to in subsection
      (a)(ii) or (b) of the definition of "Pension-Related Event" shall have
      occurred; any one or more Pension-Related Events referred to in subsection
      (e)(i) of the definition of "Pension-Related Event" shall have occurred
      and such event shall not have been cured within fifteen days after the
      occurrence thereof; or any one or more other one or more other
      Pension-Related Events shall have occurred and the Required Lenders shall
      determine in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) that
      such other Pension-Related Events, individually or in the aggregate, could
      have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (n) Any one or more of the events or conditions set forth in the
      following clauses (i) or (ii) shall have occurred in respect of any Loan
      Party or any of its Environmental Affiliates, and the Required Lenders
      shall determine in good faith that such events or conditions, individually
      or in the aggregate, could have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) any past or
      present violation of any Environmental Law by such Person, or (ii)
      existence of any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any
      such Person, or existence of any past or present acts, omissions, events
      or circumstances that could form the basis of any Environmental Claim
      against any such Person.

            (o) A Change of Control shall have occurred.

            (p) The Borrower or any other Person shall default under any of the
      Project Agreements and such defaults shall have continued without cure for
      such a period as to have a material adverse impact on construction or
      operation of the Project or SDI shall default in the performance of its
      obligations under the SDI Offtake Agreement or the Administration
      Agreement.

            (q) The Preliminary Acceptance Date does not occur on or before June
      30, 1999 or the Final Acceptance Date does not occur on or before March
      31, 2000.

            (r) Any action or proceeding for the Condemnation (as defined in the
      Mortgage) of all or a substantial portion of the Project shall be
      commenced and continue undismissed for a period of forty-five days.

            (s) Any of the Project Agreements shall be materially and adversely
      amended or shall fail to be in full force and effect if such amendment or
      failure could have a Material Adverse Effect.

            (t) A proceeding shall have been instituted in respect of the
      Borrower, any other Loan Party or SDI,

                  (i) seeking to have an order for relief entered in respect of
            such Person, or seeking a declaration or entailing a finding that
            such Person is insolvent or a similar 


                                      -76-
<PAGE>   87

            declaration or finding, or seeking dissolution, winding-up, charter
            revocation or forfeiture, liquidation, reorganization, arrangement,
            adjustment, composition or other similar relief with respect to such
            Person, its assets or its debts under any Law relating to
            bankruptcy, insolvency, relief of debtors or protection of
            creditors, termination of legal entities or any other similar Law
            now or hereafter in effect, or

                  (ii) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator,
            assignee, sequestrator or other custodian for such Person or for all
            or any substantial part of its property

      and such proceeding shall result in the entry, making or grant of any such
      order for relief, declaration, finding, relief or appointment, or such
      proceeding shall remain undismissed, undischarged and unstayed for a
      period of sixty consecutive days.

            (u) The Borrower or any other Loan Party shall become insolvent;
      shall fail to pay, become unable to pay, or state that it is or will be
      unable to pay, its debts as they become due; shall voluntarily suspend
      transaction of its or his business; shall make a general assignment for
      the benefit of creditors; shall institute (or fail to controvert in a
      timely and appropriate manner) a proceeding described in Section
      7.01(v)(i) hereof, or (whether or not any such proceeding has been
      instituted) shall consent to or acquiesce in any such order for relief,
      declaration, finding or relief described therein; shall institute or take
      corporate action authorizing the institution of (or fail to controvert in
      a timely and appropriate manner) a proceeding described in Section
      7.01(v)(ii) hereof, or (whether or not any such proceeding has been
      instituted) shall consent to or acquiesce in any such appointment or to
      the taking of possession by any such custodian of all or any substantial
      part of its or his property; shall dissolve, wind-up, revoke or forfeit
      its charter (or other constituent documents) or liquidate itself or any
      substantial part of its property.

            (v) Any party shall obtain an order or decree in any court of
      competent jurisdiction enjoining or delaying the construction or operation
      of the Project or enjoining or prohibiting the carrying out of any of the
      Loan Documents, any of the Project Agreements and such order or decree is
      not vacated within thirty days or, in the case of an order or decree
      enjoining or delaying the construction of the Project, such order or
      decree is not vacated within such period of time as is necessary to permit
      the Borrower (without non-concurrence by the Project Monitor) to certify
      that it is reasonably to be expected that the Preliminary Acceptance Date
      will occur on or before June 30, 1999 or that the Final Acceptance Date
      will occur on or before March 31, 2000.

            (w) The Borrower shall abandon construction or operation of the
      Project.

            7.02. Consequences of an Event of Default.

            (a) If an Event of Default under Section 7.01 hereof (other than a
Specified Early Period Default and other than an Event of Default specified in
subsection (t) or (u) thereof) shall occur and be continuing or shall exist,
then, in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Agent or any Lender
may have hereunder or under any other Loan Document, at law, in equity or
otherwise, the Lenders shall be under no further obligation to make Loans and
the Issuing Bank shall be under no further obligation to issue Letters of Credit
hereunder, and the Agent shall, upon the written request of the Required
Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, from time to time do any or all of the
following:

            (i) Declare the Commitments terminated, whereupon the Commitments
      will terminate and any fees hereunder shall be immediately due and payable
      without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of
      which are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue.

            (ii) Declare the unpaid principal amount of any or all of the Loans,
      interest accrued thereon and all other Obligations (including without
      limitation the obligation to cash 


                                      -77-
<PAGE>   88

      collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit) to be immediately due and
      payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any
      kind, all of which are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall
      immediately accrue.

            (iii) Exercise one or more of the remedies set forth in the Security
      Documents.

            (b) If an Event of Default specified in subsection (vt or (u) of
Section 7.01 hereof shall occur or exist, then, in addition to all other rights
and remedies which the Agent or any Lender may have hereunder or under any other
Loan Document, at law, in equity or otherwise, the Commitments shall
automatically terminate and the Lenders shall be under no further obligation to
make Loans and the Issuing Bank shall be under no further obligation to issue
Letters of Credit, and the unpaid principal amount of the Loans, interest
accrued thereon and all other Obligations (including without limitation the
obligation to cash collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit) shall become
immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall
immediately accrue.

            (c) If a Specified Early Period Default shall occur and be
continuing or shall exist, then the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make
Loans and the Issuing Bank shall be under no obligation to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder and, unless the Cure Period, if any, applicable to such
Specified Early Period Default shall not have expired, in addition to all other
rights and remedies which the Agent or any Lender may have hereunder or under
any other Loan Document, at law, in equity or otherwise, the Agent may, and upon
the written request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower,
from time to time do any or all of the following:

            (i) Declare the Commitments terminated, whereupon the Commitments
      will terminate and any fees hereunder shall be immediately due and payable
      without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of
      which are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue.

            (ii) Declare the unpaid principal amount of all Obligations
      (including without limitation the obligation to cash collateralize
      outstanding Letters of Credit) to be immediately due and payable without
      presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which
      are hereby waived, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue.

            (iii) Exercise one or more of the remedies set forth in the Security
      Documents.

The term "Cure Period" with respect to a Specified Early Period Default shall
mean the period of time (commencing on the date such Specified Early Period
Default occurs or first exists and expiring not later than the earlier to occur
of the last day of the Early Period and the date on which such Specified Early
Period Default is cured in a manner which could not have a Material Adverse
Effect) during which the Borrower proceeds with all due diligence to cure such
Specified Early Period Default and during which the Borrower has provided and
continuously maintained Cash Collateral in an amount at least equal to the
aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure. A Cure Period shall be applicable to a
Specified Early Period Default only if such Specified Early Period Default is
and remains curable by the Borrower in a manner which could not have a Material
Adverse Effect and the Borrower commences its reasonable and diligent efforts to
cure such Specified Early Period Default promptly after becoming aware thereof.
With respect to a Special Specified Early Period Default, the cure referred to
in the second preceding sentence shall include the designation by the Borrower
on a supplement to Schedule 3.26 of additional Required Project Permits which
have been obtained within the applicable Cure Period.


                                      -78-
<PAGE>   89

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                    THE AGENT

            8.01. Appointment. Each Lender Party hereby irrevocably (subject to
the second sentence of Section 8.10 hereof) appoints Mellon to act as Agent for
such Lender Party under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender
Party hereby irrevocably (subject to the second sentence of Section 8.10 hereof)
authorizes the Agent to take such action on behalf of such Lender under the
provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such
powers and to perform such duties, as are expressly delegated to or required of
the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are
reasonably incidental thereto. Mellon hereby agrees to act as Agent on behalf of
the Lender Parties on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, subject to its right to resign as provided in Section
8.10 hereof. Each Lender Party hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent to
execute and deliver each of the Loan Documents and to accept delivery of such of
the other Loan Documents as may not require execution by the Agent. Each Lender
Party agrees that the rights and remedies granted to the Agent under the Loan
Documents shall be exercised exclusively by the Agent, and that no Lender Party
shall have any right individually to exercise any such right or remedy, except
to the extent expressly provided herein or therein.

            8.02. General Nature of Agent's Duties. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document:

            (a) The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those
      expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and no
      implied duties or responsibilities on the part of the Agent shall be read
      into this Agreement or any Loan Document or shall otherwise exist.

            (b) The duties and responsibilities of the Agent under this
      Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be mechanical and
      administrative in nature, and the Agent shall not have a fiduciary
      relationship in respect of any Lender Party.

            (c) The Agent is and shall be solely the agent of the Lender
      Parties. The Agent does not assume, and shall not at any time be deemed to
      have, any relationship of agency or trust with or for, or any other duty
      or responsibility to, the Borrower or any other Person (except only for
      its relationship as agent for, and its express duties and responsibilities
      to, the Lender Parties as provided in this Agreement and the other Loan
      Documents).

            (d) The Agent shall be under no obligation to take any action
      hereunder or under any other Loan Document if the Agent believes in good
      faith that taking such action may conflict with any Law or any provision
      of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or may require the Agent to
      qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so
      qualified.

            8.03. Exercise of Powers. The Agent shall take any action of the
type specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document as being within the
Agent's rights, powers or discretion in accordance with directions from the
Required Lenders (or, to the extent this Agreement or such Loan Document
expressly requires the direction or consent of some other Person or set of
Persons, then instead in accordance with the directions of such other Person or
set of Persons). In the absence of such directions, the Agent shall have the
authority (but under no circumstances shall be obligated), in its sole
discretion, to take any such action, except to the extent this Agreement or such
Loan Document expressly requires the direction or consent of the Required
Lenders (or some other Person or set of Persons), in which case the Agent shall
not take such action absent such direction or consent. Any action or inaction
pursuant to such direction, discretion or consent shall be binding on all the
Lender Parties. The Agent shall not have any liability to any Person as a result
of (x) the Agent acting or refraining from acting in accordance with the
directions of the Required Lenders (or other applicable Person or set of
Persons), (y) the Agent refraining from acting in the absence of instructions to
act from the Required Lenders (or other 


                                      -79-
<PAGE>   90

applicable Person or set of Persons), whether or not the Agent has discretionary
power to take such action, or (z) the Agent taking discretionary action it is
authorized to take under this Section (subject, in the case of this clause (z),
to the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof).

            8.04. General Exculpatory Provisions. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement or any other Loan Document:

            (a) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to
      be taken by it under or in connection with this Agreement or any other
      Loan Document, unless caused by its own gross negligence or willful
      misconduct.

            (b) The Agent shall not be responsible for (i) the execution,
      delivery, effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or adequacy
      of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) any recital,
      representation, warranty, document, certificate, report or statement in,
      provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement
      or any other Loan Document, (iii) any failure of any Loan Party or any
      Lender or Issuing Bank to perform any of their respective obligations
      under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (iv) the existence,
      validity, enforceability, perfection, recordation, priority, adequacy or
      value, now or hereafter, of any Lien or other direct or indirect security
      afforded or purported to be afforded by any of the Loan Documents or
      otherwise from time to time, (v) caring for, protecting, insuring, or
      paying any taxes, charges or assessments with respect to any Collateral or
      (vi) whether any Collateral meets any requirement for eligibility, whether
      under the requirements of Section 2.16 hereof or otherwise.

            (c) The Agent shall not be under any obligation to ascertain,
      inquire or give any notice relating to (i) the performance or observance
      of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan
      Document on the part of any Loan Party, (ii) the business, operations,
      condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party or any
      other Person, or (iii) except to the extent set forth in Section 8.05(f)
      hereof, the existence of any Event of Default or Potential Default.

            (d) The Agent shall not be under any obligation, either initially or
      on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender Party with any notices,
      reports or information of any nature, whether in its possession presently
      or hereafter, except for such notices, reports and other information
      expressly required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document to be
      furnished by the Agent to such Lender Party.

            8.05. Administration by the Agent.

            (a) The Agent may rely upon any notice or other communication of any
nature (written or oral, including but not limited to telephone conversations,
whether or not such notice or other communication is made in a manner permitted
or required by this Agreement or any Loan Document) purportedly made by or on
behalf of the proper party or parties, and the Agent shall not have any duty to
verify the identity or authority of any Person giving such notice or other
communication.

            (b) The Agent may consult with legal counsel (including, without
limitation, in-house counsel for the Agent or in-house or other counsel for the
Borrower), independent public accountants and any other experts selected by it
from time to time, and the Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or
omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such
counsel, accountants or experts.

            (c) The Agent may conclusively rely upon the truth of the statements
and the correctness of the opinions expressed in any certificates or opinions
furnished to the Agent in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document. Whenever the Agent shall deem 


                                      -80-
<PAGE>   91

it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established with respect to
any Loan Party or any Lender or Issuing Bank, such matter may be established by
a certificate of the Borrower or such Lender or Issuing Bank, as the case may
be, and the Agent may conclusively rely upon such certificate (unless other
evidence with respect to such matter is specifically prescribed in this
Agreement or another Loan Document).

            (d) The Agent may fail or refuse to take any action unless it shall
be indemnified to its satisfaction from time to time against any and all
amounts, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature which
may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent by reason of taking
or continuing to take any such action.

            (e) The Agent may perform any of its duties under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact. The Agent
shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected and supervised by it with reasonable care.

            (f) The Agent shall not be deemed to have any knowledge or notice of
the occurrence of any Event of Default or Potential Default unless the Agent has
received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement,
describing such Event of Default or Potential Default, and stating that such
notice is a "notice of default". If the Agent receives such a notice, the Agent
shall give prompt notice thereof to each Lender and Issuing Bank.

            8.06. Lender Not Relying on Agent or Other Lenders. Each Lender
acknowledges as follows: (a) Neither the Agent nor any other Lender has made any
representations or warranties to it, and no act taken hereafter by the Agent or
any other Lender shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by
the Agent or such other Lender to it. (b) It has, independently and without
reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based upon such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit and legal analysis
and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. (c) It
will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and
based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, make its own decisions to take or not take action under or in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

            8.07. Indemnification. Each Lender agrees to reimburse and indemnify
the Agent and its directors, officers, employees and agents (to the extent not
reimbursed by the Borrower and without limitation of the obligations of the
Borrower to do so), Pro Rata, from and against any and all amounts, losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, reasonable expenses, obligations, penalties,
actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements of any kind or nature
(including, without limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Agent or such other Person in connection with any investigative, administrative
or judicial proceeding commenced or threatened, whether or not the Agent or such
other Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be
imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent or such other Person as a
result of, or arising out of, or in any way related to or by reason of, this
Agreement, any other Loan Document, any transaction from time to time
contemplated hereby or thereby, or any transaction financed in whole or in part
or directly or indirectly with the proceeds of any Loan or Letter of Credit,
provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such amounts, losses,
liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions,
judgments, suits, costs or disbursements resulting solely from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such other Person, as finally
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Payments under this Section
shall be due and payable on demand, and to the extent that any Lender fails to
pay any such amount on demand, such amount shall bear interest for each day from
and after the date of demand until paid (before and after judgment) at a rate
per annum (calculated on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days
elapsed) which shall be equal to 2% plus the Federal Funds Effective Rate.


                                      -81-
<PAGE>   92

            8.08. Agent in its Individual Capacity. With respect to its
Commitments and the Obligations owing to it, the Agent shall have the same
rights and powers under this Agreement and each other Loan Document as any other
Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent, and the terms
"Issuing Bank," "Lenders," "holders of Notes" and like terms shall include the
Agent in its individual capacity as such. The Agent and its affiliates may,
without liability to account, make loans to, accept deposits from, acquire debt
or equity interests in, act as trustee under indentures of, and engage in any
other business with, the Borrower and any stockholder or affiliate of the
Borrower, as though the Agent were not the Agent hereunder.

            8.09. Holders of Notes. The Agent may deem and treat the Lender
which is payee of a Note as the owner and holder of such Note for all purposes
hereof unless and until a Transfer Supplement with respect to the assignment or
transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agent in accordance with Section
9.14 hereof. Any authority, direction or consent of any Person who at the time
of giving such authority, direction or consent is shown in the Register as being
a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on each present and subsequent holder,
transferee or assignee of any Note or Notes payable to such Lender or of any
Note or Notes issued in exchange therefor.

            8.10. Successor Agent. The Agent may resign at any time by giving 30
days' prior written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrower. The Agent
may be removed by the Required Lenders at any time by giving 30 days' prior
written notice thereof to the Agent, the other Lenders and the Borrower. Upon
any such resignation or removal, the Required Lenders shall have the right to
appoint a successor Agent. If no successor Agent shall have been so appointed
and consented to, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 90 days after
such notice of resignation or removal, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of
the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent. The resignation or removal of the Agent
shall not become effective until a successor Agent shall have been appointed,
consented to, if such consent is required under the terms hereof, and shall have
accepted such appointment. Each successor Agent shall be a commercial bank or
trust company organized, or having a branch or agency organized, under the laws
of the United States of America or any State thereof and having a combined
capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance by a successor
Agent of its appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall
thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the properties, rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the former Agent, without further act, deed or
conveyance. Upon the effective date of resignation or removal of a retiring
Agent, such Agent shall be discharged from its duties under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, but the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to
its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted by it while it was Agent under
this Agreement. If and so long as no successor Agent shall have been appointed,
then any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by the
Agent shall be sufficiently given if given by the Required Lenders, all notices
or other communications required or permitted to be given to the Agent shall be
given to each Lender, and all payments to be made to the Agent shall be made
directly to the Borrower or Lender for whose account such payment is made.

            8.11. Additional Agents. If the Agent shall from time to time deem
it necessary or advisable, for its own protection in the performance of its
duties hereunder or in the interest of the Lender Parties, the Agent and the
Borrower shall execute and deliver a supplemental agreement and all other
instruments and agreements necessary or advisable, in the opinion of the Agent,
to constitute another commercial bank or trust company, or one or more other
Persons approved by the Agent, to act as co-agent or separate agent with respect
to any part of the Collateral, with such powers of the Agent as may be provided
in such supplemental agreement, and to vest in such bank, trust company or
Person as such co-Agent or separate agent, as the case may be, any properties,
rights, powers, privileges and duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document.

            8.12. Calculations. The Agent shall not be liable for any
calculation, apportionment or distribution of payments made by it in good faith.
If such calculation, apportionment or distribution is subsequently determined to
have been made in error, the sole recourse of any Lender Party to whom payment
was due but not made shall be to recover from the other Lender Parties any
payment in excess 


                                      -82-
<PAGE>   93

of the amount to which they are determined to be entitled or, if the amount due
was not paid by the Borrower, to recover such amount from the Borrower.

            8.13. Agent's Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent, for its
individual account, a nonrefundable Agent's fee of $100,000 on the date hereof
and, thereafter, $50,000 per annum, payable yearly in advance on each
anniversary of the date hereof.

            8.14. Funding by Agent. Unless the Agent shall have been notified in
writing by any Lender not later than 4:00 p.m., Pittsburgh time, on the day
before the day on which Loans are requested by the Borrower to be made that (or,
if the request for a Loan is made by the Borrower on the date such Loan is to be
made, then not later than 11:00 a.m. on such day) such Lender will not make its
ratable share of such Loans, the Agent may assume that such Lender will make its
ratable share of the Loans, and in reliance upon such assumption the Agent may
(but in no circumstances shall be required to) make available to the Borrower a
corresponding amount. If and to the extent that any Lender fails to make such
payment to the Agent on such date, such Lender shall pay such amount on demand
(or, if such Lender fails to pay such amount on demand, the Borrower shall pay
such amount on demand), together with interest, for the Agent's own account, for
each day from and including the date of the Agent's payment to and including the
date of repayment to the Agent (before and after judgment) at the rate or rates
per annum set forth below. All payments to the Agent under this Section shall be
made to the Agent at its Office in Dollars in funds immediately available at
such Office, without set-off, withholding, counterclaim or other deduction of
any nature. If funds deliverable by any Lender to the Agent or by the Agent to
any Lender are not made available when required hereunder, the party which has
not made such funds available shall pay interest to the other at the Federal
Funds Effective Rate for the first three days such funds are not made available
and 2% in excess of the Federal Funds Effective Rate thereafter.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

            9.01. Holidays. Whenever any payment or action to be made or taken
hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be stated to be due on a day
which is not a Business Day, such payment or action shall be made or taken on
the next following Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in
computing interest or fees, if any, in connection with such payment or action.

            9.02. Records. The unpaid principal amount of the Loans owing to
each Lender, the unpaid interest accrued thereon, the interest rate or rates
applicable to such unpaid principal amount, the duration of such applicability,
each Lender's Revolving Credit Committed Amount, and the accrued and unpaid
Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall at all times be ascertained from the
records of the Agent, which shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The
unpaid Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation, the unpaid interest accrued
thereon and the interest rate or rates applicable thereto shall at all times be
ascertained from the records of the Issuing Bank, which shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.

            9.03. Amendments and Waivers. Neither this Agreement nor any Loan
Document may be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the
provisions of this Section. The Agent, the Borrower and, if applicable, any
other Loan Party may from time to time amend, modify or supplement the
provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document for the purpose of
amending, adding to, or waiving any provisions thereof, releasing any
Collateral, or changing in any manner the rights and duties of the Borrower or
any Lender Party thereunder. Any such amendment, modification, waiver or
supplement made by Borrower and the Agent in accordance with the provisions of
this Section shall be binding upon the Borrower, each Loan Party and each Lender
Party. The Agent shall enter into such amendments, modifications or supplements
from time to time as directed by the Required Lenders, and only as so directed,
provided, that no such amendment, modification or supplement may be made which
will:


                                      -83-
<PAGE>   94

            (a) Increase the Revolving Credit Committed Amount of any Lender
      over the amount thereof then in effect, or extend the Revolving Credit
      Maturity Date, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby
      or increase the Term Loan Committed Amount of any Lender over the amount
      thereof then in effect without the written consent of each Lender affected
      thereby or amend the proviso to Section 2.17(a) without the consent of all
      the Revolving Credit Lenders or create a Replacement Revolver Facility
      without the consent of all of the Lenders or;

            (b) Reduce the principal amount of or extend the scheduled final
      maturity or time for any scheduled payment of principal of any Loan or
      Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation, or reduce the rate of interest
      or extend the time for payment of interest borne by any Loan or Letter of
      Credit Reimbursement Obligation, or reduce or postpone the date for
      payment of any fees, expenses, indemnities or amounts payable under any
      Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender Party affected
      thereby;

            (c) Change the definition of "Required Lenders" or amend this
      Section 9.03, without the written consent of all the Lenders;

            (d) Amend or waive any of the provisions of Article VIII hereof, or
      impose additional duties upon the Agent or otherwise adversely affect the
      rights, interests or obligations of the Agent, without the written consent
      of the Agent;

            (e) Release any Collateral or Guaranty Equivalent, other than Liens
      on Collateral, the disposition of which is expressly permitted under
      Section 6.10 hereof or any other section of the Loan Documents and Liens
      on after-acquired Equipment to the extent such Equipment is the subject of
      a purchase money security interest permitted under Section 6.02(f) hereof
      without the written consent of all the Lenders;

            (f) Reduce any Letter of Credit Unreimbursed Draw, or extend the
      time for payment by the Borrower of any Letter of Credit Reimbursement
      Obligation, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby;

            (g) Amend or waive any of the provisions of Sections 2.17 through
      2.26, or impose additional duties upon the Issuing Bank or otherwise
      adversely affect the rights, interests or obligations of the Issuing Bank,
      without the written consent of the Issuing Bank;

            (h) Change any requirement for the consent of all Lenders without
      the written consent of all Lenders or change any requirement for the
      consent of all of a category of Lenders (that is, Revolving Credit Lenders
      or Term Lenders) without the written consent of all Lenders in such
      category;

and provided further, that Transfer Supplements may be entered into in the
manner provided in Section 9.14 hereof. Any such amendment, modification or
supplement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set
forth in such writing. Any Event of Default or Potential Default waived or
consented to in any such amendment, modification or supplement shall be deemed
to be cured and not continuing to the extent and for the period set forth in
such waiver or consent, but no such waiver or consent shall extend to any other
or subsequent Event of Default or Potential Default or impair any right
consequent thereto.

            9.04. No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing
and no delay or failure of the Agent or any Lender Party in exercising any
right, power or privilege under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall
affect any other or future exercise thereof or exercise of any other right,
power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right,
power or privilege or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such
a right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or of any
other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the Agent


                                      -84-
<PAGE>   95

and the Lender Parties under this Agreement and any other Loan Document are
cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the Agent or any
Lender Party would otherwise have hereunder or thereunder, at law, in equity or
otherwise.

            9.05. Notices.

            (a) Except to the extent otherwise expressly permitted hereunder or
thereunder, all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications
(collectively "notices") under this Agreement or any Loan Document shall be in
writing (including telexed and telecopied communication) and shall be sent by
first-class mail, or by nationally-recognized overnight courier, or by telex or
telecopier (with confirmation in writing mailed first-class or sent by such an
overnight courier), or by personal delivery. All notices shall be sent to the
applicable party at the address stated on the signature pages hereof or in
accordance with the last unrevoked written direction from such party to the
other parties hereto, in all cases with postage or other charges prepaid. Any
such properly given notice to the Agent or any Lender Party shall be effective
when received. Any such properly given notice to the Borrower shall be effective
on the earliest to occur of receipt, telephone confirmation of receipt of telex
or telecopy communication, one Business Day after delivery to a
nationally-recognized overnight courier, or three Business Days after deposit in
the mail.

            (b) Any Lender Party giving any notice to the Borrower or any other
party to a Loan Document shall simultaneously send a copy thereof to the Agent,
and the Agent shall promptly notify the other Lenders of the receipt by it of
any such notice.

            (c) The Agent and each Lender Party may rely on any notice (whether
or not such notice is made in a manner permitted or required by this Agreement
or any Loan Document) purportedly made by or on behalf of the Borrower, and
neither the Agent nor any Lender Party shall have any duty to verify the
identity or authority of any Person giving such notice.

            9.06. Expenses; Taxes; Indemnity.

            (a) The Borrower agrees to pay or cause to be paid and to save the
Agent, the Issuing Bank and each of the Lender Parties harmless against
liability for the payment of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses
(including but not limited to reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, including
local counsel (but not separate counsel for any Lender other than Mellon in
connection with clause (i) below), auditors, consulting engineers, appraisers,
and all other professional, accounting, evaluation and consulting costs)
incurred by the Agent or any Lender from time to time arising from or relating
to (i) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
syndication and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
(including but not limited to collateral management fees and expenses of field
examinations and periodic commercial finance audits of the Borrower), (ii) any
requested amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents (whether
or not ultimately entered into or granted) to this Agreement or any Loan
Document, and (iii) the enforcement or preservation of rights under this
Agreement or any Loan Document (including but not limited to any such costs or
expenses arising from or relating to (A) the creation, perfection or protection
of the Agent's Lien on any Collateral, (B) the protection, collection, lease,
sale, taking possession of, preservation of, or realization on, any Collateral,
including without limitation advances for storage, insurance premiums,
transportation charges, taxes, filing fees and the like, (C) collection or
enforcement of an outstanding Loan, Letter of Credit Reimbursement Obligation or
any other amount owing hereunder or thereunder by the Agent or any Lender Party,
and (D) any litigation, proceeding, dispute, work-out, restructuring or
rescheduling related in any way to this Agreement or the Loan Documents).

            (b) The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all stamp, document, transfer,
recording, filing, registration, search, sales and excise fees and taxes and all
similar impositions now or hereafter determined by the Agent or any Lender
Parties to be payable in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Documents or any other documents, instruments or transactions pursuant to or in
connection 


                                      -85-
<PAGE>   96

herewith or therewith, and the Borrower agrees to save the Agent and each Lender
Party harmless from and against any and all present or future claims,
liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any omission to pay or
delay in paying any such fees, taxes or impositions.

            (c) The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse and indemnify each of
the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all losses, liabilities,
claims, damages, expenses, obligations, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without
limitation, the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Party in
connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding
commenced or threatened, whether or not such Indemnified Party shall be
designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, asserted against
or incurred by such Indemnified Party as a result of, or arising out of, or in
any way related to or by reason of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
any transaction from time to time contemplated hereby or thereby, or any
transaction financed in whole or in part or directly or indirectly with the
proceeds of any Loan (and without in any way limiting the generality of the
foregoing, including any violation or breach of any Environmental Law or any
other Law by any Loan Party or any of its Environmental Affiliates; any
Environmental Claim arising out of the management, use, control, ownership or
operation of property by any of such Persons, including all on-site and off-site
activities involving Environmental Concern Materials; any grant of Collateral;
or any exercise by the Agent or any Lender Party of any of its rights or
remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; any breach of any
representation or warranty, covenant or agreement of any Loan Party); but
excluding any such losses, liabilities, claims, damages, expenses, obligations,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs or disbursements to the extent
resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified
Party, as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. If and to the
extent that the foregoing obligations of the Borrower under this subsection (c),
or any other indemnification obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any
other Loan Document, are unenforceable for any reason, the Borrower hereby
agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of such
obligations which is permissible under applicable Law.

            9.07. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to
be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or
unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction such provision shall, as
to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or
unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability
thereof in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any
jurisdiction.

            9.08. Prior Understandings. This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements,
whether written or oral, among the parties hereto relating to the transactions
provided for herein and therein.

            9.09. Duration; Survival. All representations and warranties of the
Borrower and each other Loan Party contained herein or in any other in the Loan
Document or made in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the making
of, and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery, of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, any investigation by or knowledge of the Agent or any
Lender Party, the making of any Loan, the issuance of any Letter of Credit, or
any other event or condition whatever. All covenants and agreements of the
Borrower and each other Loan Party contained herein or in any other Loan
Document shall continue in full force and effect from and after the date hereof
so long as the Borrower may borrow hereunder and until payment in full of all
Obligations. Without limitation, all obligations of the Borrower hereunder or
under any other Loan Document to make payments to or indemnify the Agent or any
Lender shall survive the payment in full of all other Obligations, termination
of the Borrower's right to borrow hereunder, and all other events and conditions
whatever. In addition, all obligations of each Lender to make payments to or
indemnify the Agent or Issuing Bank shall survive the payment in full by the
Borrower of all Obligations, termination of the Borrower's right to borrow
hereunder, and all other events or conditions whatever.

            9.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts 


                                      -86-
<PAGE>   97

and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts each of which, when
so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

            9.11. Limitation on Payments. The parties hereto intend to conform
to all applicable Laws in effect from time to time limiting the maximum rate of
interest that may be charged or collected. Accordingly, notwithstanding any
other provision hereof or of any other Loan Document, the Borrower shall not be
required to make any payment to or for the account of any Lender, and each
Lender shall refund any payment made by the Borrower, to the extent that such
requirement or such failure to refund would violate or conflict with nonwaivable
provisions of applicable Laws limiting the maximum amount of interest which may
be charged or collected by such Lender.

            9.12. Set-Off. The Borrower hereby agrees that, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or shall exist and if any Obligation of the Borrower shall be due and
payable (by acceleration or otherwise), each Lender Party shall have the right,
without notice to the Borrower, to set-off against and to appropriate and apply
to such Obligation any indebtedness, liability or obligation of any nature owing
to the Borrower by such Lender Party, including but not limited to all deposits
(whether time or demand, general or special, provisionally credited or finally
credited, whether or not evidenced by a certificate of deposit, and including
without limitation accounts in foreign currencies) now or hereafter maintained
by the Borrower with such Lender Party. Such right shall be absolute and
unconditional in all circumstances and, without limitation, shall exist whether
or not such Lender Party or any other Person shall have given notice or made any
demand to the Borrower or any other Person, whether such indebtedness,
obligation or liability owed to the Borrower is contingent, absolute, matured or
unmatured (it being agreed that such Lender Party may deem such indebtedness,
obligation or liability to be then due and payable at the time of such setoff),
and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any collateral, guaranty or any
other security, right or remedy available to any Lender Party or any other
Person. The Borrower hereby agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
any Participant and any branch, subsidiary or affiliate of any Lender Party or
any Participant shall have the same rights of set-off as a Lender Party as
provided in this Section (regardless of whether such Participant, branch,
subsidiary or affiliate would otherwise be deemed in privity with or a direct
creditor of the Borrower). The rights provided by this Section are in addition
to all other rights of set-off and banker's lien and all other rights and
remedies which any Lender Party (or any such Participant, branch, subsidiary or
affiliate) may otherwise have under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, at
law or in equity, or otherwise, and nothing in this Agreement or any Loan
Document shall be deemed a waiver or prohibition of or restriction on the rights
of set-off or bankers' lien of any such Person.

            9.13. Sharing of Collections. The Lenders hereby agree among
themselves that if any Lender shall receive (by voluntary payment, realization
upon security, set-off or from any other source) any amount on account of the
Loans, interest thereon, or any other Obligation contemplated by this Agreement
or the other Loan Documents to be made by the Borrower pro rata to all Lenders
(or pro rata to holders of Notes of a particular series or to another class of
Lenders) in greater proportion than any such amount received by any other
applicable Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater
payment shall notify each other Lender and the Agent of such receipt, and
equitable adjustment will be made in the manner stated in this Section so that,
in effect, all such excess amounts will be shared ratably among all of the
applicable Lenders. The Lender receiving such excess amount shall purchase
(which it shall be deemed to have done simultaneously upon the receipt of such
excess amount) for cash from the other applicable Lenders a participation in the
applicable Obligations owed to such other Lenders in such amount as shall result
in a ratable sharing by all applicable Lenders of such excess amount (and to
such extent the receiving Lender shall be a Participant). If all or any portion
of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from the Lender making such
purchase, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to
the extent of such recovery, together with interest or other amounts, if any,
required by Law to be paid by the Lender making such purchase. The Borrower
hereby consents to and confirms the foregoing arrangements. Each Participant
shall be bound by this Section as fully as if it were a Lender hereunder.


                                      -87-
<PAGE>   98

            9.14. Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.

            (a) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Lender Parties, all future holders of
the Notes, the Agent and their respective successors and assigns, except that
the Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights hereunder or interests
herein without the prior written consent of all the Lenders and the Agent, and
any purported assignment without such consent shall be void.

            (b) Participations. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable Law, at any time
sell participations to one or more commercial banks or other Persons (each a
"Participant") in a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or a portion of
its Commitments and the Loans owing to it and any Note held by it); provided,
that:

            (i) any such participation sold to a Participant which is not a
      Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or a Federal Reserve Bank shall be made
      only with the consent (which in each case shall not be unreasonably
      withheld) of the Borrower and the Agent, unless an Event of Default has
      occurred and is continuing, in which case the consent of the Borrower
      shall not be required,

            (ii) any such Lender's obligations under this Agreement and the
      other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged,

            (iii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
      parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,

            (iv) the parties hereto shall continue to deal solely and directly
      with such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations
      under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents,

            (v) such Participant shall be bound by the provisions of Section
      9.13 hereof, and the Lender selling such participation shall obtain from
      such Participant a written confirmation of its agreement to be so bound,

            (vi) no Participant (unless such Participant is an affiliate of such
      Lender, or is itself a Lender) shall be entitled to require such Lender to
      take or refrain from taking action under this Agreement or under any other
      Loan Document, except that such Lender may agree with such Participant
      that such Lender will not, without such Participant's consent, take action
      of the type described in subsections (a), (b), (c) or (e) of Section 9.03
      hereof, and

The Borrower agrees that any such Participant shall be entitled to the benefits
of Sections 2.13, 2.14, 2.22 and 9.06 with respect to its participation in the
Commitments and the Loans and Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time;
provided, that no such Participant shall be entitled to receive any greater
amount pursuant to such Sections than the transferor Lender would have been
entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred to
such Participant had no such transfer occurred.

            (c) Assignments. Any Lender may, in the ordinary course of its
commercial banking business and in accordance with applicable Law, at any time
assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all or any portion of
its Commitments and Loans owing to it and any Note held by it) to any Lender,
any affiliate of a Lender or to one or more additional commercial banks or other
Persons (each a "Purchasing Lender"); provided, that

            (i) any such assignment to a Purchasing Lender which is not a Lender
      or an affiliate of a Lender shall be made only with the consent (which in
      each case shall not be


                                      -88-
<PAGE>   99

      unreasonably withheld) of the Borrower, the Agent and, if the Purchasing
      Lender is to be a Revolving Credit Lender, the Issuing Bank, unless an
      Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or exists, in which case
      the consent of the Borrower shall not be required,

            (ii) if a Lender makes such an assignment of less than all of its
      then remaining rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other
      Loan Documents, such assignment shall be in a minimum aggregate principal
      amount of $5,000,000 of the Commitments and Loans then outstanding,

            (iii) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a
      varying, percentage of each Commitment of the transferor Lender and of all
      of the transferor Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and
      the other Loan Documents, and

            (iv) each such assignment shall be made pursuant to a Transfer
      Supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement, duly
      completed (a "Transfer Supplement").

In order to effect any such assignment, the transferor Lender and the Purchasing
Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent a duly completed Transfer
Supplement (including the consents required by clause (i) of the preceding
sentence) with respect to such assignment, together with any Note or Notes
subject to such assignment (the "Transferor Lender Notes") and a processing and
recording fee of $2,500; and, upon receipt thereof, the Agent shall accept such
Transfer Supplement. Upon receipt of the Purchase Price Receipt Notice pursuant
to such Transfer Supplement, the Agent shall record such acceptance in the
Register. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and
after the close of business at the Agent's Office on the Transfer Effective Date
specified in such Transfer Supplement

            (x) the Purchasing Lender shall be a party hereto and, to the extent
      provided in such Transfer Supplement, shall have the rights and
      obligations of a Lender hereunder, and

            (y) the transferor Lender thereunder shall be released from its
      obligations under this Agreement to the extent so transferred (and, in the
      case of a Transfer Supplement covering all or the remaining portion of a
      transferor Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement, such
      transferor Lender shall cease to be a party to this Agreement) from and
      after the Transfer Effective Date.

On or prior to the Transfer Effective Date specified in an Transfer Supplement,
the Borrower, at its expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent (for
delivery to the Purchasing Lender) new Notes evidencing such Purchasing Lender's
assigned Commitments or Loans and (for delivery to the transferor Lender)
replacement Notes in the principal amount of the Loans or Commitments retained
by the transferor Lender (such Notes to be in exchange for, but not in payment
of, those Notes then held by such transferor Lender). Each such Note shall be
dated the date and be substantially in the form of the predecessor Note. The
Agent shall mark the predecessor Notes "exchanged" and deliver them to the
Borrower. Accrued interest and accrued fees shall be paid to the Purchasing
Lender at the same time or times provided in the predecessor Notes and this
Agreement.

            (d) Register. The Agent shall maintain at its office a copy of each
Transfer Supplement delivered to it and a register (the "Register") for the
recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders and the Commitment of, and
principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender from time to time. The
entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the
Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each person whose name is recorded
in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of the Agreement. The
Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.


                                      -89-
<PAGE>   100

            (e) Financial and Other Information. The Borrower authorizes the
Agent and each Lender to disclose to any Participant or Purchasing Lender (each,
a "transferee") and any prospective transferee any and all financial and other
information in such Person's possession concerning the Borrower, any Loan Party
and their affiliates which has been or may be delivered to such Person by or on
behalf of the Borrower in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
Document or such Person's credit evaluation of the Borrower and affiliates. At
the request of any Lender, the Borrower, at the Borrower's expense, shall
provide to each prospective transferee the conformed copies of documents
referred to in Section 4 of the form of Transfer Supplement.

            9.15. Confidentiality. Each of the Agent and the Lenders agree to
keep confidential any information relating to the Borrower or to the Project
received by it pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement which is (a)
trade information which the Agent and the Lenders reasonably expect that the
Borrower would want to keep confidential, (b) technical information with respect
to the equipment or operations of the Project, (c) information contained in the
contracts described in Schedule 9.15 hereto, (d) financial or environmental
information or (e) information which is clearly marked "CONFIDENTIAL"; provided,
however, that this Section 9.15 shall not be construed to prevent the Agent or
any Lender from disclosing such information (i) to any Affiliate that shall
agree to be bound by this obligation of confidentiality, (ii) upon the order of
any court or administrative agency of competent jurisdiction, (iii) upon the
request or demand of any regulatory agency or authority having jurisdiction over
the Agent or such Lender (whether or not such request or demand has the force of
law), (iv) that has been publicly disclosed, other than from a breach of this
provision by the Agent or any Lender, (v) that has been obtained from any person
that is neither a party to this Agreement nor an Affiliate of any such party,
(vi) in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under
any other Loan Document, (vii) as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or (viii) to any prospective purchaser of all or any
part of the interest of any Lender which shall agree to be bound by the
obligation of confidentiality in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents if
such prospective purchaser is a financial institution or has been consented to
by the Borrower, which consent will not be withheld if such purchaser is not a
competitor of the Borrower or an Affiliate of a competitor of the Borrower. The
Borrower acknowledges that the Project Monitor and agents of the Agent and the
Lenders may visit the Project Site and collect information relating to the
Project subject to the terms of this Section 9.15.

            9.16. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction: Waiver of Jury
Trial; Limitation of Liability.

            (a) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
(EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT, IF ANY, OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED IN SUCH OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES.

            (b) Certain Waivers. THE BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY:

            (i) AGREES THAT ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BY ANY PERSON ARISING
      FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR ANY
      STATEMENT, COURSE OF CONDUCT, ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN
      CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH (COLLECTIVELY, "RELATED LITIGATION") MAY
      BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION SITTING
      IN ALLEGHENY COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA OR NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK, SUBMITS TO
      THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
      LAW AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT BRING ANY RELATED LITIGATION IN ANY OTHER
      FORUM (BUT NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE AGENT OR ANY
      LENDER 


                                      -90-
<PAGE>   101

      PARTY TO BRING ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING IN ANY OTHER FORUM);

            (ii) WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE AT ANY TIME TO THE
      LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY RELATED LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT,
      WAIVES ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH RELATED LITIGATION HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN
      INCONVENIENT FORUM, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO OBJECT, WITH RESPECT TO ANY
      RELATED LITIGATION BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT, THAT SUCH COURT DOES NOT
      HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE BORROWER;

            (iii) CONSENTS AND AGREES TO SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR
      OTHER LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY RELATED LITIGATION BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED
      U.S. MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS FOR NOTICES
      DESCRIBED IN SECTION 9.05 HEREOF, AND CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT SUCH
      SERVICE SHALL CONSTITUTE IN EVERY RESPECT VALID AND EFFECTIVE SERVICE (BUT
      NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE VALIDITY OR EFFECTIVENESS OF PROCESS
      SERVED IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW); AND

            (iv) WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY RELATED LITIGATION.

            (c) Limitation of Liability. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,
NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY THE BORROWER AGAINST THE AGENT, ANY LENDER PARTY OR ANY
AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, ATTORNEY OR AGENT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY
SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES IN RESPECT OF
ANY CLAIM ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT
OR ANY STATEMENT, COURSE OF CONDUCT, ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH (WHETHER FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY
OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY). THE BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND AGREES NOT
TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR ANY SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM PRESENTLY EXISTS
OR ARISES HEREAFTER AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH CLAIM IS KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST
IN ITS FAVOR. THIS PARAGRAPH (C) SHALL NOT LIMIT ANY RIGHTS OF THE BORROWER
ARISING SOLELY OUT OF GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.


                                      -91-
<PAGE>   102

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their officers thereunto duly
authorized, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first
above written.

                                       IRON DYNAMICS, INC.

                                          /s/ Tracy L. Shellabarger
                                       By ______________________________________
                                       Title: Vice President

                                       Address for Notices:
                                          ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________
                                          ______________________________________

                                       Attn: ___________________________________


                                       Telephone: (317)_________________________
                                       Telecopier: (317)________________________

                                       MELLON BANK, N.A., individually and as
                                       Agent

                                          /s/ Roger N. Stanier
                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Title:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              <S>                           <C>
                              Initial Revolving Credit
                              Committed Amount:             $5,000,000

                              Revolving Credit
                              Commitment Percentage:        50.00%

                              Term Loan
                              Committed Amount:             $35,000,000

                              Term Loan
                              Commitment Percentage:        63.64%
</TABLE>

                              Address for Notices:
                              One Mellon Bank Center
                              Pittsburgh, PA  15258-0001

                              Attn: Roger N. Stanier

                              Telephone: 412-234-2347
                              Telecopier: 412-234-8888


                                      -92-
<PAGE>   103

                                       COMERICA BANK

                                          /s/ Phillip A. Coosaia
                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Title:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              <S>                           <C>
                              Initial Revolving Credit
                              Committed Amount:             $-0-

                              Revolving Credit
                              Commitment Percentage:        -0-%

                              Term Loan
                              Committed Amount:             $10,000,000

                              Term Loan
                              Commitment Percentage:        18.18%
</TABLE>

                              Address for Notices:
                              500 Woodward Avenue
                              MC3269
                              Detroit, MI  48226

                              Attn: Phillip Coosaia

                              Telephone: 313-222-7044
                              Telecopier: 313-222-9516
<PAGE>   104

                                       NATIONAL CITY BANK OF INDIANA

                                          /s/ Jeff Tengel
                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Title:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              <S>                           <C> 
                              Initial Revolving Credit
                              Committed Amount:             $-0-

                              Revolving Credit
                              Commitment Percentage:        -0-%

                              Term Loan
                              Committed Amount:             $5,000,000

                              Term Loan
                              Commitment Percentage:        9.09%
</TABLE>

                              Address for Notices:
                              101 West Washington Street
                              Indianapolis, IN  46255

                              Attn: Jeff Tengel

                              Telephone: 312-267-7964
                              Telecopier: 312-267-8899
<PAGE>   105

                                       FORT WAYNE NATIONAL BANK

                                          /s/ Russell L. Mouton II
                                       By ______________________________________
                                          Title:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              <S>                           <C> 
                              Initial Revolving Credit
                              Committed Amount:             $5,000,000

                              Revolving Credit
                              Commitment Percentage:        50.00%

                              Term Loan
                              Committed Amount:             $5,000,000

                              Term Loan
                              Commitment Percentage:        9.09%
</TABLE>

                              Address for Notices:
                              110 West Berry Street
                              Fort Wayne, IN  46802

                              Attn: Russell L. Mouton II

                              Telephone: 219-426-0555
                              Telecopier: 219-461-6240

<PAGE>   1

List of Registrant's Subsidiaries                                   Exhibit 21.1


                               Iron Dynamics, Inc.


                                       39

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No.
333-19541  and 333-27549 of Steel Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiary on Form S-8 of 
our report dated January 19, 1998, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K
of Steel Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 1997.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Indianapolis, Indiana

March 27, 1998


                                       40

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
Consolidated Balance Sheet of Steel Dynamics, Inc. at December 31, 1997 and the
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           8,619,336 
<SECURITIES>                                             0 
<RECEIVABLES>                                   45,354,310 
<ALLOWANCES>                                       679,709 
<INVENTORY>                                     60,162,821 
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               135,303,196 
<PP&E>                                         531,278,545 
<DEPRECIATION>                                  39,419,471 
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 640,883,091 
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           76,528,195 
<BONDS>                                        213,397,463 
                                    0 
                                              0 
<COMMON>                                           491,313 
<OTHER-SE>                                     337,103,683 
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   640,883,091 
<SALES>                                        420,131,653 
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               423,335,054 
<CGS>                                          330,529,031 
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  354,978,114 
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         0 
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0 
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              15,790,423 
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 59,370,019 
<INCOME-TAX>                                     7,812,393 
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             51,557,626 
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0 
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                 (7,623,910)
<CHANGES>                                                0 
<NET-INCOME>                                    43,933,716 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                          .91 
<EPS-DILUTED>                                          .90 
                                               


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission